A most excellent and COMPENDIOUS METHOD of curing wounds in the head, and in other parts of the body, with other precepts of the same Art, practised and written by that famous man FRANCISCUS ARCEUS, Doctor in Physic & Chirurgery: and translated into English by john Read, Chirurgeon. WHEREUNTO IS ADDED THE exact cure of the Caruncle, never before set forth in the English tongue. With a treatise of the Fistulae in the fundament, and other places of the body, translated out of johannes Ardern. And also the description of the Emplaster called Dia Chalciteos, with his use and virtues. With an apt Table for the better finding of the particular matters, contained in this present work.  
IMPRINTED AT LONDON BY Thomas East, for Thomas Cadman. 1588.   

To my very good & loving friends, john Bannister Gentlemam, Master in chirurgery, and practitioner in Physic. William Clowes, and William Pickering Gentlemen, and Masters in chirurgery, John read wisheth prosperous success in your doings, health of body, & after this life eternal felicity.  
THis part of Physic which is called Chirurgia (my true and loving friends) is the most aucient & principal part of medicinal practice, so highly commended of Hypocrates, Galen, Celsus, and other learned men, that they accounted i● a heinous matter for any man to meddle with the same, which in deed is not a Physician. For Chirurgery is maimed, and utterly unperfect, without the help of those other parts, which consisteth in prescribing of inward medicines, and convenient diet.  
And is so near linked with these in a lyance, that no man deserveth to be called a Chirurgeon, that is ignorant in Physic.  
For ulcers, Apostumes, or any other extreme affects of the skin, have their original from some inward cause, and nature expelleth them from thence unto the skin, as unto a natural cleansing place. Likewise in wounds that are inward, there happeneth oftentimes ebullition of humours by means of anger, or some other passion of the mind, whereunto if due regard be not given, the Chirurgeons labour is in vain, and his topical medicines applied to no purpose. If this seem obscure or false unto any man, let him read Hypocrates touching the stuff which a physician is to use. For in that place he setteth down most evidently, what emplasters, Unguents, and other instruments, are necessary for the Physician. Let him also consider that he showeth that the very roots of ulcers & apostumes, ought first to be plucked up. Let him also weigh how he teacheth, that special regard is to be had, to the appointing of convenient diet. And so shall he well understand that Chirurgeons ought to be seen in physic, and that the barber's craft ought not to be termed chirurgery.  
But why am I so tedious herein? when as the very definition of physic, doth agree with chirurgery. Wherefore if chirurgery be physic, no wise man will deny but that the chirurgeons ought to be seen in physic, considering they work both upon one subject. Wherefore they ought not to be termed chirurgeons which have learned nothing but the composition of two or three emplasters out of barber's shops, neither yet barber's themselves, nor unskilful women, besides a number of blind bussardly bayards, which master william Clowes hath most properly painted forth in their right colours, in his book entitled de Morbo Gallico, wherefore I omit them, although they confidently crack and brag that they can cure any thing.  
And with great boldness do take upon them the practice of this science, insomuch that they deptive men of learning of their due commodities herein. Giving out that such are physicians and not chirurgeons. As though the chirurgeon ought not to be seen in physic, or that he could be a physician, that were ignorant in chirurgery.  
But oh good God, is it tolerable that the ancient glory and renown of chirurgery should be so defaced or that such men as have spent all their time in it, should so injuriously be put from the benefit of the same.  
If therefore these men that have all their time bestowed their studies in chirurgery for the relief of such as are diseased: doubtless they may freely (notwithstanding the gainsaying of carping crackers and blind empirics) undertake the practice of this part of physic in any place. Considering the beginning of these ordinary chirurgeons, which commonly we call barbara chirurgeons, read Vesalius in his epistle which he set forth before his work of the frame of man's body.  
In which place he setteth down the reason why in these our days, chirurgery is divided from physic, not without great hurt unto mankind. I writ not these things unto you (loving friends) for that I would in any wise abolish the ancient privilege which hath been granted in times passed unto the Barber's of the City of London, for there are in the said City (which also use Barbary) that are very expert and skilful in chirurgery.  
But for my part let them practise this art such as will, and are disposed to keep them from hunger and cold.  
Only this I note, the abuses herein of our present time, yielding altogether the practice of this noble art, (to the great hindrance of the common weal) unto men unlearned, and I do withal affirm that all chirurgeons ought to be seen in physic: and that the Barber's craft ought to be a distinct mystery from chirurgery. I thought it good (loving friends) to discourse unto you something at large in this matter, that ye might understand how far this art in these our days is fallen from the ancient and true chirurgery, and how much the beauty of the same is blemished and defaced, by these obscure and base empirics. Neither is it without cause (loving patron●) that I have spent all this time with you in these matters.  
For you are they, which in most delighted in chirurgery, you are they, by whom chirurgery being decayed may hope for reformation, you are they which for your singular skill herein, are able to judge of all such imperfections as lurk among these busardlie empirics. You are they that are able to defend the true & sincere chirurgery, against the false and corrupt. In consideration whereof I thought it not amiss herein to publish unto you (my courteous friends) these author's which I have translated, hoping thereby that the ruder sort being allured with the facility and easiness of the same, will more earnestly apply their minds to the learning thereof. And that many will be moved hereby the sooner, whom otherwise conceit of difficulty might have feared away.  
But I am assured that I shall hereby incur the hatred of the envious, and the reprehensions of carping quarrelers. But that some profit may come by this my pains, unto such as are studious in chirurgery, I esteem nothing of them, for I know I shall be easily able to put to silence those unnatural persons.  
It may be that some will think me of Antisthenes' faction, that laid platforms of every man's life, and yet the Philosopher was more wise in his precepts, then wary of his own government and say, I have reached above my skill, in limiting other men's doings. But if I have intermeddled to far, it is (courteous friends) not in censuring the actions of the good and virtuous, but in discovering the abuses of the lewd. For I reprehend not as one thinking generally all bad, hut persuade, as one wishing particularly every one should live well, and die better.  
And therefore (my courteous friends) I am most earnestly to crave your assistance (in protecting this rude work, being the first fruits of my travaills. For Damydas caused his Parrot to pearke under a Dragon of Brass, to defend it from the vulture's tyranny.  
And I shroud this simple work, under your courteous patronages, that the malicious, whose tongues cut like swords, may like the Serpent fear to offend that hear be, whereon the beams of the Sun doth rest. And therefore do your endeavours that this noble Art of chirurgery (now languishing and decaying) may by your good means and assistance, begin again to flourish.  
And being as it were heretofore dead, recover her life and decayed estate, and that by your good assistance, learned professors may be appointed in all convenient places, to publish and set forth the same. For so will it come to pass, that in short time this famous Art will be restored to her ancient perfection, unto the great commodity of the common weal.  
If any that are envious grudge at my doings, I strait for refuge fly to your good Cencure, which I count as a sufficient defensory against such as love to backbite. Committing therefore my books to your patronage, lest the gates being to big for the city, the mountain should seem to swell and bring forth a Mouse. Thus wishing you all such happy success as you can desire, and I imagine, I end.  
Yours in courtesy bounden, JOHN READ Chirurgeon.   

The first Preface to the friendly Reader.  
ALthough (as I doubt not) every good man will interpret this work to none other end, but to be for the comfort of them that are wounded, sore, and diseased, and will esteem no less of me, by whom they profit, than they will be glad to receive the benefits. Yet forasmuch as it is impossible to avoid the teeth of malicious envy, I thought it not unnecessary to prevent the furies of some, which are ever gnawing and biting upon them that further any good sciences. To those I protest, that in all my labours and studies, I never intended or yet do intend to satisfy the minds of any such picke-faultes, which will do nothing but detract and judge others, snuffing at all that offendeth the nonses of their momish affections, how laudable soever it be otherways.  
But as M. Hunton in his Epistle to M. Bannester said most true, that envy lieth always at virtues gate, and tread●…n on her heels when she goeth abroad. And as the deaf cannot discern the sweetness of Music: so the ignorant cannot look into the excellency of knowledge. For there is in these days many that are so wilful in their wickedness, that being reproved for their ignorance, stick not to threaten with words, sword, Curtelases, and Daggers, to wound, cut, slash, yea and kill such good men who are painful students and labourers in the Arte.  
As I red of that good man Master john Hall of Maidstone, who although he were a skilful man, and of excellent virtues in the Art of chirurgery, yet for speaking against the deceitful sorcery of one Robart Harris, in An. Dom. 1556. He had a dagger drawn at him, as himself doth declare in his expostulations. And also it is credibly reported, that in Anno domini 1574. One Master Bactor a man of good knowledge, both in Physic and Chirurgery, for the reproving of the great abuses of one Four Acres, he had a sword drawn at him as he travailed on the way, and likely to have been spoiled, had not other travailers assisted him. I may well verify the sayings of good Master Bannister, who doth explain their devilish practices, having neither learning, knowledge, modesty, nor honistie. And yet practise abroad their accustomed deceits under the colour of admittance from the Hall of London, and some from others being in authority, of which sort I could name a great number, which for modesty's sake, I omit. A thing greatly to be lamented that those which are or should be the fathers of art, and upholders of good artists, should so slightly pass their licence to such ignorant asses, to maintain them, not only in coosining her majesties subjects of their money, but oftentimes deprive them of their limbs, yea and also their lives. But it is no marvel, for money is sweet, and what is it but Lucre may do? for I myself talking with one of the same company and fellowship, complaining upon the abuses thereof, in passing their licenses to such, made me this answer. In deed quoth he it is not well, but we were as good to take their money, for they would play the knaves nevertheless. Surely his answer was truer than he witted, although a matter most lamentable. For whereas by the good and godly laws of the realm, they are prohibited from practising or meddling in the art without licence, (before the which should go and approbation as well as examination) now for sooth for money they may buy them a cloak to coever them from the law, and to play their parts at will. Yet among the rest, I know some one of small learning and less knowledge, who having travailed 180. miels to fetch a seal weighing four pound besides the a purtenances thereunto belonging, whereby he is grown so far in love with himself, and so undiscretlie doteth over his own doings, at his return, that he maketh is travel and conquest as he thinketh, ordinary table talk, for he walked from Tavern to Tavern, and from Alehouse, to Alehouse, with his licence at his girdle closed in a box, as though he had been the proctor of some spiteful house) aggravating the matter so monstrously, as if he had endured the very labours of old Hercules, and no marvel, for when he had made his market, and received his letters of mart, falling in company with some others, and grew in speeches of practice (for there upon he standeth, but his method is small) did not stick to confirm, that Arsenic and rusty Bacon, was a present remedy for wounds made with goonshot. And being an other time demanded by a learned Doctor in Physic how a wound came to be an ulcer, was stricken dumb. And yet of like he might answer his examinations well. For that (as he saith) he was used so familiarly, and placed amongst the best. A mean surely to embolden him well. For he was but bashful when he was before the worshipful Doctor. And yet will not stick to make himself comparable to any, and will impudently crack, that any man shall never attain to do the like cures as he hath done, with a great deal more of shameless comparisons. There are others of the kind of young Cuckoose, or as nuseled Snakes, which fly with Isops Crow, which haing plucked the wings, would feign devour the bird.  
But leaving them to their blindnesses, and praying unto God for their amendment, my purpose is here to do them good that have need, that is to distribute in english to them that are unlearned, part of the treasure that is in other languages, to provoke them that are of better learning, to utter their knowledge in such like attempts: finally to declare that to the use of many, which ought not to be secret for lucre of a few, and to communicate the fruit of my labours, to them that will gentlly and thankfully receive them, which if any be so proud or supercilious, that they immediately will despise, I shall friendly desire them, with the words of Horace: Quod si meliora novisti candide imperti, si non his utere mecum.  
If they know better, let us have part: If they do not, why repine they at those which mean well? why condemn they the things that they cannot amend. Or if they can, why dissemble they their cunning? How long would they have people ignorant?  
Why grudge they chirurgery should come forth in English? would they have no man to know but only they? or what make they themselves? for if Galen the Prince of this art being a Grecian wrote in the Greek: King Auicene of Arabia in the speech of the Arayans: If Plinius, Celsus, Serenus, & other of the Latins wrote to the people in the Latin tongue: Mercellus Ficinus (who all men assent to be singularly learned) disdained not to write in the Italian tongue: generally, if the intent of all that ever set forth any noble study, have been to be read, of as many as would: what reason is it, that we should huther muther here among a few, the thing that was made common to all? Christ sayeth: no man lighteth a Candle to cover it with a Bushel, but setteth it to serve every man's turn; and these go about, not only to cover it when it is lighted, but to quench it afore it be kindled (if they might by malice) which very well veryfieth the sayings of Master William CLOWES in his last edition De Morbo Gallico, whose words are these. 
No man can lead so just a life,  
No work be writ so true:  
That can escape their sqinting eyes,  
Or pass their ●luish view.  which as it is a detestable thing in any godly science: so me thinketh in this so necessary an art, it is exceeding damnable and devilish, to debar the fruition of so inestimable benefits, which our heavenly father hath prepared for our comfort and innumerable uses, wherewith he hath armed our impotent nature, against the assaults of so many sicknesses, whereby his infinite mercy and abundant goodness is no thing else more apparently confessed, by the which benefits, as it were with most sensible arguments, spoken out of heaven, he constraineth us to think upon our own weakness, and to knowledge that in all flesh is nothing but misery, sickness, sorrows, sin, affliction, and death: no not so much strength as by our own power, to relieve one member of our bodies diseased. As for the knowledge of medicines, comfort of herbs, maintenance of health, prosperity and life, they be his benefits, and proceed of him, to the end that we should in common, help one another, and so live together in his laws and commandments, in the which doing, we shall declare ourselves to have worthily employed them, and as fruitful servants, be liberally rewarded. Otherwise, undoubtedly the talon which we have hidden, shall be digged up, and distributed to them that shallbe more diligent, a terrible confusion before so high a justice, and at such a court, where no wager of law shall be taken, no proctor limited to defend the cause, none exception allowed to reprove the witness, no council admitted to qualify the gloss, the very bare text shall be there alleged.  
Cur non posuisti talentum in fenus? Why hast thou not bestowed my talon to the vantage. These and such other examples have enforced me being oftentimes exercised in the study and practise of chirurgery, to follow the good endeavours of other good men, who have tasted of the same cup of envy, as their predecessors have done. And shall I persuade myself to escape the same? No, for as I am credibly informed by my very good friends, that my book was not so soon at the press, as envy even ready to repine at the same. But being warned, I will be the better armed, & with my friends and predecessors, stand to the brunt of their brutish and malicious tongues. And nothing be discouraged at them, for I know those that are godly and well disposed, will courteously except of every good and laudable attempt. And for the malicious, small regard is to be given, for I do perceive that now in our time, no good enterprise can be gone about, but false detraction and envy is ready to overthrow the same. For what are they that have written both in ancient and later times, but they have tasted of this beastly brood, and envious sect? Yea and of such men that have as it were dandled them in their laps.  
For I cannot only speak by experience of myself, but also by certain knowledge of some others, that breeding up under ourselves such imps, who we did not only give sufficient maintenance unto, but also did impart unto them those things which we by long study and chargeable labour had found out. But when (as they thought) there was no more to be gotten, and themselves sufficiently furnished, being gone from their Masters, were presently puffed up in pride, and being better persuaded of themselves, then of their careful teachers, forgetting from whence they sucked their milk, go about by all means (as much as in them lieth, to the advancement of their own glory) to seek the overthrow of their masters credits.  
But unhappy are those men which nusell such whelps, or hath such fire brands, but surely they do but kindle coals to burn themselves, for their reward shallbe to have the like servants, to serve their own turns.  
For as our Saviour Christ saith: such bread as we break, shallbe broken to us again.  
But no douht as we hatched evil servants, so some have bred good.  
And as in reproving the evil, I wish not the good to be offended, contrariwise, in praising the good, I wish the evil no part thereof. For if good men in times past have beeve moved with good conscience, for knowledge sake, and for the better maintenance of their common wealth in setting forth this Art (in our vulgar tongue) for the relief, comfort, succour, help, and health of such as are sick, diseased, or otherwise wounded and hurt in the wars, or by some mischance, why should they be so envied at, yea even of those which have plucked fetherse from their wings, and hath not been ashamed to use them among their own. But these that have so learned of Dedalus, to frame wings by Art, which could not be had by nature, let them take heed least by playing with other birds feathers, not skilful to use the same, they receive the reward of Icarus.  
But as the wise man saith, it is a scab of the world, to be envious at virtue: for envy groweth up among virtues.  
The poison which Serpents continually do keep without any harm to themselves, they spew out to others destruction. But the malicious contrariwise, hurteth no man so much as themselves.  
But I count him most wicked, that it malicious against his friend. But envy walketh not alone, but is commonly conjoined with his associates, as slander, ignorance, foolishness, lying, and flattery, which I will knit together in these verses following, in as brief manner as I can, hoping that when they shall feel their imperfections touched, they will the sooner forsake that unchristianlike vices, and imitate the godly and virtuous.  

Envy and slander, are two mischievous vices,  
And knit still in unity to a wicked end,  
To defame or kill, they are full of devices,  
They regard no estate, be he foe or friend.  
Envy all empayreth, and doth nothing amend,  
Dignity, wealth, and worldly felicity,  
Doth cause cruel envy to be in many.   

Ignorance of the soul, is very madness,  
Which while it alboureth, the truth to attain,  
Is confounded and wrapped in heaviness,  
Through self knowledge and feebleness of brain.  
Yea, this is also mosT evident and plain,  
That as ignorance is bred by idleness,  
Even so is error by ignorance doubtless.   

There is to mankind, no greater enemy,  
And that more hindereth his estimation,  
Than the loathsome burden of beastly folly,  
Which plainly appeareth in each condition.  
Fools are overthrown with their light affection,  
And as Corn upon stones is sown in vain,  
Even so are good counsellors to a foolish brain.   

The soul with lying is often infected,  
As with a pestilent and hurtful malady,  
The soul in that state is known to be wicked,  
Whereof shame or reason is thonly remedy,  
And as great tellers of news are seldom credited,  
So liars and boasters, are always despised.   

Of slanderers and flatterers take heed if you will,  
For neither tame, nor wild beasts can bit us so ill,  
But of all wild beasts slander is the most bitter,  
And of the tame, most biteth a flatterer,  
For a man much better is among raveners,  
To fall, and betaken, then among flatterers,  
For Ravens but of flesh dead bodies do deprive,  
but flatterers devour men while they be alive.   

Flattery from friendship is hardly dissevered,  
Being mutually knit with the affects of the mind,  
Busy bodies and pickthanks are not to be trusted,  
As wise men their subtlety will quickly out find.  
Nobles by flattery are often made blind,  
And as worms in soft wood do breed most gladly,  
So gentle and noble wits, are hurt by flattery.   

Irefulnes or wrath is a most cruel vice,  
Accursed of good men hateful and ugly,  
Repugning peace that sweet virtue of price,  
Which knitteth both God and man in amity,  
It is contrary also to humanity,  
And as the Godly and wise doth detetest it,  
So the wicked and foolish doth embrace it.   
But envy is so sprung up in these our days, that it grieveth the envious to see another do well, and less doth their own mishaps trouble them then their neighbours good sucsesse. And therefore the Philosopher Archelaus said unto an envious man which was very sorrowful. I know not well whether evil have chanced to thee or good to another: signifying thereby, that envious men are as sorrowful for others prosperity, as for their own adversity. Well, I can but lament the abuses of these days, for as soon as God layeth his visitation on us, we forthwith run to some witch, or sorcerer, who forthwith affirmeth the parties are taken, or else if they can hearer of a runagate stranger skumming over the Country, although they neither know from whence he came, nor whether he will. He shallbe sooner trusted of them than their own country men, be they never so learned or skilful. Yea, and will rather trust them with their lives, then with an obligation of xx. pound. And no●e truly so welcome now as they. As for example in this year 1587. There came a flemming into the City of Gloceter named Woolfgange frolic, and there hanging forth his picture, his flags, his instruments, & his letters of mart with long libels, great tossells, broad seals closed in boxes, with such counterfeit shows and knacks of knavery, loosening the people of their money, without either learning or knowledge.  
And yet for money got him a licence to practise at Bristol: But when he came to Gloceter & being called before some being in authority, by myself & others, he was not able to answer to any one point in chirurgery, which being perceived, and the man known, the matter was excused by way of Charity, to be good to strangers. And besides as I understand there is in the City of London one Peter Ballet, a Dutch man borne, an impudent bragger, for by chance he was called to a Gentleman to cure a Gangrena, & for that he would have strange remedies, in stead of others, he applied to the grieved place Butter, small Ale or strong bear, a medicine sure fit unto his skill. And no marvel it is, for I had thought the flemings add either devoured in their own bellies, or send it some other way, our english Bear and Butter, but I perceive as it is good food, so it is with them wholesome medicine.  
And that maketh it with us so dear, and especially where they dwell.  
But let any of us go about to practise among them in their country, they would soon expel us either by law or by sword.  
But we cherish them, that devour us. There is an other springing up, who degressing from his country guise imitating the Spaniard, and leaning so near the same, that he got the help of a French man to be his Barber, who studied so long in the school of falsehood, that by his deep insight in minerals, he obtained such knowledge, that he passed Paracelsus, for by his skill, he framed such a Pill, that as many as receiveth the same, he shall never more after be sick nor lame.  
And for the great virtue thereof, I thought it good to set down the composition, because all men shall either use or shun the same: & it is this Rec Turbith Simple, g. iii. antimonij Preparati, g. 30. Mercuri Sublimati, g. j.ss. this was appointed to be given in conserua Roses, for all diseases, the pestilence excepted.  
And then to give it in Theriaca and Romachi. The experience of this pill cost some full dear. Well I say no more but a pair of good Peter's, which pierce Ploughman never knew. But these abuses reigns not in Chirurgery only, but also in Physic.  
For now whether he be scholar, or scholar not, Bachelor, or Bachelor not, Master, or Master not, Doctor, or Doctor not, all is one, and as much is the one excepted as the other.  
For if he hath but served any worshipful Doctors, or other learned men in Physic, will not be ashamed to take unto himself as good a title as his learned Master, yea although he were a Coney keeper. As I hard the judgement (of one that taketh upon him the highest title of a Phision) that he gave in the urine of a woman that was deaf, that she had about her heart, an impostume, or a piece of flesh hrowing which stopped her gearing, and therefore she was not to be cured, but he could ease her.  
This I leave to the learned to judge, whether he be a Doctor, or Doctor not. I will therefore forsake the proving of so manifest a thing as this vice is, and return unto thee (god reader) whom I have already offended in exceeding the length of a preface, like unto a wayfaring man, who when he had undertaken a long journey, stumbled even in the very threshold of his door.  
But I know not how it cometh to pass, yet we see it daily, that ridiculous toys, and absurd pamphlets being put forth, are very pleasantly excepted. Whereas a man being moved with honest care to profit his country, and to leave some testimony of the same behind him, do publish any work, it behoveth him to show some reason for his doings, or else it will not yield his hoped for benefit.  
Which is to be construed and perused with humanity, so that if a man covet to have his books favourably excepted and read, he must behave himself in writing, as Solon did in framing his laws.  
Who (as Plutarch saith) did not fashion them according to the true line of equity, but set down such as he thought the people would willingly observe: even so the iniquity of the time hath borough to pass, that those books which are generally perused and read throughout, must not serve the time, but satisfy the opinions of men.  
A man may easily discourse of this, but the fantasies of men are to variant to pervaile a whit in dissuading them.  
But if it might, I would persuade some one from his purpose.  
For it is secretly given out, and with no little ado, that CALMETEUS shall in haste be published in ENGLISH, but I would the good man who hath taken the pains, had at his convenient leisure, first have read Master Bannisters books of ulcers, & of tumours against nature are wounds, and conferred them together with Calmetius, might so have saved his laobur, for there shall he see the flowers of Calmeteus so clean gathered, that he which comes after shallbe feign to browse upon the bare shrubbs. Unless he do it again for tery-fiing the good old Gentleman (who hath already taken the pains) and to bring him out of conceit with that he hath done, which I think will hardly be. But for mine own part that I may now end, I have not sought or hunted after vain glory by the publishing of this my labour, but only I have endured by this means being unable any way else to do some good to my Country, which desire of mine shall sufficiently comfort me, though I want the outward approbation of the world. And yet this one thing I would crave at the hands of the learned, that if my books by chance come under their censure, they will either give it their good word, or else suffer themselves to be judged off by performing the like labour.  
Vale john Read Chirurgeon.   

Aluarus Nonnius, to the renowned preacher Benedict Aria Montanus.  
IF, according to the old saying of the Stoics (most learned Aria) men are begotten for men's sakes, then are those to be esteemed greatest, and had in highest account, that which daily most do profit the common health of man. Which, though by sundry skills, it may be performed, yet by none more amply than that of curing diseases, the Art whereof, hath made her students immortal, or of eternal memory.  
And seeing your Arcaeus is of this number, and one who in following, and exercising this art, hath made himself so famous in his country, as no man living the like: how much more renowned (think you) shall he be, if those things he hath practised with his hands amongst the unlearned, may in writing be testified also unto the learned? surely (as one saith) he should advance his head among the stars. But this glory gotten by such industry, diligence, labour, and incredible cunning, shall together with the auctor, languish & perish in oblivion, unless by your means it be brought abroad into the light.  
Make common therefore that which the common Chirurgeons know not, and let not such healthful remedies lie secret by you, lest your readiness in communicating the benefit, should seem less, than was the authors willingness in bestowing it. And that I may not seem as of no force to beg it, but even by good right to demand it at your hands, thus do I judge, that the book of wounds, is not only profitable, but also necessary. For it not only teacheth those things, which with many faults, and monstrous errors, are unlearnedly, and unskilfully written off by the barbarous, but also so reselleth the ignorance of our chirurgeons, 
As well in England as in spain.  that he seemeth unto me, to have delivered mortal men from their tyranny, whom Galen rightly compared unto thieves.  
Moreover our age shall learn some things, which other antiquity know not, or left as impossible to be set down, namely to cure happily, and with an easy method: yea and that with remedies either gotten by much practice and judgement, or else fetched from Hypocrates and Galen'S fountains.  
As for his order, though it be not so exact, because of his continual practice and curing the sick, yet is it likewise, for a great comprehension of Art, to be commended, for the distribution is perpetual whereby he divideth wounds into their general differences, and into simple and compound, as into their branches.  
Also the proper prognostications are noted, and lastly the particular method of curing added. Then which order none could (in my judgement) have been set down, or devised better.  
After this general Chapter, followeth that of wounds in the head. For this, because of the greatness of the danger, and worthienesse of the party, offereth itself first.  
Next to that, are the wounds of the breast and belly, in such sort delivered, that nothing can be further wished, to the knowledge, either of their danger or healing. The rest of wounds inflicted upon other parts then those, are either comprehended under his simple wound, or else omitted of the author as over light to be written off. The temperature, placing, knitting, substance, figure, action, and use of every affected part, he handleth in a certain addition of physic to the end of this book.  
Which is notable in this, that almost no accident can happen to a wound, but from thence may be found a ready way of curing the same.  
But to come again to his chirurgery, his wounds being finished, he propoundeth the curing of ulcers, comprehended in one only Chapter. 
here was some oversight, for there are two. or three Chapters thereof.   
And here I think good to admonish, that the same Chapter is all but a matter of remembrance, and as a thing taken out of his table, notes of memory in like sort, as are also most books of Hypocrates that are carried about. Where hence it cometh that neither all things are defined, nor yet enclosed in the walls of method, and yet every where a perfect curation shineth forth. But this brevity is recompensed with a fine curation of the french disease: in which this is notable, that he showeth the true manner of decocting Salsa Parilla, taught heretofore by no man. All which things are declared with a brief exposition upon every Chapter. But to end my Epistle as I began, you shall do a work worthy your condition, if, as you are example to others in wisdom and holy life, you do also help mortal men in this liberality.  
Far ye well.   

A Complaint of the abuse of the noble Art chirurgery.  
A Midst the waves of Ocean seas,  
to memory I 'gan to call,  
The famous art of medicine,  
that daily doth to ruin fall.  
A gift of God most excellent,  
to cure each man's infirmity,  
Whereby his name extolled is,  
with praise and thanks continually.  
For what is he that doth behold,  
the sundry things that longs thereto,  
As gums of trees, herbs, seeds, and fruits,  
with stones and minerals also.  
But will advance his power great,  
to see their hidden property,  
And operations wonderful,  
upon the parts of man's body.  
And to fulfil this Godly gift,  
he hath ordaned members fit,  
Chirurgeons I mean which to  
the sickly may deliver it.  
But out alas I am constrained,  
with grief of heart for to declare,  
That such a worthy art should be,  
in pieces rend and left so bare.  
For to record the present state,  
it makes me grievously to moan,  
Sith Galen and Hypocrates,  
did exercise it all as one.  
In elder times there were but few,  
that had therein experience,  
But such in deed as did excel,  
in learning and in diligence.  
Wherefore they were accepted then,  
as treasures rich and precious,  
And also to the common wealth,  
accounted most commodious.  
But now there are so many that  
this famous art do daily haunt,  
And such as for the most part are,  
both blind and very ignorant.  
That for their hurtful practices,  
'twere better they were never borne,  
Appearing to their country dear  
as Caterpillars be to ●…rne.  
Chirurgery moreover is,  
abhorred of the Physician,  
Who doth esteem it as a thing,  
to vile for his profession.  
The other doth account this art,  
a part of Physic for to be,  
As for those parts of man alone,  
that are apparent outwardly.  
And therefore doth he not regard,  
in learning to be studious,  
For that he doth suppose the same,  
unto his art superfluous.  
How can the Surgeon well dissolve,  
the thing contained in his cure,  
Except he do evacuate,  
and purge the same that is unpure.  
Or is he able for to cure,  
all wounds and ulcers redylie,  
Without the administration,  
of divers medicines inwardly.  
Or can he take away the grief,  
that unto nature hurtful is,  
Without the aid of diet due,  
and purging that which is amiss.  
How can then Surgery I say,  
from Physic well detracted be,  
Sith that in every action,  
according lie they do agree.  
But as it was without advise,  
disorderedly distinct in twain,  
So now the same divided is,  
by wicked imps in parts again.  
Some for the rheum forsooth will deal,  
and some to heal th'affected eyes,  
Some for the deafness of the ears,  
and some to cure the stone likewise.  
Some for the strangury, and some  
to cure a fever skilful are,  
And some to beautify the face,  
some also agneales for to pair.  
Some for an ulcer, some a wound,  
and some the Fistulae alone,  
Some for the pocks, some for a wen,  
and some to cure a broken bone.  
Some for the dropsy others eke,  
that for the gout alone do deal,  
Some for the tooth ach expert be,  
and some the rapture for to heal.  
Thus every one doth catch a piece,  
and gadding goes from place to place,  
Like peddlers prating in their pumps,  
which daily do the art disgrace.  
But to maintain their Idle lives,  
they rather seem to practise it,  
Then by their studies for to live,  
in common wealth as members fit.  
And further more a grief it is,  
to see how things are brought about,  
And only to subvert the art,  
and utterly to root it out.  
For they that do profess the same,  
and should most excellent appear.  
Their callings greatly do neglect,  
in riot, pride, and belly cheer.  
Not once regarding that they ought,  
in readiness each thing to have,  
Whereby the grieved limbs and life,  
of the afflicted they may save.  
But some will say I have a salve,  
most excellent for each affect,  
When he the bodies state, disease,  
And Country's force doth not respect.  
Nor yet the number that is hurt,  
by present chance ensuing then,  
So that in curing five or six,  
perhaps he spoileth nine or ten.  
Some will a mixture make of drugs,  
yet they their uses do not know,  
Which when they are in practice put,  
their strange effects do truly show.  
And othersome in stead of books,  
do study at the bowls full hard,  
And when they should their cures apply,  
do run to plays, to Dice and Cards.  
Some take delight to jest and scoff,  
in whoredom and in idleness,  
Some covet greatly to be rich,  
and some delight in all excess.  
Some are of such a currish kind,  
They are not, so that they may gain,  
Nor takes regard unto the sick,  
that languisheth in grievous pain.  
Some occupations three or four,  
have also joining thereunto,  
And when they have great substance got,  
their studies quite they do forego.  
And some moreover papists are,  
some nulli fidians likewise be,  
Some atheists temporifers, and  
some machivells a grief to so●,  
And some so stained are with vice,  
that they more likely do appear,  
Incarnet devils for to be,  
than such as live in Godly fear.  
And some there be that prentices,  
(to page it after them) do take,  
And ●ather than they will them teach,  
their only drudges do them make,  
Whose years when they expired be,  
to practise strait they do prepare,  
As wise as woodcocks in their works,  
without discretion or care,  
Some buy their medicines ready made,  
not knowing how to make the same,  
Or else do take it in disdain,  
thereto their fingers fine to frame,  
Through which abuses this our art,  
is brought in ruin and decay,  
And many thousands spoiled be  
whose cause I do lament this day,  
Yet no man here I do accuse,  
to be the private cause of this.  
But every one I do exhort,  
to mend the thing that is amiss.  
Who dealeth not with brutish beasts,  
but man that is God's Image dear,  
Regard therefore your calling great,  
and keep your conscience always clear,  
For whosoever doth decay  
through your default in 〈◊〉,  
His blood in the last 〈…〉,  
shall at your hands 〈…〉.  
God grant therefore that you may all,  
in studies grave be deligent,  
And lovingly likewise impart,  
the skill that he to you hath ●ent.  
To one another's mutual use,  
as Christian brethren ought to be 〈◊〉,  
And not to sell God's blessings, which  
he freely did on you bestow.  
Root out all runagates and such,  
as daily do their 〈…〉,  
The noble Art chirurgery,  
most wickedly for 〈…〉,  
Let modesty be your delight,  
let virtue still maintained be,  
And frame yourselves in each respect,  
to lead a life accordingly.  
That so the world regarding ●…is,  
to God may yield eternal praise,  
And those that be to health restored,  
your honest name and fame may ●…ise.  
And whilst I here on earth remain,  
to pray to GOD I will not cease,  
Till I return to dust again,  
your knowledge daily to increase.  
FINIS.  
john read.   

The form or figure of an instrument, serving for the cure of the distort foot, with the 〈◊〉 ●…rtaining to the same. In Cap. 13. Lib. 2. Fol. 66.  
 depiction of surgical instrument for treating distorted feet   

The two books of Franciscus Arceus, Doctor of Physic and Surgery, concerning the right order of curing or wounds, and of other precepts of the same Arte.  

WHere as by long and continual practice of curing, I have through the beneficial goodness of almighty God, attained unto the knowledge of many and singular things, in both parts of Physic. I have therefore determined with myself for the profit of the public utility, to set forth in writing both mine own knowledge in curing, and also certain most excellent remedies in either kind, and adding thereunto, the cures of certain diseases, as also of wounds and ulcers, which in the ancient books of Physicians were either utterly, forgotten, or hitherto wanted. Our books therefore do contain, besides all sorts of green wounds, both new and old ulcers, and the same which commonly are alled Fistula●…, or continual running sores in the breast, the mean of the which cures being now in ure, doth 〈◊〉 the patientes oftentimes into physics, & many times also to consumptions, and also to feebleness of body. Of the which Fistulae●s we will (God being car guide) set forth in this present work, a certain and most wholesome order of cu●ing, and will do the like also in our other works, which we trust shallbe allowable through the cures of many diseases hitherto omitted, and now set forth in the same. But this order shall be observed of us, that we will show from the head to the feet, both which is the briefest mean or way in curing every member, and what remedies are most agreeable for all kind of wounds.   


¶ Of the wounds in the head which happenth as well by incision as by contusion, which nevertheless have not pierced beyond Pericranium or Almocrati Cap. 1.  
OF those authors which in our time have set forth the order of curing wounds, none in my judgement surely hath written either better or more largely therein than john Vigo, both whose learning and art although we especially allow, yet notwithstanding, as much as 〈◊〉 be by deligent study and long practise, (God giving us leave) we will endeavour to a● unto his & other men's inventions, many things, which may more briefly & more certainly be brought to pass and dispatched. Therefore as the respect or cause of the wounds in the head are divers and of sundry sorts, so are they also to be cured by divers & sundry means or ways, for there are some sorts of them are made by incision or weapons ordained to cut, as with sword dagger, hartchet, knife or such like. Another sort of the same are made by contusion, which chance either by club, mallet, stone, or bat, or finally, by some other chance, as by fall, or such like: a● which sorts generally we ca● contusion, or bruising. Of these kind of wounds some are greater & some are lesser, and they are known one after one form & manner, and another after another sort, all which kind of wounds notwithstanding, have not passed beyond Perieranium, and to the curing of these kinds of wounds there are wont for the most part, commonly to be sent for, either barbers or unlearned chirurgeons. To whom these especially is a common rule in a manner unto them all, that all wounds made in the head, they open and make manifest, (and that I may use their own term) by an incision in the form of a cross, and so uncover the skull, and then after bind up the wound) which there themselves made) with ●owe and lint s●eepid in the whites of eggs, as if the bones of the head were ●…ured or cut. But the cause of their error is a certain common rule among them, I having no certain or notable author for the same, whereby they affirm that all wounds in the head ought to be opened and made manifest, that at the second opening, 〈…〉 certainly ●…wen whether any bone of the head be ●…acti●ed or ●ut. By which their error, m●… discommedities do happen to them which are so wounded. For 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 needed w●…w, that the cure of them is more st●ictelie done, and ●…otracted to longer time, for being done according to a●…, the ●…bundes may be well cured within bili●or at the far d●s● in tenn●… days, although they were great in quantities, whereas otherwise these do s●an● 〈◊〉 their cure in two. or iii. 〈◊〉 n●thos, of the which fault Galen doth reprove. Thessalus. in Lib. 4. Meth. Meden. Furthermore, the wound be●ing thus opened to the skull, they oftentimes cast the patiented into great hazard of life: for of necessity it cometh, to pa●…e, that no small part of the head bone being corrupted with the cold air tainting the same, must be 〈◊〉 from them that are cured in this order: the which bone else was neither fractured nor cut. For it must needs be that the superficial part of currin● bone of man's body, which the air doth touch, be corrupted. And it happeneth oftentimes also that not only the superficial parts but the whole bone itself according to the thickness thereof is corrupted, besides that which was touched of the air coming to it. For besides the discommodity of the air; there noth accrue also the discommodity of their digestives, and oils of divers sorts, which they●dd apply in great quantity, whereas they are utterly ignorant whether the wound be digested or not. For which cause we to help so great prolixity and discommodity, will adjoin that order of euring which is allowed both of the best learned of the ancient chirurgeons, and also of those of our: time, adding thereto a ●…rtaine medicine to this day set forth of no other 〈◊〉, whose wonderful virtue any man may make experience of.  
And first to begin, we will discourse of simple wounds which are made or happpen by insition, than afterward we will also entreat of other kinds of wounds.  
That we may know● therefore by certain conjectures, whether the bone of the head be fractured or no, he who hath received the wound is to be demanded with what weapon he was wounded, and whether assoon as he had recceyved the same, he fell not down withal unto the ground, and also whether he were not astonished in his mind. But if the wound do not pierce to the skull, first of all the hair about the wound is to be shaven away, than the flesh to the flesh, and skin to skin, is to be joined the one to the other as even as may be, and if this may be done without the use of the needle, it shallbe very well so to do. But if the wound shallbe great in length, then either you must use the needle, or else the wound is to be bound up with somewhat a long thread, so that the co●…enencie and situation of the place do suffer the same: and that may be done or accomplished, if the brims of the wound be committed most evenly together. And surely this kind of binding in all sorttes of wounds (if it may conveniently be used) is best allowed, for the brims and parts of the flesh being separated, do by those means close best together. When this is done, if the wound be somewhat great, there is then to be left in the lower part of the wound an Orifice, wherein is to be put a fi●…e linen clothe dipped in the white of an egg, with your probe or proover, laying upon also, double linen clothes dipped in the white of an Egg. Then bind up the wound orderly not with to ●…ny clothes, and so let it remain until the next day. Neither is it 〈◊〉 the safeguard of the patient that his dressing or opening should be deferred until the third day, as many unskillfulie use to do, but at the second opening there needeth neither any digestives nor yet of oil of Roses, which are wont commonly to be used, for we have proved by daily experience and certain observations, that such things do rather harm then good, and we do think that the use of such digestives to ●e superflo●ous, not only in these, but also in all other kind of wounds: wherefore by this mean following ye shall find a sure way of curing. Let there be prepared in redives that emplaster which is set forth of Vigo in his antidotary, whose description is as followeth.  

Rec. Olei Rosati omphacini & completi. Ana ℥ two  
Olei Masticini. Ana. ℥ i  
Olei Mirtini. Ana. ℥ i  
Pinguedinis hircini. ℥ i ss.  
Succi Betonicae. ℥ i   
Let them all boil together to the consuming of the joys, then let them be strained, after adding there to  

Masticis. ʒ. x.  
Gummi Elemij. ʒ. uj.  
Terebinthinae. ℥ two ss.  
Cerae Albae. q. s.   
Then let them again boil at the fire a little, ● according to art make hereof an emplaster, and beside this also the use of a certain liaiment invented by us, shallbe very ●…dfull, the virtue whereof is such, that it doth concoct, digest, mundify & incarnate, whose most certain use in all dangerous cases never ●…ited me, and besides, as many as made proof of the same, hath given it most justly the name of a balm, whose description is as followeth.  

Rec. Terebinthinae Clarae. Ana. ʒ. j.  
Emplastri gummi Elemij. Ana. ʒ. j.  
Pinguedinis castrati, ℥ two  
Pinguedinis porcinae antic. ℥ i   
Let them be melted at the fire and make thereof a lineament, and as often as need shall require being liquified at the fire, the wound is tenderly to be anointed with the top of a Hen's feather, and after that the emplaster before mentioned is to be laid on the whole wound without any lints. Then the day following thou shalt find competent matter concocted, & sufficiently enough digested. But if after the first day you shall find larger store of corruption, it shallbe convenient that the wound be dressed twice in the day, neither can the force of this lineament be sufficiently commended, for besides that it procureth sufficient good matter, it also suffereth not the parts whereunto it is applied, either to be impostumed, or inflamed, more than the course of nature and medicine requireth, neither doth it suffer the wounded part in any other place to open or chaune, which thing doth oftentimes happen also in smaller wounds, which manner accidents for the most part are hardlier cured then the wound itself, and moreover, by the virtue of this lineament the patients feel very small grief, and by these means the cure is finished a great deal sooner and better then by any other means now set forth.  
But the wounds which shall happen to be made with stone, club, or fall, which wounds we call contused, and yet the bone not fractured we will cure in this order. First let the wound be washed with Aqua vite, or wine decoct with Myrrh, francl●…cence, or Surcacolle, that by this means all the filth may be cleansed away which was gathered either by the stone, or dust, or blood concrete and congealed in the wound. The same lotion also is available to confound the flesh the sooner. The wound being thus made clean, then are the parts so to be joined together as we have before specified, which if they seem so to be rend or tor●e that they cannot be joined together, than ye must use bolsters three square, or four savare, the same being dipped in the white of an egg, adding thereunto pieces of of linen, such as we described before when we speak of wounds being made by incision. But if the parts of the wounds neither can by these ●…ies be closed well together, than it shall be expedient to use the needle and third, and to stitch up the wound, learning in the nether part an or 〈◊〉 wherthrogh the excrements may be p●…ged, if the wound be great. The next day after this, let the cure be handled in the same order as we have taught you in the wounds made by ●…sion, that is to say, the sides of the wound to be ●o●tly an●…nted with that our balm, and the emplaster saye● there on, for by these two remedies wounds are thoroughly brought to the ci●a●…ize. But in greater wounds being first artificially stitched, there is to be left an drifted in the lower part, into the which a fine linen cloth may be put, which linen cloth or flam●l● must be put in both at the second dressing, and afterward in the rest, being diped in that our balm, but the emplaster which shall be put thereon, is to be made clean twice a day. lastly when the wound shallbe known to be well digested (but that shall not be known by the ●…lthie corruption, but by the good matter coming forth at the orifice) there shall be no more need to use the linen cloth or flammula, but only the emplaster being oftentimes cleansed. But in those contusious in the which no wound doth appear, besides the tumour and softness of the flesh, nor yet shall appear any suspicion of any bone broken. (But that thing is to be sought out by the signs afore rehearsed, and also by the judgement of the diligent Surgeon) it shallbe expedient that the cure be done in this order.  

Rec. Albumins' vnius●….  
Olei Mirtini Ana. ℥. ss. miss●antur  
Pulueris Mirt●n Ana. ℥. ss. miss●antur   
Spread these being well beaten together upon ●owe being first wet in water and vinegar and wro●…e out again hard with thy hand, this tow with these fomentations applied to the grieved place, & the next day by gods help it shall do well, but if thou shalt judge it not to be whole th●eughly, apply the same remedy again, which being thrice applied, it will cure the contusion be it never so great.  

¶ Annotations upon the first Chapter.  
1 Igitur vulnerum in capite:] Therefore of wounds in the head, whereas there be divers natures and shows of those wounds which are made in the head, as which are take of some particuliar place thereof & are gathered by the singes adherent: namely by the pain, of the symptoma or accident, the distemperature, the inflammation, (as Galen in his third book of the method of curing doth more playnelie show) what caus●s are most usual, and in the manner of curing chiefest. Such are set forth by our author whereas ●e made a division of the wounds that are given by any manner of weapon, which duo consideration of weapons is of Hipocrates so highly esteemed, that be thereby doth measure and estimate the wound. For those wounds saith he which are made with a sword or edge tool▪ do either part▪ the flesh only, or rive the bone, also in such sort as the hurt and place of the wound are oftentimes all one: but such weapons as are round, heavy, smooth and blout, do more press down, rive & crush the bone, wherefore he willeth us in these kind of hurts, to be always careful, but in the former not so often.  
2 Name secundum art m●] for according to art.  
Neither is it any marvel for simple wounds are offered to be cured which ought so much the sooner grow together, by how much the head is more dry and doth receive into it the fewer superfluities from other members.  
3 Acce●…t 〈…〉] that abundance of 〈◊〉 gestures to 〈◊〉 heere●…  
What great 〈◊〉 the patients ●…ce●… by the●…●mo●…●f oils, no 〈…〉, they make the 〈◊〉 fresh 〈◊〉 they sword ●he cure, and cast the 〈…〉 into divers dangers, 〈◊〉 will 〈◊〉 things the to be avoided, not only in the ulcers of the head, but also in all other parts. For wounds are not cured before they wax dry, as writeth Hypocrates in his book that is of vices.  
4 Igitur an os fractum sit] therefore whether the bone be broken or not. These things are rea● at large in Hypocrates in his book that is of wounds, and in Galen in his 〈◊〉 book called Therape●…es, 〈◊〉 Aegine●d and in Celsus 〈◊〉 his 〈◊〉 book to where I 〈◊〉 the reader.  
5 Quod ●i] 〈◊〉.  
If the wound ta●… either by stro●… or by cut, be of such greatness is the 〈…〉 cannot be conjoined or brought together by ●…gature, Galen in the third of his method teacheth, ●he 〈…〉 of that wound to be adjoined by sowing or 〈◊〉.  
6 Exte●… Imo-a●… 〈◊〉] of the flax with the white of an egg: Common p●a●…e hath so prevailed, that to 〈◊〉 green wounds the white of an egg sometime beaten together said upon a 〈…〉 is applied, & not 〈…〉 good cause, for as ●…th as it suppresseth the 〈◊〉 of blu●, astwageth pain; abaceth the heat and ●…reth no inflammations to rise, as witnesseth Galen in his second book de Simplic●… medicamentorum facu●tatibus; of the verues of simple medicines.  
7 In secunda curatione] in the second dressing.  
There is no ●…de of oil of roses, because without any other at accident the ●…tion of unity is simple: But yet where either pain or inflammation is feared, or to be doubted, it is wont to be yfed, as Paulus saith in his ●…ii. book and Galen in his second, doth a●…e the oil of Roses with the Rose:  
8 Omnia gener●] all kinds of sword's digestives.  
That is to say, we refuse the yolk of an egg, Turpentine and oil of Roses, whereof we s●ake, last, the yolk maketh the ulcer continual and filthy, and is not Ros●… refused of Hypocrates (in his book of Articles) where any ulcer is 〈◊〉 Further, this general kind of mingled emplasters in in Galen, and hath force to co●…ct, make rotten, to 〈◊〉. and to make 〈◊〉 or matten.  
9 Lenimenti cuiusdam] of a, certain leniment.  
This Leniment invented by the author, is most singular, and chiefly in that wound which hath in it any contusion, pain, or inflammation. For swin●s f●tte doth appease, the pain, and because of his oldness or being, it is putrefied, it hath by that means 〈◊〉 singular virtue abst●rsi●s.  
10 Primum Aqua vitiae] first with Aqua vitae.  
After this sort Arnoldus doth most speedily make whole or cure, fresh, blood, and 〈◊〉 wounds, washing them first with Aqua vitae.  
11 Ca●…tionem hoc ●…do] the ●ure this manner.  
There be many indications to be observed in a contusion, (as saith Galen in his 〈◊〉 book of the method of curing) & the chiefest among them is to ass●…age pain, & to strengthen or comfort the hurt m●…ther, lest there follow a flux, whereupon it is used & observed in common practice, to apply the white of an egg with My●tilles, so saith Lanfraneus & Razis, but they do first infuse or perfuse it ●o, oil of Roses.    

Of contusion with fracture of the bone, without any apparent wound. Cap. 2.  
IF thou shalt think or judge the skull to be fractured without any apparent wound, thy judgement is taken by the falling down of the man, & by the trenble of his mind, or consequent, vomiting, & sometime by the dimness of his eyes, sometime also by considering the staff or 〈◊〉 or such like 〈◊〉 wherewith the 〈…〉 was stri●… 〈…〉 ●uring the 〈◊〉 of the pl●…e from whence the we●… was thrown, by the 〈…〉 wrath of 〈◊〉 and 〈…〉 the hurt 〈◊〉 he that striketh his 〈◊〉 being through●…e moved 〈…〉 with 〈…〉 and stranger 〈◊〉 to the 〈◊〉, by these and such like animaduer●tous, 〈◊〉, known whether the skull be 〈…〉. The which thing Al●ce●… 〈◊〉 ●…eheth Fen: 5. Tractatum 3. et. i● fracturae cranij. For oftentimes it happeneth (saith he) that the skull is fractured and the skin whole: yea and that the flesh is impos●… and swollen and the skin also which is upon the skull, and this example of judgement was given by them in 〈◊〉 like case, which com●…eth now to 〈◊〉 remembra●…ce, and this it was. Two men falling out the one with the other in abru●… the one was stro●… of the other with a stone but he which received the bl●w, had armed his head with a steel cap, who notwithstanding being a●ha●sed with the blo●elice of the ●…w, fell down forth with ●o the ground, & being 〈◊〉 like● by he to vomiting, by these con●…es and by the beholding of the steel cap, (being somewhat bruised 〈◊〉 his head) I judged the skull to be fractured. When I had then opened the place, I did fashion the incision according to the contusion. The next day I p●…ced the skull with the trepan, although the rift in the bone scan● appeared a hair br●…th & very little. But I found a great deal of congealed blood & marvelous foul, which was fallen down upon Dura matter. By the means therefore & in that order, he was in short time cured & perfectly healed, as we shall put down in the chapter following, without any great ●raunce or s●…ne passion or other accedents troubling him.  

The Annotation of the second Chapter.  
It is held for a great question among the learnedst Surgeons, whether it be possible that the skull may be broken and no solution of continuity in the skin appearing. Celsus and Paulus opinion is, that it must appear in the skin if the bone be cut. Notwithstanding, Hypocrates, seems to be of another opinion in his book which jacobus Petusi●as●on, affirmeth, by arguments drawn from nature it fulse. Search further, Viduis Vidus a Florentine, which hath written a Comment upon the same. book.    

¶ Of the fracture of the skull Chapter. 3.  
THe unlearned and unskilful chirurgeons (whereof here in England have no lack) do oftentimes notwithout great danger of the patient, offend the fracture of the skull for lack of knowledge in the art, and for want of judgement, whiles they do nothing consider of the fracture of the bones, and do neglect to search out throughlie whether any thing be hurt or perished in the right Mirabile, or any of the other pannicles or compactions of the brain, for the parts of the liver or innermost bone (which men call Vitrea tabula) oftentimes happeneth to be cut in sunder, shivered, dashed, & broken in pieces, and moved out of their places, and that fault is found more oftener in the inner Table, then in the upper. Which things first most grievous pangs and griefs, and after death itself doth ensue.  
But there are very many to whom it is a very light matter where no suspicion nor any kind of fracture is to move them, doth open the head with incision, when a man may justly suspect or mistrust certain fractures, than they open nothing at all. The cause of these things is ignorance of the art, the negligence to understand, and the eschewing of labour and travail in considering of things.  
out. But although there be nothing fractured without yet it is not to be doubted, but that something hath been bruised within, as the fracture of some vein hath followed the same bruise, out of which vein the bruised blo●d being shed and congealed, is p●…triffed and turned into impostumation and matter, for the which when there is no place open to purge and issue forth, it cometh to posse the pannicles environing the brain, yea and the brain itself is inflamed and corrupted, & of this thing manifest signs shortly after do appear, which being come, then is the party, cast away. It may be also that although the veins be not fractured, yet by reason of the vehement bruise, stripe or grief received, much blood within the veins themselves may be drawn forth and stirred up, and therefore an inflammation of the place and corruption also may ensue. In all these cures therefore the cure may be done by no other means better than by the trepan, for when the skull is once opened by the trepan, and that the pannicles may be perceived, although the place be inflamed and fastered, yet for the most part it happeneth, the wound to be cured and healed, and the same blood so congealed by the corruption or concussion of the bone, is dissevered and wiped away. Therefore in such mishap this thing is to be foreseen especially, that the wound be opened, and the place cleansed, and with tow suppled, and dipped in the white of an egg, and so to be made up. Then from the next day after, until the seventh, this syrup ensuing, is to be ministered to the patiented, the use whereof shall supply the right office of a convenient purgation. For we have found by good experience, that other purgations greatly to hurt those that are in this case.  

Rec. Sirupi. Rosarum. ℥ ij.  
Aqua Plantaginis. ℥ iij. Misseto.   
And so long must they use this diet exquisitely, until you perceive they have need of flesh meat. The next day, that is to say, the next after the first dressing, at the se●…de opening, it is to be dressed with our Balm, and a plaster of Gummi Elemij, laid thereon, and so to be arti●…ially bound up again. But the third day ye must use the trepan to open the skull, the ●se and reason of which instrument shallbe declared of us in his convenient place, But the skull must be opened from the lower part of the wound with the trepan, and presently as soon as the bone shallbe opened with the same spoon which shallbe in the surgeons case, ye shall apply upon the pannicles of Oleum Rosarum, Lactis Mulieris, et Mellis Rosarum, ana partes equalis. Being warmed at the flame of a Candle in your foresaid spoon, assoon as this is done, put between the bone and the pannicles of the brain, a round piece of stick which the Spaniards call Sendal, that the pannicles of the brain be not hurt by pulsation or beating against the bone, being ragged by means of the fracture. Then handsomely make up your wound with Lints, ●n●dynting she bone with that our Balm, being liquished at the ●…er, then fill your wound with your foresaid Lintes, not with too hard depression, and so finish your dressing with an emplaster of Gummi Elemij, or de Minio laid thereon.  
In this order the patiented being dressed, the next day after the matter or corruption of the wound being very well and commodiously gathered together and putrefied, is easley confected, whereof I think we shall not need to use those digestions, neither to these nor yet to any other wounds, which are commonly of the yolk of an egg, oil of Roses & Turpentine, neither to anoint the head with oil of Roses, neither any other member that is wounded, for by this our Balm the corruption is soon brought to perfection, and the place not inflamed, & I can easily witness that I have long used this order of healing which I have declared, & never repented me thereof in most dangerous wounds, whether the pannicles of the brain were corrupted, or some part of the brain itself perished, and as far, I can judge 〈◊〉 used of those digestives and anointings to, are wont to be the 〈◊〉 that the cures of such wounds are prolonged to the second and third month: for the wounds are corrupted and pu●…sted more than needs, the complexion is made the worse, the member weakened, which happenest otherwise, if the 〈◊〉 be done in that order which I have declared. For by this means the time of healing doth seldom 〈…〉 month, and the bones (if any are to be drawre forth) the xxv. day or before, are loosed, according to the quantity of the fracture, for if the fracture be the larger or greater, then are they drawn forth the s●…er.  

¶ The Annotation of the third Chapter.  
The breaking of the skull, is a division of the same whereof there be so many differences as followeth, a riving or rifting, a cutting out, an expression, or a depressure, 〈◊〉 infants called a contusion, or a bruising. Galen addeth hereunto a diversity of separations, called Cameratio, this fracture should be (if it be manifest) thus proved, with a small knife or other apt instrument, wrought or cut out, until the rift no more appeareth, but if we should believe, or follow Hypocrates in this cause, we should proceed further, as to mark, or colour the skull with ink, and the next day to wipe it or fret the 〈◊〉 away, as it was his accustomed manner, it is not out purpose, to deliver the whole circumstances of every thing that appertaineth unto this matter, but to show or direct you▪ in what place ye may find them.  
Et si nihil omnino rup●… fuerit] and if there be nothing torn, I know not by what means we found at Antwerp in this year, the very many perished by certain, abundance of ●f blood issuing forth of the veins, by shaking or disturbing the brain, or the pannicles, without hurt appearing in the skull, which will 〈◊〉 much the more perilous and 〈◊〉, for that those people so grieved, did not fall into the accustomed apparent afflictions and accedents that are wont to appear in those cases. For seeing that neither in the seven day, nor at the farthest on the xiiii. day, this mischief 〈◊〉 vew●a●… itself by the Simptoms or singes describe●… Hypocrates, those people ●…rt began on those days to amend, not to be grieved with any fever, neither did vomit, but on the 〈◊〉 day, and the xx. day, yea and that is more to be wondered at, on the xxv day, these singes did then appear, and the parties all died. Upon this matter read Celsus, and Vigo, upon this proper chapter.  
Illud igitur] that therefore.  
Our work in chirurgery we thus begin.  
We first shave the place, to the same wound, we make way by two incisions, parting themselves, to two strait corners, as we term it Transeue●sim, which Paulus desscribeth by the form of this Greek letter X.  
S●…pis ovi albo maceratis] with pleagants dipped in the white of an egg. Paulus Aegineta ministereth posca which is water and vinegar boiled together, and apply to the place wine mixed with oil of Roses.  
jam diu exquifita dietae] now using a very spare diet.  
I say a diet that res●…eth inflammation which the ancient writers term a fever.  
Tercia die] the third day.  
Hypocrates warneth that it should not be deferred until the third day, especially if the constitution of the air be inclined to heat. And Galen in his second book de officina medici, would have the order before perscribed to be used the second day, unless any n●w accident thaunce in the mean while.  
Statem ubi 〈…〉] 〈…〉 when the bone is discovered. And rightly 〈…〉 presently, for that the membrane must be out of h●… cleansed & dried. Unless the same moistening wax ●…ll a●… be 〈…〉 fall out, it is to be fear●… the 〈…〉.  
Oleum Ros●…] oil of Roses.  
It is manifest that Galen did use 〈…〉 where 〈◊〉 is discovered, 〈…〉 inflammation, but to auoi●… pain. In his second 〈…〉 think him worthy of great observation, for 〈◊〉 commandeth Pigeons blood warme● to be ministered to the place. Whom Appol●… following, willseth the same blood to be taken out of the wing of a Pigeon.    

Of the use of the Trepan or Percer. Cap 4.  
THe third day after the wound is made, it shallbe expedient to use the office of the Trepan or Percer, the Trepan is of two sorts, one male, and the other female, which the greckes call Abaption. First of all 〈◊〉 the male Trepan is to be placed upon the skull along by the lowest part of the wound, so that it touch no part of any ●…ssing of the wound. This Trepan being always set as it were by even counserpoyze, we must turn it round still until it hath pierced the bone so much as the thickness of a Spanish Royal of two. s. and somewhat more.  
The T repan male hath a double edged ●…gue in the middle, which they call Nepsula, and dosth pierce in the manner of a ●…th●… d●… or square boarer. And the same doth fashion a Centre in the bone, and the circumference of the Trepan doth set forth the circle in the bone.  
There is nothing in the middle of the female Trepan, whose circumference notwithstanding must be like the male Trepan. This 〈◊〉 being plac●d by e●…all poise. We 〈…〉 turn it round 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 gently until the Upper cable be cut through 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 while as occasion shall serve, the small pieces of the bones that be cut off, 〈…〉 ●…ple 〈…〉.  
Just like wise we must 〈…〉 into the lower table, but before the Trepan doth part through, the left hamnd which holdeth the Trepan, into be ●owned ●…ward some part of the 〈◊〉 described; 〈…〉 ●…the the whole bone may 〈…〉 and that 〈…〉 no fa●der.  
〈…〉 instrument which 〈◊〉 seem meet for the purpose, is to be taken, that the same whole circle so appointed fo●rth and cut off●… 〈◊〉 drawn forth without any hurt d●…ing to the 〈◊〉 of the brain.  
After all this we use Instrumentumm Lenti●olare, being somew 〈◊〉 armed at the 〈◊〉 of a Candle, and do scale 〈◊〉 about 〈◊〉 that 〈◊〉, the small and sharp pieces of the 〈…〉 moved with ●…in●all pulsation, any thing should be perished with those sharp pieces of the 〈◊〉.  
But let the place be prepared and dressed with red Sanda●l and the liquid, of Balsam●…, as we have taught you al●e●…die, be applied.  
But when the 〈…〉 in the bones shallbe great, so that the skull 〈◊〉 together, ye shall not need to use the Trepan, but the bones are to be reduced into their natural place. For I have seen many in this case being to ●…taken in h●…d of the Surgeons with the Trepan and alenatories a●…r named, to have sped very evil.  
For whereas the operation or cure cannot be done without great depression● of the bones, for it cometh to pass that the pannicles eft●…nes are broken, and the brain also perished.  
And furthermore whereas also the bones are not plucked forth by them, but are suffered to putrefy until they come forth of their own accord, the patiented are cast into the danger of death. Therefore the 〈◊〉 are to be reduced into their own place as artificially as may be, and of the 〈◊〉 bones some part is to be plucked forth, that there may be some orifice into the 〈…〉 be perished 〈…〉 should want a place 〈◊〉 whereby the 〈…〉 purge themselves and so be cured.  
Neither must 〈…〉 plucked 〈◊〉 out all the 〈◊〉 that are broken, for so 〈…〉 doth much annoy, 〈…〉 about within 〈…〉.  
But we must consider deligentlie and peruse thoroughly, lest any part of the inner Table ●…wardlie vnw●…es to us either broken or bruised dounely ●at or upon Du●…, matter, (as they call it,) for we have perceived 〈…〉 that a greater part of the bone is ●…ored and broken 〈◊〉 in then without: as it often th●…neth in 〈…〉 that are broken. And it hath divers times happened unto myself, that I have found a greater part of the bone removed within, than I could pluck forth of the orifice of the wound, which thing when it happeneth, I have accustomed gently to break the bone with instrument●…, and (being doubled ●nto many 〈◊〉) so to phick them forth.  
We must therefore diligently peruse, whether it be need k●… for any part of the bone to be plucked forth, which, except thou pluck out, it must needs he that the pannicles being bruised with continual beating are broken, 〈◊〉 this thing is easily known, if a man do● look diligently into his business. For the pannicles being more bound in and p●nd up then they should be and distant from the● 〈◊〉 more than inconvenient, do appear. Therefore the bo●… being reduced into their place, & those things being pluck● forth which are needful to be drawen●…. If any asperite be left, at the which dura matter with her continual labouring may be hurt, it shallbe necessary for the same asperite to be taken away with that lenticular instrument. But the next ●ay following after the bones shallbe corrected and plucked forth, if the colour of Dura matter shall second to 〈…〉 Mel Rosarum (of the which we 〈…〉) 〈◊〉 only that surgeons 〈◊〉 Mell) Rosarum at the flame of a Can●…, 〈…〉 Dura matter and the 〈…〉 thing in ●…itable, both that all matter with 〈◊〉 putri●…, 〈◊〉 purged the better, and that Dura matter by 〈…〉 be not hurt.  
For by this M●l Rosarum Dura matter is most easily maund●… 〈…〉 if 〈…〉 do● beel●… 〈…〉 or 〈◊〉 lea●… by the contu●…, but which the 〈◊〉 Mack●nes shall begun 〈…〉 ●…uerted 〈◊〉 to a better 〈◊〉, in st●… of Mell Rosarum, 〈…〉 ye shall use this ●…guent which I 〈◊〉 by 〈…〉 to be more excellent a more present 〈…〉 which are 〈…〉 Vigo.  

Rec. Sirupi Rosarum per infusione. ℥ i ss.  
Florum ● follow●… hyp●…ti.  
Florum Rorisimarini.  
Grani▪ ana palulum.  
Terebinthinae ●…ire. ℥ ij.  
Vini odoriferi. ℥ ij.  
Olei Omphasini. lib.ij.  
Croci, Parum.   
Let them boil together to the consuming of the wine, then let 〈◊〉 he strained, we 〈◊〉 the oil Omphacine both for the ●…cellencie of the liquor, and also to delay grief 〈…〉 although the author himself hath let pass this manner of oil, yet do we commend it as not to be let pass, we do add also of a ●…ne device sa●…torne to the flowers while● they are in boiling, for by this unguent, all the pannicles of the blain are ●…nt to be restored fully before the fortenth day.  
But in the 〈…〉 with the 〈…〉 in the wound, 〈…〉 the boness (which 〈…〉) are to be 〈◊〉 forth 〈◊〉 the 〈…〉 which time they 〈…〉 place to the 〈…〉 little. Th●… 〈…〉 much. 〈…〉 it dri●… forth the 〈◊〉 into the 〈…〉 within the 〈…〉 for the 〈…〉 of the wound 〈…〉 also added very 〈…〉 to the flesh, and keepeth 〈…〉 shall 〈…〉 ●…ture. And by these 〈…〉 the wound● 〈…〉 to be opened 〈…〉 all the 〈◊〉 be 〈…〉 which being done, it shallbe lawful for the 〈…〉 out of his bed, after the which time he is to be dressed twice every day.  
But of our Balm digestive, this is the description.  

Rec. Gummi Elemij. Ana. ℥ i ss.  
Trebinthinae abi●tinae Ana. ℥ i ss.  
Sepi castrati antiqui ℥ two  
Et liquefacti. ℥ two  
Pinguedinis porcine antiquae lique factae. ℥ i  
Miss● et fiat linimentum s. A.   
With hal●e an 〈◊〉 of thi● Balm, (although the bound be never so gre●…) it may be cured. The 〈◊〉 of is in this sort, (the wound being hand so●… 〈◊〉 clea●… and those things before prescribed 〈…〉 to the 〈◊〉) thou shalt melt thi● Balm at the ●…e an some convenient vessel (but not to hot for hurting the patiented) and with a Hena ●…ther anoint gently all the 〈◊〉 of the wound, with the brimes, and the very bone 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉, and when thou hast anointed it, fill the wound with dry 〈…〉 and emplaster de gummi Elemij, 〈…〉 may find in the consi●…tor diffirencia. C.j. For 〈…〉 by long use found out this kind of emplaster to be most fit for the curing of wounds in 〈◊〉. And this is the d●…ipeion of the same.  

Rec. Gummi Elemij. ℥ three  
Resinae 〈…〉. Ana. ℥ two  
Gummi Ha●…moniaci. Ana. ℥ two  
Gummi Hed●…. Ana. ℥ two  
C●…ae. Ana. ℥ two  
Terebinthinae ℥ iij. ss.  
Olei Rosarum. ℥ j ss.   
Let the 〈◊〉 ●oyle together, except the Gum ammoniac, with one 〈◊〉 a half of odoriferas wine, unto the consuming theroef, adding in the end the ammoniac, desolued in vinegar, and your Gum Hedere finely powdered, and being sufficienfly Boiled, let it be wrought in wine and Aqua vivitae, and so ●ade up. in colles. Of no less use also I have by often exprience proved that emplaster to be, the description whereof thou mayst find in john Vigo, in the chapter of the Francture of the skull, the which he giveth to name Emplaistium Betonice. This emplaster is likewise most profitable to the same thing, which Alcelinus de janos, gave to the Surgeons of ●arcino, the description whereof is in this order.  

Rec. Terebinthinae clare. lib.j. ss.  
Cere albae. ℥ .v.  
Resine pinae. ℥ uj ss.   
Make hereof an Emplaster according to art, which being done, let it 〈…〉 white vinegar, in the which it must be in●…ed the space of six days, adding thereto, two pares of the joys of Betony, and one part of the joys of 〈…〉, so le●…g it lie until it be thoroughly steeped. Then let it be melted 〈…〉 ●…ger and other 〈◊〉 for 〈…〉 ●…ten agains and 〈…〉 milk, 〈…〉 made up and reser●…ed.  
There in no greater use 〈◊〉 all the 〈…〉 of this emplaster, of the which I never as yet repent myself. Therefore 〈…〉 now be restored, there shallbe. no 〈◊〉 the use of the same liquor, which I have described after this anis more, but the pannicles and also the wound itself is to be anointed gently with a feather dipped in the said ba●…e, until the whole bone be covered over with 〈◊〉, (for the force of this medicine is a most present and sure 〈◊〉 Or this purpose) but these lintes and tow are somewhat gently and tenderly to be laids on the wound, lest the 〈◊〉 hard depressure of the same, the growing and com●… together of the wound be hindered by the same. Neither doth the growing over of the st●…, hinder any whit at all whereby the corrupted bones (if any be) should be 〈…〉 in time. But the convenient time for this purpose is the xxiiii. or xxv. day, yet in some before this time also they do come forth, but when the wound is great, and the place bored through with the trepan, for the most part the bones are expulsed the xxv. day. Neither ought we to interpret these things which we have spoken of the plucking forth of bones in such sort, that we should think that the ●…es will come and break forth of their own accord, as the most part of unlearned Surgeons do, but it is needful they be drawn forth of the Artist with that instrument of Iron which commonly is called pes caprinus, that is the goats foot●, for 〈◊〉 thou hast taken this in the hand, 〈◊〉 strained it a little; pres●… 〈…〉 place, and follow. But if at the first time it doth take none effect the day following the matter will as easily be dispatched. Therefore we must take heed that the 〈…〉 forth in due time and season, and when they are once drawn forth, then may the patiented rise out of his bed without danger, after these things again in healing the wound it shallbe expedient to use exciccations casting on the powder of Allom burnt, and lints laid thereon, and thereon some emplaster, neither the use of this powder ought to be common, but must use it seldom, and by this means within the space of thirty. days, wounds are cured with no great trouble of the patient, nor business to the Surgeon.  

¶ Annotation of the fourth Chapter.  
A Trepan hath been known unto the ancient writers, and as I remember, the same hath been twice mentioned by Hypocrates, in his book of weundes of the head. The use whereof, to them of old time hath been thought very perilous: whereupon Galen alloweth rather of a small incision knife, which being wariely directed through the hollow seals, safely cometh to the taking away of the bone. The same excision being gently & leisurely done, is greatly commended of Galen. See further in Aegineta in that proper Chapter.  
You must note that the use of this instrument is very star●ge and unmeet, where bones be vehemently and throughlie broken, or where by themselves they be weak or bruised. Hypocrates excepteth always children's bones, which be not a little● weak and infirm.  
Nocit enim] for it hurteth.  
Most learnedly hal● this annor observed that which Galen sayeth in the eight book of the use of parts, namely, that broken bones are with all expedition to be cut out, lest they bring present detriment unto the brain.  
Postera autem die] Upon the other day.  
In this he followeth Paulus Aegineta. Here is to be noted, that if there appear a voluntary blackness, and that it continue so deep in the wound that it reach unto the bottom, it betokeneth mortification of the natural heat, and so consequently, no hope of health.    

¶ Of wounds made in the head by incision. Cap. 5.  
WHether the wounds in the head, which hath also attained to the skull, be deep, and inward, we easily know by the length thereof. For of the roundness of the head and of the place in the which the wound is, by sure conjecture and reason the depth is taken. Therefore if the wound be deep and inward, it is to be framed forthwith and fashioned, neither shall it be needful to cut the head overth wart. But it shallbe sufficient to open the brims or Lips so cut together, with Pericranium on both sides, and to confirm it into the fashion of a Triangle, and the day following we must begin to cure the wound with that Balm, (as we call it) being melted and warm, laying thereon an emplaster of Gum Elemij, but the third day we must use the Trepan, but the bones are to be bored through from the inner part, although there be cause of suspicion that all the pan be cut, for out of that place all matter, corruption, and hurtful humours is purged. The place therefore being now opened, thou shalt cure the pannicles with Mell Rosarum together with the lineament (which they call Balm) to induce the flesh, as we have already set forth, For by this lineament Dura Mater is more mundified, and the flesh sooner induced. But the whole place that is cut, is to be anointed with a feather, that all places may be searched, and mundified, neither is the use of the Razor instrument, which they call Legra unprofitable and superfluous in these wounds. For so great a portion of the pannicles being cut away by shaving and paring, would receive hurtful air, and neither the pannicles themselves should be so handsomely made clean, or gather so convenient flesh over them, as the same is best done by the use of the Trepan. For the wounds being cured in this order, are most easily purged, and best covered with flesh. And do cast forth the bones, if any be to be drawn, in manner at the same time, as the bruised wounds do. But if these wounds do not in manner extend beyond the former table of the Skll, in such wounds to be known and cured, there needeth great judgement and diligence, for it cometh very often to pass, that these wounds are made of that man which knoweth not to use his sword strongly, neither in cutting nor in wounding striketh with his hand lightly, but doth rather bruise then cut, and so doth hurt as if the wound had been made with Club or Staff, or by some other contusion, by which blow the head is rather dashed together then wounded, and the Skull itself through the concavity, and that part by the which it doth touch the pannicles, is the more shaken and moved, than any whit touched or cut in the upper part, so that it is more grievously hurt with the sword, then if it had been done with a Staff or Club. It happeneth also that often times of that contusion many veins are broken, out of which the blood that bursteth forth is easily corrupted, and consequently not only the signs of death, but also very death itself ensueth. Wherefore when any of these things shall happen, it is the chief part of an expert Surgeon to consider of all these things which we have spoken off, and also if conveniently it may be, to view the sword or other weapon wherewith the wound was made, whether it were sharp or blunt, & also to consider the man which gave the wound, whether he were more in activity, or in strength, likewise also to consider what we upon he used, sharp or blunt, a Dagger, an axe, Dart or javelin, or any other, rather than a sharp weapon, many things of the like sort are to be considered and weighed, and the signs also are to be observed, which have ensued in him that hath taken the wound, if he did strait way vomit, or if he fell down, or whether he were in a foune, or troubled in his sight with dimness or in any other sense, for no such thing is wont to happen where the wound is lightly received, and nothing else made then an incision or cut, but to take it so lightly that he seemeth to have had the stripe not in the head but on the hair, & that happeneth by reason of the light contusion. Therefore when any such thing happeneth, whereas the conjecture & the judgement thereof is very difficile, ʒ do think this to be the surest and most wisest way, that the place be opened with the Trepan. For we do fear no danger hereof, (although we find nothing hurt within the skull.) I say, no danger nor any delay of cure. Contrariwise, if this thing be not regarded, then most great and most certain danger, yea and often times death itself doth ensue. And truly I do think that the most part of men which die of any wound in the head, die for this cause. For in such chances the Surgeons have accustomed no other thing then to scrape or shave, and to use the Legra, until they shall think that they are come to the end of the Scissure, and so they think they have satisfied themselves, and discharged their office. And when they least fear, then beginneth to appear the signs of death, whereof they have small knowledge, and by this means all do perish, so that none can escape these dangers: neither may this seem a thing marvelous or incredible unto you, seeing there are very few in our coasts unto whom the use of the Trepan is known. Although they have long professed the art of Physic and Surgery, for I do hear say, that the most part do disallow this order of curing, and do condemn it as full of danger and hazard, which do not perceive this thing that of two sure instruments and for certain members most fit, this Trepan to be the one, which is commended especially of john Vigo and Guido, and of other authors, for (that I may use their own proper words) the Trepan in the cures of the head, and the Falx or hook in the cure of the tail is greatly allowed of them. But what this Falxe should be, or what is the use thereof, surely I take it to be a thing utterly unknown unto our country Surgeons, and if it were at a venture and upon the sudden brought forth before them, I think it would not be known. But let us return to our purpose, I do think therefore that when there shallbe no fear of those matters which are set forth of us to be observed in the wounds of the head, then there needeth no other instrument besides the use of the Legra or razor instrument. Now therefore this instrument must be of three sorts: a greater, a middle, & a less. Of which this is the use. If the cut shall pierce as deep as the former table, or else deeper, than we most go to work with the greater instrument, after that with the middle, & then with the least. But if the incision in the bone shallbe something less & not deep, it shallbe sufficient to make the place smooth & plain with the least. Legra: lest there should be left some recess or concavity, whereunto the corrupt matter being gathered together might pierce. And when it could not be taken away, should thereby putrefy the bone. But when this is once performed, in the second opening, the Balm must be applied, although the matter be not yet brought to his perfection, for by this medicine the corruption shallbe brought to his perfection and ripeness in very good time, as we have taught you before. After this let the place be filled with lints not to hard depressed, & add thereunto one of the emplasters which we have set forth to you before. By this means therefore all kinds of wounds are most rightly & soonest cured, oftentimes without any loss of bones, for although they are sometimes fouched with the air & hurt, the power of this medicine is so great, that if the patient be of a good constitution of nature, all things be easily corrected & restored, as by experience made it shall manifestly appear, but what appertaineth to the order of diet in meats and drinks, and the convenience of the place, thus it is. If it shallbe in the winter season, let his chamber be in the upper part of the house, in some high chamber if it may conveniently be, so that the roof be well fenced either with plaster or with Tom other loft above it, and not near the tiles only, from the rain, for if these things may not be had it shallbe surer that his chamber be prepared in a lower place, but in Summer season a lower chamber is best, least the patient be hurt by heat, let the chamber door be always kept shut, and hang a cloth before the door to keep off the air that cometh into the chamber. Furthermore let there be a Candle burning in the chamber day and night, whose heat is sufficient to temper the air that is in the circuit of the chamber. But if the place do seem somewhat cold by reason of the winter, let there be burning coals brought into the chamber sometimes, for it is not good for the chamber to be over hot, therefore we do commonly use to have a candle continually burning in the chamber, the doors being shut and a cloth continually hanging before the same, for it happeneth oftentimes, that those which cometh in and out, doth neglect to shut the doors, many Surgeons have accustomed to cast a cloth over their heads that stand by, in manner of a tent, and so to go about their cure: but surely I think that there is no need of any such things, if so that the place be prepared as we have said, for I think that oftentimes, the same hurteth. For the heat of the candle is reflexed, by reason of the cloth stayed against them, and doth not suffer the vapours fuming out of the patients head to breath forth, and it is evident that thing to be very noy-s●me and hurtful, and especially in the hot countries, but in cold countries it may be better borne withal.  
It chanceth oftentimes in the wars deep wounds of men's heads in the open air to be cured, and without any house, where neither chamber, nor sheet, nor fire is, therefore we think those things to be sufficient which we have spoken of touching preparing the place.  
But when the time of opening is, it will be much available to hold two Candles above on both sides of the wound, as near as may be, that the air environing the thamber, may thereby be warmed and tempered, and the same two candles shall both give light enough, and shall conveniently keep of the cold that may hurt, for there shallbe no cold in a manner in the chamber that is thus prepared, as we have told you, and if thou suspect that there is any, the candles being removed to and fro about the patient shall remedy all that matter, which thing surely very experirnce doth teach us.  
In the very beginning of the cure, we do feed them which are diseased of any wound in the head with raisins and a little bread both at dinner and supper, and with water of Anise and Barley, or with that which shall seem best to agree with the complexion of the patient, and we use this diet until the seventh day, except necessity doth enforce any other thing either in the matter itself, or growing of any other foreign cause. But if the party be of a choleric complexion to suffer him once a day to eat the flesh of a pullet or cockerel, until he have passed the seventh day, but utterly to forbed all such as suffer any such griefs to eat the broth of the flesh, because it is wont to hurt very much: from the beginning of the cure we do give him to drink every day in the morning the syrup of Roses made by infusion. ℥ ii mixed with Plantain water. ℥ iii and this we cause to be given seven. days together. We must also diligently foresee that every day he go to the stool whether it be of his own course or provoked by some Clyster. But we exhibit no medirine purgative, nor yet Cassia. For that we have observed by often proofs, that thing to be hurtful to them very greatly, although it be a very simple medicine and have no solutive at all admired. If any man stand in doubt or will contend to the contrary, he shall find it by proof. For whereas the head is the chiefest member, it cannot be but that it should be troubled of the purgative medicine, by reason of the community which the brain hath with the belly, whereupon it cometh to pass, that it can do no good but hurt very much, and surely this order these fifty years hath had good success with us always, whereas before that time it did so well take place according to our expectation as long as we did accustom to give Casfia fistulae to the patiented, it shallbe sufficient therefore with the use of these sirupes to atteunate the humours, to temper the heat, and refresh the strength, to help the virtue concoctive of the belly and the liver, and to repress the boiling of the blood, and of other humours. But when the fracture of the bone is not certain, yet it is to be suspected that there is some secret rapture or blood effused out of the veins, which being corrupted, may cause death. This thing we may with certain experience find out by a certain Pileote composed which we will declare after the mind of Bartilpalia although it be not plainly set forth of the same author.  

Rec. Cerae novae Citrini.  
Thuris.  
Santali. ℥ two  
Terebnithinae.  
Aceti Fortisimi. Ana. ℥ i fiat empl. s. a.  
Farine Fabarum Ana. ℥ i fiat empl. s. a.   
Let this emplaster be laid over all the head in likeness of a Cap, the head being first shaven. For on what part soever the fracture is in the bone, upon the same part the Sere-cloth shallbe found diminished and dried up. And that shallbe apparent within the space of three days. But in the other parts where no fracture is, the plaster shall appear uniform and all one. But if there shallbe no fracture 〈◊〉, the plaster shall appear●●ll one.  

¶ Annotation of the fifth Chapter.  
Na●n cal●…riam pervadant.] For be it that they pass through the Skull.  
There be many ●ignes to be regarded. In the first Chapter he gahtereth the tokens from the kinds of weapons, now from the part which by them is wounded, as if it may seem, or in the forepart of the crown, from hence both fore-wittings and the manner of cure is delivered by Hippocrates, for these forepartes be most feeble and weak, the hinder parts not so weak, because the bone is harder, and less substance of the b●…ine contained under it.  
Trianguli figuram] a figure triangle.  
You must ever 〈◊〉 ware, that none of the temples be ever ●…t, nor no higher part near the artery that is carried by the temples, for then a distension of Nerves must néed● follow, which we call a con●…ion, those muss k●es which Hypocrates in his book of his con●extion of sinnues, calleth Crota Phitas.  
Si statem vomuit] if he presently vomited.  
These things ye shall read off in Hypocrates seventh book of Aphonfimes in the 59 of the sa●e. And in the 50. of the vi. books, beside mut● more written in his coaicast fore knowinge, ●n● his book of wounds in the head. Once a day with flesh, C●…e●i●…e 〈◊〉 rather need nourishment and less bear fasting, as Hypocrates saith in his second book of diet, in sharp diseases. The inconveniences that cometh by fasting, is sounding, giddiness in the head, feed lenesse in the ●…ke, all which in that part of Hypocrates, and in the co●…t which Galen maketh upon the sa●e are expressed more at ●…ge.  
Purgati●…ar nullum] no purging medicine.  
For since the brain after a sort doth 〈…〉 all other parts, and is not governed or contained of any, it ought not to receive the superfluity of any other part, and therefore it needeth no pu● gi●g medicine. Yet notwithstanding I will add that purgative medicine which Hypocrates willeth to be given. If the hand be troubled with a choleric impostumation called Herisipelan then he thinks it convenient to purge by such a medicine as hath the property to avoid th●…er.    

Of Contusions in the heads of Infants and Children Cap. 6.  
THere are in Children oftentimes 〈…〉 years of age, contusions made ●ither by 〈◊〉, or by some stripe, or by some instrument or 〈◊〉 like al●…aies to ap●s●u●es or to those blemishes which we see in brazen or leaden ●e●…el, so that the skin to not perished, and the hinder table of the skull nothing broken, the former table is many times hurt 〈◊〉 for th● tenderness of that bone by reason of the age is sometimes the cause that the skull being not hurt at all, and oftentimes hurt and broken is bruised down, and the pa●…i●…es environing the brain be broken, which we have often found out, and an example of the matter was set forth of late, wherein the town of Lierena of the pro●…ce of Granado, a chi●… of ●oure years of age was brought to us to be e●eed, who●… a wooden door falling from a window, had grieuous●… wounded 〈◊〉 under that closing of the skull that is called coronal, of which stripe both b●…s, and also both the skins were broken, and also part of the brain th●ise in the tone of his 〈◊〉 came forth, yet was the child healed without manifestation of the wound, and without any loss of bones, neither was the cure thereof pr●l●…ged above the twentieth day.  
To such compressions in children's heads to be cured, we shall not ●…de any greater opening of the wound than is made by chance, and if there be no wound made, nothing is to be opened, although all the bones be known to be perished and broken, and this shallbe a most sure order of curing in such wounds, for whatsoever is done otherwise then this among the common sort, it hath most certain danger. And this is the sure order and way of this cure, besides the temperate and wholesome diet of the child, or at least wise of Nurse if he be as yet nourished with Milk, it shallbe meet to make some diversions, either his arms, or his thighs are to be scarified, if the con●…on shall show no manifest wound at the first, we use this remedy.  

Rec. Olei Rosarum et ana. ℥. ss.  
Camomille. ana. ℥. ss.  
Olei Mirtinj, et ℥ i  
pull: Mirtini. ℥ i  
Albuminis vni●…oni cum vitello.  
Farine fabarum. ana palulum.  
Farine hordie. ana palulum.   
Let these be well mingled together and be made in the form of an emplaster, and put unto the bruised place. The next day after, we do apply another plaster, the place notwithstanding being first well shaven with a Razor, which plaster is as followeth. Take of the dross of an hive of Bees, or if that cannot well be come by, of new drossy wax & of common honey puluerizid. ℥ i of the stone called Haematite or blood stone. ℥. ss. of Cumin, of Absinthium, of the Pumice stone, & of common brannes'. ℥ two mingle all these together at the fire, & let a plaster be made, which put upon the place being depressed, brother in compass by the space of two fingers, for there is a great virtue of this plaster, to that within 〈…〉 it will take 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 and depressed bones 〈◊〉 ●ind 〈◊〉 do think that 〈◊〉 i● not any remedy more 〈◊〉 for this matter, than this is. But if besides the depression and fracture of the bone, there shallbe also a wound, first of all he is to ●ée dressed with the white of an egg, and the yolk beaten together, covering the wound with soft and thin boul●…●s tow. The next day after we shall use that Balm of us in this book so often commended, and the wounds gently to be anointed with a feather, whose most present remedy and virtue shall easily be pere●…ued in this kind also. For it doth 〈…〉 & 〈◊〉, & 〈…〉, but it 〈◊〉 be motten, and yet not 〈◊〉, lest the pa●ient us 〈◊〉 therewith, or else any thing diminish from the strength of the medicine, by too much heat. And of this must we most of all take ●éede, that no bone be taken forth at all, although it be evident that all be broken. But the wound is to be covered with dry lints, but not to hard depressed. And upon all these things the plaster which we set forth unto you even now, is to be applied & that warm. Which surely with great pleasure & admiration of the patiented without any danger, doth suck out all the corruption which is gathered together within the wound, & in most short time doth take up all the con●used bones, & doth restore them into the place, whereby nature they should be. For we may safely ●…ir●…, that for these fifty years ● above, we have with most often experience; used this & the other kinds of healing which we have already set forth, and have had good success in the same, even as we would wish. And by the help of God (unto whom we do referra all things as received) we can testify that many have been hereby delivered of very many & most grievous wounds, among whom hitherto there are ix. remaining in whom no small part of the brain was perished, but in a manner a great number in whom the former risme of the brain was greatly rend and torn. But of these ix. which we have 〈…〉 of the Diocese of 〈◊〉, there 〈…〉 friend of john 〈◊〉 dehi●… 〈…〉 in his head with a 〈◊〉, by which wo●…d, the 〈◊〉 or ●…nnicles being broken, 〈◊〉 much of his brain did 〈…〉 as the quantity of two ●…ain●s of wheat; 〈…〉 a paltry and a be no●…ing 〈◊〉 one side of the b●…y, and 〈◊〉 the ●…gus, whereof he was ●…cke to the ●oue●…h 〈◊〉, of 〈◊〉 disease notwithstanding after the 〈…〉, he began to recover daily more and more to 〈◊〉. The second was a certain chi●…e, 〈◊〉 ten years ●…de stricken in the forehead with the store of a Mule, that with the ●…ain of the iron sho●e 〈◊〉 bones were beaten 〈…〉 for the space of six 〈◊〉 contin●…e there a●d perish ●o much of his drain as 〈◊〉, and 〈…〉 same but the wound ●…ely. The third was of 〈…〉 called Fuentes 〈◊〉 Deon, which 〈…〉 with 〈…〉 shot forth of a ●…osse ●owe, and ha●…oth the hair, the bones, and the flesh, dri●… together upon the 〈◊〉, a● the first, second, and third 〈…〉 away by us, 〈◊〉 die the verse pu●… and 〈…〉 self, they were expelled by 〈◊〉 and 〈…〉 came forth also therewith, wherein 〈…〉 one thing not to be ●ightly passed over of us. And that was, that the twelft day a certain soft & white thing beg●n to grow ●w●th within, like to fat, which at the next dressing did so abound, that it appeared above al● the flesh, but we did 〈…〉 the power of Hermodactiles thinking that thereby it would be aba●… & ●rought back again, but when at the third dressing we did perceive that it was risen above the skin. We thought it good to deal in the master with some instrument, wherefore we did cut it off with the disord even with the skull, and that which was cut off did exceed the quantity of a ●a●at and more, but there c●…ed neither blo●… nor any thing else. And the next day after there appeared nothing, but all things were 〈…〉 yet 〈…〉 the 〈◊〉 evil, the 〈…〉 the 〈…〉 whitest 〈…〉 lived 〈…〉 of age. But the 〈…〉 of 〈…〉 of the Marquis of 〈…〉 the 〈…〉  
〈…〉 had ●…iken 〈…〉 coronal ●…e of the bones all that part of the 〈◊〉 waht ●e received the wound was broken in 〈◊〉 dri●en fore together upon the brain. It was 〈…〉 therefore to be looked vnt● Even to the second, 〈…〉 fourth time. It behoved also all these bones to 〈…〉 which being 〈…〉 their pla●… did 〈…〉 upon the 〈◊〉, but most of all they 〈…〉 the 〈…〉 which were within the lower 〈…〉 in the substance of the drain. Of the which 〈◊〉 of the haues were so great that they might 〈…〉 of the wound, and by these 〈◊〉 the 〈…〉 self were corrupted. Wherefore 〈…〉 from the second to the 〈…〉 or 〈…〉 of the substa●…e of the wain at 〈◊〉 time (and that not a little) did come forth.  
There was present while we did this cure. Bene●… 〈◊〉 Arias Mon●a●…, the 〈◊〉 and our countryman, which at that time learned Surgery of us, rather for the art●… sake then for the practice. Fi●… d●…e● continually ●o●…s and portion of the brain did issue forth, which were expelled with the pulsation and labouring thereof.  
And this young man was ve●ed with grievous ●…a●…●es and pangs whiles he was euring. For in the right side ●e suferred a ●o●v●…on or ●…ampe, in the left side a palsy, and also the kings evil. All these pangs coming upon him the xi. day, did continue until the xx. day, and that with 〈…〉 began som● what better 〈…〉 he escape● altogether.  
Whi●… 〈◊〉 did 〈…〉 (which is a town 〈…〉 and 〈…〉 public 〈…〉 of the peole thus 〈…〉 the authority of the 〈…〉 honest ●iet alsowed, there happened a 〈…〉 at the town of Valnerde ten miles distant from L●…rena, which we have 〈◊〉 héer● 〈◊〉 ●ep●r●… 〈…〉 héering the 〈◊〉 of that man being 〈◊〉 to health, but that he 〈◊〉 give praise to god the au●…h●… and ●…elie precedent of h●…aine he●… th●  
〈…〉 did 〈…〉 very gerat stones with 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 into the Tower which then was in building (for the work was now brought well forward did rise 〈◊〉 height above the church whereto it did wine) one of the stones falling down, did strike one of them on the head which did ●…de theg●…, where the sagittal commissure is, but he fell suddenly down, and together with the stone lay on the earth, a●…h● s●…ne was a cubit broad and long, and in height xii. ●…ers, and of xxiiii. li. in weight. The man lay in the same place half an hours feeling nothing, & from thence he was carried home in a manner for dead, or at the leastwise like to die. Within one hour, he suffered the passion of the brain three whole days together, not only spéech●es, but also without any moaning, & was moved & ●urned of the standers by no otherwise then if he had dene dead. And a great part of the ●one● being bruised down, lay upon the brain, and the blood broke not at his eyes & nose, his head and his necks was swelled, and in coulont black. after the eight da●e, the head did open of his own accord, from the forepart and the hinder par●… upon one of the 〈…〉 also.  
For the 〈◊〉 were now ripened, we then did restore the bones into their 〈…〉 men of a troubled mind are wont to do, his eyed were open and 〈…〉 the ●a●…ing 〈…〉 a 〈…〉 saw nothing at all, 〈…〉 xx. d●…, 〈…〉 that his 〈…〉 in his 〈…〉 after the 〈◊〉 month, he 〈◊〉 see 〈◊〉 as when he 〈◊〉 in health. 〈◊〉 as his wound was now healed, for to the xxv. day many bones came fo●rth ●nd he rose presently out of his 〈◊〉, although he co●ld not then well go, and so by the help of God more their by the help of man, he was healed, And he escaped his eyes looking a squint. One, one way, and 〈◊〉 other, another way, the which also (as the 〈◊〉 did pr●…éede) at the fo●rth m●…eth 〈…〉 and l●…kes right, he ●…neth as yet, and hath married 〈◊〉 wise. For he was then a young 〈◊〉. But his 〈◊〉 we did re●oore by other helps.  

Annotations of the sixth Chapter.  
Those things that 〈…〉 of children's bones, are more largely expressed by Galen in his vi. 〈◊〉 of the Methood of ●…ing.  
Ad huin somodiantem 〈…〉] for unto these kinds of compre●…ions or 〈◊〉.  
That kind of 〈…〉 not to be enlarged, nor to be opened, 〈◊〉 yet i● the 〈…〉 wh●…e, although the skull be broken, there must be no incision made: this ●éemes to 〈◊〉 the opinion of Hypocrates, whereof besides his authority, he addeth this ●e●…n. For where the bone is broken the skin 〈◊〉 whole, the heat cannot 〈◊〉, and nature 〈…〉 as able to digest the matter, and to knit the 〈…〉 most 〈◊〉 in fractures, when fragments or spells of bones be not discovered, they 〈…〉 the skin, ever or most commonly reconciled.  
Ex quo vulnere tantum cerebri] out of which wound, so much of the brain.  
Of what part soe●er the brain is wounded, if the weapon have pierced deep, as Hypocrates witnesseth, it appeareth to be deadly. But amongst divers authors, divers things do chance: as this author doth record. Galen writeth that many have recovered health, whose upper part of the brain, hath been only touched or wosided with the weapon, and he produceth a young man of Smyrna in jonia, that was healed, who had a hurt in one of the fore untricles of the brain.    

Of curing wounds in the face. Cap. seven.  
THe wounds which are made in the face, are to be healed at the first most perfectly, & that shallbe done if we foresee that the brims of the wound be well closed & joined together with a needle and thread, and not with more stitches or less than is needful, so that the flesh to the flesh, and the skin to the skin, may aptly cleave together no orifice left in the wound, except it be so great and deep that it porce to the dones, for when it shallbe so, it shall be expedient to leave some orifice where into there may be put some Flammula or linen cloth, where by all hurtful humidity may be purged forth, and the matter also which is consected, where the wound is great & deep: otherwise we shall not need to look for any matter or corruption, if the cure be done in right order. And it chanceth oftentimes that there is no need of the needle, when the wounds are not exe●…ed crosswise, or overthwart, but in length, which thing we have performed oftentimes in this wise, We do make fast from the ears one end to the other of a long thread and twisted together, such a one as we are wont to sow withal, and cast it oftentimes round about the head, from one side to the other upon the very wound●… who●e drinks are rightly to be ●…t together, with often winding about, and almost touching one another, 〈◊〉 the whole wound be set even and cont●yned & so closed up. For by this means the brinks or ●…ppes of the wound do most ●…tlas clean together, after that we do put thereupon square pleagen●s of ●ax with the white of an egg, & after seven hours the white of the egg being taken away, we lay thereto emplaistirs on both sides upon the threads, which when they that be ●ried up, (which is done within four hours) they are to be sowed together with needle & thread, y● (as much as may be) they may clean together, & then the other threads which went about the head & ●id close up the wound, may be broken off. But the emplasters are made as followeth.  

Rec. Boli A●…onia●…. ℥ i ss.  
Th●…is. ana. ʒ. ij. ss.  
Mastieis. ana. ʒ. ij. ss.  
Sa●…le. ana. ʒ. ij. ss.  
My●…lie. ana. ʒ. j. ss.  
Aloes. ana. ʒ. j. ss.  
Tragaganti Pisti.  
Sanguis Draconis. ʒ. ij.  
Farinae hordei, et fabarum, ana. ʒ. iij. misceantur.   
Hereof let two plasters be made & put to the wound both on the one side, and on the other, let them be distant on both sides from the wound, a singer ureadth, and upon the wound itself, we do put Stuphes of Flare dipped in the white of an egg, so broad as is between the emplasters and the defaults until the next day, for the next day after, the Stuphes which we put upon the wound, being dipped in the white of an egg, we take away. And v●…e do anoint with & feather the wound with that Balm which we have set forth unto you, laying thereon a thin plaster of that Cerot which hath been always most approved by us, by the description of john Vigo.  

Rec. Olei Rosarum. ana. ℥ i  
Olei Myrtinj. ana. ℥ i  
Terebinthinae cla. ℥ two  
Pinguedinis vituline. ʒ. x.  
Masticis. ℥ i ss.  
Vini odoriferi. Cia th'. j  
Rorismarinea. ana. m. ss.  
mill folij. ana. m. ss.  
Plantaginis. ana. m. ss.  
Symphyti, mi. ana. m. ss.  
Centaureae maioris. ana. m. ss.   
Bulliantus omnia ad consumpcionem vinj: deinde colentur et cum cera fiat cerotum et malaxentur cum vitello vni●…o●i. And if you proceed right with this one order of curing, within four or five days the wounds are cured, without any s●arre. The same thing is brought to effect with that great and royal ointment which is ●et forth by john Vigo in his antidotary, the same thing also is performed with a Cerote of Sinople or red lead●, so the place be anointed over with that ou● Balm. But if of necessity we must use the needle & thread, there must be chosen very fine needles, and thread that may be correspondant to the same. For many of the Barber's (which commonly among us do cure wounds) and wont to sow the wounds of the face with such needles as they are wont to sow the thigh or ham, & they suffer the stitches to stick there so long, until they being broken of their own accord, do break out the flesh with all. They do their cure in such sort, as they are wont to cure the wounds made in the body. Using digestives & oils, and so of a simple wound they make a compound. The wounds being then set together with needle & thread, Stuphs of flax being dipped in the white of an egg beaten together are put there upon, and so let them be all the next day, and then are the plasters to be joined together, as it hath been said, and the wound is to be anointed with a feather with our Balm, and some one of those three emplasters which 〈◊〉 have rehearsed before is to be laid on, and so the wound is to be bound up. The next after we put to a plaster withal, we cut the sowings and stitches with a pair of Scissors, and anoint the place with Balm, & so add a Cerote. And this is the briefest and surest way of curing all manner of wounds in the face.  
It happened unto us in the Town of Fraxenall, that we did cure a man whose face was wounded with a sword, from the very joining of the nose & brows, to the top and opening of the lips on hooh sides, so that the nose with the upper jaw-bone and teeth, fell down upon his chame, but they that waited upon him at home did use themselves very unwisely. For stopping the wound with a linen cloth, did suffer that part of the face which was fallen down, so to lie without all consideration. When we came thither being sent for, we found that part, I say, the nose & the jaw-bone now cold & almost dead, so that a needle might scantly pierce, yet we set the whole place together with a needle, & so that the bones of the upper jaw did agree within to his own bones, as nature requireth. And that we did after this sore.  
We honnd a fillet two fingers broad about his forehead, which had on the nether part a hem, whereunto the third might be strongly fastened, to ye●…let toe did sow two other, from the fore part of the head to the hinder part, & from ear to ear in the manner of a trosse, & those somewhat narrower  only might how the brother fillet. When these things were in a readiness, we did put into somewhat a great needle a log shred, & made it fast from the fillet which did environ the head between the ear & the forehead, which we did put through between the first check tooth, & the tooth called Caninus or dog forth, and brought it back again to the fillet which did compass the forehead. After y● again going to the teeth strait over against, & by this means sowing up the chaw to the nose, we commissured them to the other bones to the which they were agreeable. Then so●ed we the utter skull with a needle, & so as I have told you being bound up, we kept it until all the parts were grown together, and at the length by the help of God, we did restore him, that he did seem never to have received any wound. In the same manner there was a man likewise cured of us, whom a Bull had strooken, and with his horn under the chin from the ear to the upper jaw, had opened that part of the face also which doth separate the left eye from the nose, where the tip of the horn (as they which were there present & especially the man himself did affirm) eppeared forth more than ten fingers breadth, we did sow up the place with a needle where the horn went in and where it came forth also. But we bond up the chaw, as it hath been declared in the former cure, and healed it outwardly according to the order of our precept, & gave commandment, that his mouth within should be washed with a decoction of Barley, Roles, & the flowers of Pomgranades, & Mell Rosatid, strained & mingled therewithal. And so in a very short time he was cured, yet many bones falling from the roof of his mouth which were broken with the horn, & there was left in the roof of his mouth a hole as great as the Thumb of a man's hand might go in, when all things were healed, & the skin covered, we stopped the hole over with a smooth rind and made fit artificially to the place with a linen cloth also wrapped about it, by which means it was provided that he might speak, eat & drink well, yet he did foresee that in the night time it should be taken away lest the hole thereby should be made wider, & some times he laid it aside. Thus endeth the first book.  

Annotations of the seven. Chapter.  
Hypocrates reporteth that the wounds in the forehead and other parts of the face, do differ much in cure. For wounds in the head are cured after Hypocrates and Galen only with drying medicines. Galen especially propoundeth two kinds of tures between themselves, quite contrary, as he writeth in his first book of Therepe●ticke, of a certain thing called Eudeani, which he would use if he lined in Asia, which & take to be a certain liquor or wine. But Hypocrates in all his book of wounds of the head, refuseth utterly win●, and all kinds of Leniments and Cataplasms.     

The second book.  

Of wounds in the breast, Cap. i.  
WE have seen oftentimes very many which taking in hand to cure deep wounds in the breast; yet does they either never heal, them or else bring death to the parients very speedily although the wounds ●e not deadly o● their d●ine nature, because they have not received the workmanship & order of such cures of expert masters of the art. But if it happen any of those that suffer such griefs to li●e, yet we set them diseased with fistulas (as they call them) during their life. When the Physicians have had these persons in hand and all in vain, they put in a hollow pine of heade●r of silver into the wound, & leave them, comforting them with this speech, that they would not shut up the place in any wise, because the putrefied humour being stopped within, when it hath no place to issue forth, it would bring certain death, and that it is expedient for them that the same pipe be always kept open, that the corruption and super fluous humours of the wound may be expurged, and by this means they will linger forth life, as long as please God, and so leave them uncured. But the cause is that they know not how to cure the wound being yet green, neither do they think that any other thing may be done in that case, then that  is dove of themselves. Wherefore we have thought it good to set forth that order of curing which we use in those kind of wounds, and whereby we do cure all wounds which are brought to us when they be green so they be not deadly of necessity, such as are set forth by writers piercing the Diaphragma, and the stomach: all these wounds are of manifest danger to every man, and are so reckoned of the learned Doctors every where, but all the other (although the body be pierced through) yet by God's help they may be healed. Of which sort it hath happened unto us to heal by his help innumerable, as well taken at the first in hand, as also forsaken of otheres, and that within the fortieth day. And the same thing shall happen to any Physician which will follow the order to be set forth by us, whether they be green wounds and new, or of longer continuance and forsaken of others, neither shall he need the help of many hands to the matter. The common opinion almost of all our writers is, that all wounds received in the deep breast, be for the most part incurable. The danger whereof if any happen to escape, yet do they affirm that he shall labour of a continual Fistulae or consumption.  
Or this opinion esperciallie is Vigo, who although he hath very well set forth those things which do belong to that cure, yet for lack of experiments and practice (whose praise is most chief in Surgery) yet he doth promise a desperate cure.  
But we (God helping us therein) do promise certain help, even in most ha●… events; yea, and though the Lungs be pierced. And this is, the ●…der of the cure. If the wound be green, he that hath taken the wound, is to be laid naked in his bed, but when the wound is perceived to be deep & piercing, let him be laid handsomely & commanded to lie with his legs stretched forth, with his body plain, and the wounded place downward, that all the blood which is needful to be powered out of the wound may run forth, and none of the clottid blood remain within the breast, for it cannot be but the very much blood be congealed within the breast, as well from the inner as the outer veins. The patient therefore being thus ordered, let him lie until the Surgeon hath made ready those things which shallbe thought good to appertain to the cure, when all things shallbe ready, let him see again if the blood do issue forth, & if it do run forth, suffer him to lie still, and in the mean season to cough, & command him to stay his breath now and then, until you do thoroughly perceive that whatsoever corrupt blood is within the breast, shallbe run forth. But if the wound be great, or made with a Lance or broad Sword, it shallbe needful to be joined together with a needle, leaving a stitch or two that there may be so much lest open of the orifice, as a finger may go in, into the which orifice a small Flammula or a linen cloth dipped in the white of an egg may be put, yet so that all be not put in, for it must be longer then for the course of the wound, and part whereof may hang forth, but if we use the Flammula, there is no fear that the whole should be brought within the wound. But contrariwise if we use the tent, for such a thing may easily be swallowed up of the wound, which like danger did happen not long since to two of our Physicians, for one of them unwarely did thrust a great tent as much as one's singer into the breast, which we the tenth day after (not without some business and diligence) drew forth, and straightways the man was healed of his wound, & to another the stalk of mallows lapped in thirds or lint, fell into the entrails of the breast, & lay hid within of long time, neither did it profit any thing at all to go about to draw it forth, but the lint only the second month after was drawn forth with much ado. But the stalk by no means might be drawn forth. For the wound was over deep, and had an orifice like unto & fooke, the patient therefore being brought ●…rie sow, and d●…itute of all strength, died. Therefore when thou shalt put in the Flammula, let it be dipped in the white of an egg, and so conveniently bound up. When he is thus dressed, let him lie upon the wound, with cusshions put to him on both sides, that the wound may rest or lie upon the void place between the eu●…ions, and the orifice of the wound to lie downward, that 〈◊〉 though hurtful humour may issue forth. And we must put in no tent at all, for that doth hurt two ways: both for that it hindereth the dowing of the h●…nors, a 〈◊〉 grieveth the pa●iont, and the often usuing to put in the same, cau●…h the 〈…〉. But a small 〈◊〉 cloth being put in keepeth the wound always open, as much as is sufficient, whereby the hurtful moishnesse of the wound may issue forth, and it causeth no grief, nor yet letteth in the air.  
It shallbe needful also to open a vein, first on the contrary side, and then on the same side, as the Physician shall understand it to be needful and expedient, and ●…dering the strength of the patient at shallbe convenient also to give him the potion, which may repress the blood and purge, and the same is to be given him in the morning the fourth day.  

Rec. Rhabarbati electi. ʒ. ss.  
Rubi tinctorum.  
Mumie. Ana. ℈. ●.  
Terrae sigillatae. ℈. ss.  
Aquae sca●tosae.  
Buglossae.  
Vini Granatorum. Ana. ℥ i fiat po. s. A.   
〈…〉 also for such a bec●…ton to be pr●paren, 〈…〉 may be 〈…〉 the 〈◊〉 is 〈◊〉 and medicine, and drink, whereby 〈◊〉 wound is 〈…〉.  

Rec. Hordei 〈◊〉 cont●….  
Passalar●m mundata● 〈◊〉 ana. p. ii●i.  
Radicorum Buglossae contusae. ℥ iij.  
Glyseryzae rasae contusae. ℥. i.ss.  
S●minum C●…ioi. ℥ two  
〈◊〉. N. 〈◊〉  
Pruno●…. N. 〈◊〉  
〈…〉 contu: M.j.   
Let there be a decantion made according to art in xiiii. lib. of 〈◊〉 water to the consum●g of a third part, after tha● let it be str●ng by strained, to the which add:  

〈◊〉 ℥ iij.  
Sirupi rosar: or de duabus radici: sine aceto: ann. ℥ iij  
Saccari albi. lib. ss.  
Cinam●… p●loerisati. ʒj. ss. fiat apozen●a.   
Or 〈◊〉 his shall 〈◊〉 ●nerie fourth house a pound weight, 〈◊〉 that war●… if it be Winter, it shall not be lawful for him to eat or drink any at her thing whole three ●ye●. but those thoée daye● are to be measured by hours, for this doth sufficiently nourish, & doth heal the dificultly of breathing which thi●… all they do suffer that have any deep wound in the breast, for it doth repress the flowing down of reunies, and doth correct and purse the blood which remaineth within, we m●st proc●… also that every day he may discharge his belly either of his own accord, or else by the help of some glister. The fourth day he may dine with the flesh of a 〈…〉 with parsley roots putting thereto Saffron and Cinnamon, but in the evening he 〈…〉 the 〈…〉 taken 〈…〉 thing at all. But at the second 〈◊〉 the matter 〈…〉 dispatched. Let there be prepared a fine limen cloth, or fla●…ia as the first was, which was put in at the first dressing, let this cloth be put into the wound being dipped in that Balm so often repeated of us being liquified, for it hath bane ●roued that medicine to concoct and also to bring flesh. It is put into the wound until the percent substance of the flesh do extend or couch a certain entry out wardlie appearing. Upon this, let there be put the emplaster. Basilicon, after the description of Vigo or Gracia de●, about the wound, or the defensive spread upon linen, yet a hole being made where the wound is, so that the defensive may be distant ●oom the wound on every side three or sour fingers. But the Defenrive shallbe made of the substance of Roses, of Vinegar and Bowl armoniac, & so let it be dressed once every day, until corruption enough be gathered together. For the next day there shallbe matter and that good. But the fifth & ●ixt day there shallbe more also, & then we must dress the wound twice or thrice, or more often in the day, but yet ye ●idst provide that the patiented (as much as may be) lie upon the wound, as long & as commodiou ●y as may be, that the putrified cor●option may issue fourth. But ye must not suffer in any wise that a tent be put in, for by such means ye shall precure a continual fistulae in the place. But when the wound hath gathered flesh, (and that shall happen the tenth or at the farthest the twelve day) nothing at all is to be put in, neither Flammula nor any other thing, but it is convenient to use that emplaster which you have used from the beginning, or Emplaistrum de Minio, of Vigos' description, and that is to be cleansed oftentimes in the day, lest the 〈…〉 abounding to much ●ne 〈◊〉 inward, at the last when there is 〈◊〉 more 〈…〉 shall be, now on crea●…, the powder of 〈◊〉 Allome is so be added, and a● escar to be procured. The 〈◊〉 which are se● forth of writers to be obserned, whereby judgement may be 〈◊〉 either of ●eath or of life, of th●se which have re●ea●ed wounds in the breast which do penetrate are these. 
Signs of death of the wounds in the breast.  For if his Heathing he a like hard, or harder and harder, that is a Sign of death, if otherwise, it is a good sign, and worthy of good fore-iudgment; And we may well affirm that none shall perish which shallbe healed in this wise, although the lungs be pierced through, except the wouned be next the heart, or in the very heart, for that thing bringeth death most presently. 
Conuulsio. Tremor cordis.  Secondly if those which be in this case suffer a convulsion within three days, or the passion of the heart; death may be signified to them before hand. If in the first days, when he shall now have drunk up his decoction it happeneth that a more abundant portion of matter do run forth of the wound then before, 
Signs of a Fistulae.  it is a great sign that the wound is growing towards a Fistulae. And that the patient is brought to a consumption in the Lungs. And that thing is to be feaced also when the bruised blood shall run out of the wound, within the breast, for the bruised blood when it issueth forth of the beines, doth rovieale together, and after that it incorrupted into a watery colour and substance. And such a water as is left after the washing of flesh. After that there doth break forth great abundance, with grievousness & s●inke also. And the breath also is grievous and tedious to the patient himself. But the water itself doth issue forth every day ●…ener and clearer, and such a water doth tend also to a Fistulaes' and to retain death if it be not foreféene. But what in this case is to be done, we shall show you in that place where we shall entreat of piercing Fistulaes' in the breast.  
If in the first days the patient shallbe fore grieved in his breast or back to the fourth day, we shall easily help that evil with such on empliastes laid there unto as is sectfoor thereof 〈◊〉 Vigo, 〈◊〉 the certain thapter, whereof although we had very small use, in many wounds which we have cured in the breast, yet is that use thereof known to be certain & most present. For it once channced me to use the same when in 〈◊〉 town de 〈◊〉 Canibs, we did cure a certain young man being wosided wish two arrows on the right side shot through the concanite of the breast from before to the part of the back directly behind, and appearing forth on both sides, and the man was so grienously pained that he could in no wise lie down, but he sat in his bed with his feel hanging down upon the ground, but by the help of this plaster, and of the decoction set forth by us, and cutting of the veins before the third day, he was better recovered of his pains, and also lack of rest, and the cure taking effect, as I would desire it, he was thoroughly healed by the xx. day. The plaster is of this ●ort.  

Rec. Camomillae.  
Melliloti.  
Aneti.  
Absinthij. ana. m.j.  
Furfuris contusi p.ij. ss.  
Farinae Fabarum.  
Farinae hordej, et lentisti. ana. ʒuj.  
Rosarum. p j   
All these being beaten together; and with sufficient sape and a little white wine, let there be made a stiff plaster thereof at the star, adding thereunto.  

Olei Rosarum. ℥ ij. ss.  
Olei Camomille.  
Olei Aneti. ana. ʒ. ij.  
Cerae. ℥ two ss.  
Croci. ʒ. ij. et fiat emplastrum. s. A.   
The place where he is to be laid, must be warm, the doors being thut and a deyle hanged before them, & within the Chamber a fire of coals. For it is hurtful for deep and piercing wounds to be troubled with cold air, we are bound to give God thanks because we have cured more by this 〈…〉 which one was in the town of 〈◊〉, which 〈…〉 thrust through with a sword behind his back on the left side, besides the back bone, and the sword did appear forth three fingers beneath the left pap more than two handfuls, and the man had taken also two wounds in his head, of which the one did come to Dura matter. We did cure another also in the town of Combres baxas, and he was wounded with an arrow empoisoned with Heleborum on the left side, four fingers above the pap, but the arrow did show forth behind the back between the ribs called Mendosae, hard by one of the haunches or loins between the second and third rib, for he was stricken from somewhat an high place, and he was cured of us in this sore.  
When we saw the wounds, to evart the poison, we gave him this potion, Rec. Cassiae lignae. aristrolochiae rotunde, ana. ℈. ss anisi. Piperis. ℈ i Let them be bruised with a little wine, and given him to drink. By and by on both sides where the arrow went in and came forth, we did put to a hot cautery with an instrument called Delatori. After that we did also apply two other Gladia●i Cauteries which were made ready of us and put to the fire, from the legs to the shoulders on every side. Before on the breast, and behind on the back we made more than two hundred wounds in the manner of scarifiynges, distant the one from the other the breadth of a finger, for all that part of the body being teinted with the poison, was now already swollen, & was soft like the lungs, when these things were dispatched, we had a plaster ready for the whole body and back, where the violence of the poison seemed to come, & where we had cauterized. The description is this. Rec. of mill somewhat toasted, li.j. of bean meal li. ss. of brannes' bruised. ℥ viii of Camomile, of Mellilote & Dil, somewhat bruised of each in handfuls, of Corianders, of Cumin, of each ℥ two of all these let there be made a stiff plaster with sufficient sape or new wine boiled led to the third p●rt, adding thereunto oil of Camomile, ●yle of Dil non. ℥ four of oil of Bays, of oil of Rue, ana. ℥ two we used this plaster for three days, the which as often as we did remove, we wiped away abundance of water drawn out of the scarifyings, of wa● colour. And all these three days space the patient did suffer grievous pangs, & passions of the mind, and loss of ●…ason, & some time also in the manner of mad men, he did catch at the clothes & pallets with his teeth, and tossed all the bed over like a furious body, & without all quietness. Such was the great perplexity & grief through the vehemency of the poison. But first of all we did offer the man to drink this decoction, and we used the same to the fourth day, so that we gave nothing else to eat neither of meat nor drink.  
Res. of ●leane Barley bruised, of Raisins stoned & bruised, ana. p.iiij. of the roofs of Ox tongue. ℥ three of Licorize shaven & somewhat bruised, oun●. 〈◊〉 of Cumin seeds, ounc. ij. of the seed of Ormg●um. i. of Pepper, C●ssis Lignea, of Castoreum, ana. ʒ. i. of wine of Granates. li. i.ss. juiumbes. N. xx. of Prunes finely cut N. xx. of parsley roots 〈◊〉 M.i. Make hereof a decoction according to art in 〈◊〉 li. of r●ine water to the consuming of a third part, then let them be strained with a strong or passion, adding there unto of Penedise, oun●. iii. of syrup of Roses, et de duabus radice bue fi●e aceto, ana ounc. iii. of Cinnamon in powder. ʒj. ss. sach●… Rubi. li. ss. make here of your decoction after the fourth day the patiented took rest, but we did confirm his strength more and m●…, giving him the broth of birds, in the which Anise, Cassia lingne, & the roots of Parson were, boiled, his wounds also healed better every day, so that by the xx. day he was by the healthful help of God thoroughly restoored.  

Annotations of the first Chapter of the sconde Book.  
There is great, difference between the inward wounds of the brea●… in that they be either shallow or deep, for some reach unto the hurt and perishing of the bowels or parts within contained, and some without any detriment unto them, but some difference there is between those 〈◊〉, that reach either to the fore part, or to the backer part of the breast, where hence the Physician must needs gather the ●…tentie of his conjecture & fore knowledge, for those wounds which chance in the backer part, are more dangerous and deadly, for that they chance so near a number of Nerves that spring from the Vertebres, and also for the vicinite of nearness unto the Spine and Midrife.  
Communis omnium scriptorum] the common opinion of all writers.  
What wounds soever ●ea●h unto the perishing of the inward bowels hath ever been thought to the greek and latin writers very lamentable, but some of them do seem more dangerous than other. For the heart being once wounded, can never be cured, but the hurt in the Lungs, may yield some hope of recovery. But Galen 〈◊〉 hand constantly believeth as it appeareth in his fifth ●ooke de Meth. meden: that 〈◊〉 a wound in for ●ungs be eldsed and conjoined within three 〈◊〉, They all so 〈◊〉 do fall into supporation of the L●ngs, 〈◊〉 is in 〈◊〉 a very consomption. If the Midrife happen to be wounded, it draws with it ● continual 〈◊〉, and a phrentie, whereupon the ancient 〈…〉 Phienas a con●…eion, and insta●ation of the Lungs, which com●…ng ●o supper●…tion, killeth presently.  
Curations 〈…〉 est] out the manner of th●… is this,  
The opinion of 〈◊〉 is double or of th●… 〈◊〉 in this case. There be some that wound presently have the orifices of the wounds closed and conjoined, lest the heart should be opposed or man 〈◊〉 to the colonesse of the 〈◊〉, & lest also by the gaping of the wound, the vital spirits should seem to 〈◊〉. Some other Child 〈◊〉 be of the opinion of our author, and follow his ●either.  
Perspic●… 〈…〉] lat it be well marked whether them be any issue of 〈◊〉.  
This author would have a man very ●…fully to see that the 〈◊〉 bring shed in any inward receptacle of the breast should be taken away, which otherwise remaining there, while bring a man to the supporation of the Lungs before recited. This is Hypocrates opinion in his book of ulcers, more largely explained by Galen in his fourth book de Me. meden. which this author expoundeth thus. That a man must ever have regard to the strength of the parry, which if it seem by two great a flux● of blood to be impaired very much, then presentee it must be stopped.  
Petiae ovi albo intinctae cum puluiscusis] a fine men clothe dipped in the white of an egg, and laid in with pleageants.  
I do not intend that those pleageants should be very restringent, for so ye might force that blood to the region of the heart, and so suffocate the same, as saith Albucrasis.  
Sanguinem reprimere] to restrain blood.  
It is well said of him to restrain, or if there be any fear of congealed or chagulated blood in the breast, Galen exhorteth to give the sick to drink much vinegar mixed with water, commonly called Poscum.  
Signa, bure ab auctoribus obse●anda traduntur] those signs which of the authors are set down to be observed.  
Many takens are written of by authors, namely as for those that are to be marked in the stivation of the part, or of the matter or substance that comes from thence, first whether the heart be in the right, or the left side, or whether their blood that issueth forth of the wound be black or no, or if there come great abundance, or whether it be white and thin, or frothy, and further it is to be looked into if there be any difficultly in breathing, or whether any part of the breath do pass throng, it he wound or no, in this the author seems to imitate Albuerasis.  
S● pino● diebus] if in the first days.  
If 〈…〉, the parties seems nothing 〈…〉, and the 〈◊〉 appear very 〈…〉 it is an 〈◊〉 that the 〈◊〉 expel his corrupt 〈◊〉, and so 〈◊〉 it 〈◊〉 the 〈…〉 of the dressed, whereupon groweth a supporated app●st●… called Empyema. Aegane●a in his books ut consumption of the kings, handieth this ma●…er more at large.    

¶ Of the curing of fistalaes which are wont always to be left in the wounds of the breast ill healed, whereof it cometh to pass that the patientes do fall into a wasting of the lungs, and the fever Hectica or consumption. Cap. ij.  
WE have found by experience that such hind of Fistulaes' are given over without all hope of many of but country Surgeons, and of strangers, and these remedies for the s●ne which are read of in writers, to lebt forly of nond effect. And that there hath 〈◊〉 none of these Fistulaes' brought to us this forty years, but that we have easily cured them by the help of almighty God. For many that have ●…ne diseased, out of ●alin also and France, and from all the p●…it●es of Spain, have come unto us, which through w●sids received in the 〈◊〉, were now ground into this 〈◊〉 nature of Fistulaes', that of the which also great 〈◊〉 continual 〈…〉 abundance of corrupt 〈◊〉 issue of well out of the wound itself, as out of thou 〈◊〉 also, continual sewers, & learns withal did still accompany them. All this affection of the body is cured within festie 〈◊〉 in any manner, without any great trouble of the patient, and small trouble to the Surgeon, and is changed into a very good health and a strong state of nature, both in the colour of the fa●e old the good liking of the body to declare the same. Neither let that trouble 〈◊〉 because it is known evidently that the natural strength is almost exhausted and spent through the continual 〈◊〉, or because that there is some bone of the ribs corrupted. For if that may be conveniently drawn forth, the ulcers wit●e very eastly and spoudely restored, the flesh being brought over the place. But if there be no bone corrupted there needeth no other thing but that, that the ulcer be cured with laying an a black plaster, or our yellow of ●oonine colour, or with both mixed together. The patcient himself shall cause the same to be oftentimes wiped, and by this means ulcers are cured, but of the inward places this is the, order of curing. Let the patiented which is to be purged of us, drink of this strope three or four days in the morning. Rec. Sirupi Rosarum ex infusione, Millis Rosati Colati, ana. ℥ i Aquae Scabiosae. ℥ three Miss●. Let these pills be exhibited. Rec. Massae Pillularum Aggregativarum, et de Agarico. ana. ʒ. ss. Acuantur cum diagredij. G. iij. et pill. v. formentur. Whou he shallbe thus purged, let this decoction or apozema be made.  

Rec. Polipodij, quircinij probe contusi. ℥ two vel. iij.  
Radicum helenij contusarum. M.ij  
Hysopi, capillorum venoris recentium.  
Liqueritiae secundo puluerizati. ana. M.ij  
Folliculorum Sene. p.j.  
Epithimi. ℥. ss.  
Passularum enucleatarum, bene contusarum. p.iiij.   
Let there be made a decoction according to art in xii. lib. of water until there remain viii. lib. afterward let them he strained with a strong expression to the thing strained. let there be added Sachari Rubi. lib. ss. Mellis Comunis. lib.j. Let it boil a little and skim it, of this being lukewarm, let there be drunk every morning. xii. ounces. And in the evening as much, and when he hath spent all his decoction, he sh●… purged 〈◊〉 those two pills defore mentioned. But the next day following, and afterward he shall use that kind of decoction made of that holy w●de called Gua●a●… sha●…en wish a 〈…〉 file and so brought unto powder. Take 〈…〉 of the bark of the 〈◊〉 wood, not that which ●…a●e●h so the wood (for the 〈…〉 thereof is drawn 〈◊〉 and exhausted of the very 〈◊〉) but of that which is parte● from she wood, and brought 〈◊〉 the new found land df the great Decan. ℥ ten well podded and sifted with a riddle or line, abding thereunto Se●…nis Anisi. And of lettuce ana. p.j. Of Licorize bruised ℥ two And ●et that be put into a po● un●…sed with nitrum in tée inside, containing half a Spanish Arroba (that is xij. li. ●. s.) with two cups of old white wine of the natural grape, which by the measure of the old Physicians are viij li. Let there be ●nt thereunto also so much of usual water, and le● them infuse a whole day, that is twenty-three. hours, after that le● shem be boiled with a soft 〈…〉 a third part be consumed. But at the very point of the last heat, put there to of Roses new or dried. p.j. and of Hermodact●… in powder desolued in a Mortar, with some of the same decoction. ℥ i And there withal let them beremoved from the fire when they shall have boiled a little with one boiling. And let all stand being close covered until if be cold, and when they are cold, let them be strained, and let that which is first powered forth, (being poor and without dregs) be put in a clean dessell, whereof, as often as he eateth any meat, be shall drink certain cups, and let the rest be set by sufficiently ●…ained in another vessel. But of this latter drink which is less and thicker, let the patiented drink every day xii. ounces, vi. in the morning, and vi. in the evening. And if it be winter, let it be warmed, if it be Summer, let it be cold. But we mean in the evening, the second or three hour after noon in the Summer season. But in the Winter, in the night season 〈◊〉 third or fourth hour after Supper.  
The vessel is always ●o be ●…red, that that which is sells may ds troubled and mingled, and so let all be drunk. For the chief strength of these medicines is in this. Of the ●…hor form and c●…ret drink, let him drink at dinner and supper that which is ●o●…cient, for to drink to little is hurtful also. And let this be the order of his diet. If he be very weak, if shall not be hurt●… to ea●e 〈◊〉 in the day the 〈◊〉 of birds either fodde or roast, or the flesh of a wether, or kid If he be not able ●o bear the charges of the other, but if he shallbe of a better construction of booie, and of less weakness, let him use flesh once in the day, but at night let him use ra●… us & a little bread; it shallbe good also for those that are in health sometimes to use Raisins and Almonds all the day, and to abstain from flesh. Finally, let all these things be ordered by the counsel of a scarned Phi●…tion, yet must we be careful for xii. days at the least, that he may live very temperately and with a more spanng ●iet, for the abstinence of thirty days may easily be borne: neither shall he therefore become the weaker. For the decoction is able of itself to nou●…sh and to maintain, and a●…o to cause fatneise, as thdugh he use only 〈◊〉. Yea, and although also he be diseased of a continual ●euer or consumption. But he must ●iterly be forbidden all other drink; neither, although it seem unpleasant at the first time, therefore is it not to be mist●ked, for the third day, or at the farthest the fourth day, he shall find it more pleasant, and not to be less e●…emed than any other excellent wine. Therefore we do commit all the order of the diet to the counsel of the Physician. So that this is to ●e considered, that there is a great force in this drink to nourish. And although otherwise the patient have a great lothsonneffe, yet hereby a great desire of meat is to be moved. Thirty days being finished, the patient may eat flesh twice a day to the forti●h day, it shallbe necessary that the first thirty days continuing he lie still in his bed, but if he cannot endure so long, in the fair & warm days 〈…〉 none let him arises 〈◊〉 ●…uening let 〈…〉 the 〈◊〉 of the 〈…〉 let him so 〈◊〉 of the cold, but his chamber must 〈◊〉 be shut and a 〈…〉 that the 〈…〉 war●…e, and the 〈…〉 vail being, ●…ged 〈◊〉 the door let him be suffered to use no other meat if ●e 〈◊〉 to be healed. But the curing the Fill●lae itself shallbe 〈◊〉 thoroughly and finished with 〈◊〉 plaster spread and said, upon a linen, cloth or upon leather which notwithstanding must oftentimes everyday be made clean, for that helseth 〈…〉 of this sort.  

Rec. 〈◊〉  
Lithargarii. Ana. ℥ two  
Olei comunis antiqui.  
Aceti fortissimi. Ana. lib. ss.   
Let them ●oyle with a 〈◊〉 or gentle, fire stirring the same up and down with a sta●…e until it grow to a small ●…cion of a cerote. With this so small a portion of this Cerote being spread upon a linen cloth, the ulcer willbe healed, which the patient himself shall wi●e and make cleans often times every day. By this means he that is 〈◊〉 although he be thus diseased of these Fi●tulaes shall come to be healthful and well lykeing, and also some what fatter. 〈◊〉 though he were spent with the ●euer Hetica, or consumption of the Lungs. And he shallbe as well as ever he was in his life in the powers of all the parts of his body, and of all other organs or pipes nutritives, spiritual, or animal.  

¶ A Decoction or Apozema, for the wounds of the breast and Lungs, and for those that are in a consumption.  

Rec. Hordei mundati, co●…tuse.  
Passularum mundatarum contusarun. Ana. p.iiij.  
Radicoran● Buglossae, contusae. M.iij.  
Glyceryzie ralae, modice controuse. ℥ j ss.  
Cardui Benedicti. M.ij  
Seminum Cumine. ℥ two  
juiubas. N. xx.  
Prunorum. N. xv.  
Radi●…m petruselini, contu: M.j.   
Let them be boiled ac●eceding coarte, in xiiii. li. of rain water, to the con●…tning of the third part, and let them be strained with a strong expression. To the which set there be added:  

Penidicrum. ℥ lij  
Situpi Rosarum.  
et de duabus radicibus sine aceto. Ana. ℥ three  
Sacohati. lib. ss.  
Cinamomi. ℥. j.ss. fiat apozema.   
Of the which let him take entry day in the dauning of the morning xii. ounces, and as many at night, until it be all done.  
This also is to be noted, that as often as the patient must drink, there must be made a moving and stirring of the Decoction in the vessel, that that, what is sunken into the bottom, may be mingled.  
When the Decoction is done and drunk all up, let there be giu●n him the ●illes of the ma●… of the aggregatives and Agarick, that that, which is commoned and concocted, may be evacuated. For the day following and af●…warde, let there be had also in a readiness, another water with the which he shallbe made whole altogether, and shall receive a very god estate of the body. The preparation whereof is in this so●….  

Rec. L●…oi sancst. ill est guai●ci ℥ eight  
〈…〉 lignj. ℥ x.  
Seminum ch●…mi. ℥ j ss.  
Glyseryze raze modicū●ontuse ℥ two  
Passularum enucle●taiuua contdsarum. p.ij.   
Let them be ●oyled in ●ii. lib. of water, and as many of very good wine to the third, then add Hermodactilorum. ℥ two vere well bruised, and 〈…〉 in the 〈…〉 on, let them 〈…〉 which, and let them be 〈…〉 left till the next 〈◊〉 than v●ry early let them be strained, first of the purer water, which is to be set aside in some vessel, this is to be given in steed of drink at dinner and supper, the rest that retnaineth of the same, let it be strained with a strong orprission and set a side in an other vessel. For of this every morning very early the patient must drink vi. ounces; and as many in the evening: two hours after none, he shall use the former in steed of drink at the table, & the same water which is to be made ●edia the second 〈…〉 the more force. Let ●…ter be 〈…〉 to the lée●e that romined of the first decoction which must be added and boiled together to the consuming of two posid. For unto this colatar 〈…〉 put to wine for the preparation of the second decoction.  
Whiles the patient drinketh this decoction, let him eats bread and raisins for eight days & more, except he be weak, for this 〈…〉 much 〈◊〉. After that he may-eate flesh every day 〈…〉, at supper let him be contented with Raisins, until the thirtieth day. Then he may eat flesh twice a day, until the shrtith day. ●…it be winter, he must not see forth of his chamber, 〈◊〉 the thirtieth day, which must he very well shu● and kept warm with ●…er. By this remediss the consumed are healed, and such as have Fistulaes' deep in the breast.   

Annotations of the second Chapter.  
That kind of Fistula which the Greeks call Surynga, is so termed for resemblance it hath of certain reeds or hollow canes: as saith Aeginata, a Fistula is a hollow concavity or corner which in time is environed with a hard callus substance, so that the parts once separated, cannot be united. Galen in his little book of Tumour unnatural saith, that a Fistula for the most part happeneth of an impostume not well healed, & it may happen in any part of the body which draw with them peculiar Symtoms, as Celsus and Aetius do testify in the xiiii. book. This auctor setteth forth only the cure of those Fistulaes' which fall out by the ill handling & bad curing of wounds in the breast.  
Quod si nullum os.] If no bone.  
The ready cure is of the simple fistulae, and lately happened in the flesh, otherwise if a fistula have hurt either a bone or a gristle, or a musky, or if it light in any joint, or if it chance in the bladder, or in the Lungs, or in the orifice of the Matrix, or if it happen on any principal vein, or that it pierce any howel, it is ever very perilous, and often times killeth the party. As Paulus saith in his vi. book and 78. Chapter.  
Ex ligno sancto,] of Lignum sanctum, or Guaiacum.  
This cure is approved and writ by Tagaultius, and sertenlie not without reason, for this kind of wood hath a most manifest force in drying, and resisteth putrefaction of peculiar virtue, and hath a singular property in strengthening the part.  
All which Scopes and intentions are very requisite in a filthy rootten ulcer of long continuance; as fistulas commoulie are.  
Ipsius fistule curatio] of the cure of the same fistulae.  
The applicable remedies are very many.  
Which from Galen, Paulus Aetius, and Celsus may be drawn. I will note unto you the remedy that Hypocrates writeth in his book of fistulas. That the root of Seselis applied, doth take away the callous, which virtue Paulus emputeth to the root of splondilion.  
Hecteca febre et ptisi] of the fever Hectic, and the Phthisic.  
What the differences of these are, those that have studied Physic can best discern. I will only add this that an Ague is to the Ptisike always associable, as Marasmus that kind of consumption followeth A Trophia a difect in nourishment as Galen in his book de Marasmo hath set down.  
What farther this author doth promise, I neither have seen nor read protested by any other. For all men hold this generally, that that fistulae that is bred by corrosion, or fretting, is uncurable, as Hippocrates in his book de Glandulis, and Galen in his fifth book de methodo medendi doth report, that unless this hurt receive cure within three days, the estate of such are thought desperate and pitiful.    

Of the curing of the Canker happening in women's breasts. Cap. 3.  
CAncers do happen most especially to women, and to those above others that are barren either by nature or by election.  
Of which sort are Noonnes, & others that have chosen a continent and single life, they do happen also to men, but that seldom. The healing of these seemed to us worthy to set down in writing in this book, because it is a great deal more easy to those that shall know it well, then as the ancient writers have set it forth, where upon this is a common song every where almost among all the Physicians of our time, that the secret or hidden cancer is not healed at anis time, but if it be to be cured, they judge it necessary to use the pallative cure, as they call it, and that it ought not to be cut off, which thing if it had been put down in the cancer exulcerate, if had been well spoken.  
For to such exulcerate cancers the pallative cure only profiteth. For if they be cured otherwise, a more present and assured danger is to be feared. For they are wont to be eaten away and consumed a great deal sooner by laying to medicines, especially if corrosive medicines be laid thereunto, or by any means it happen any blood to be powered out of them.  
But to cure the rest which are not erulcerate, it is not so hard a matter as they think which do set forth nor teach no cure of cancers at all, nor show how they may be drawn forth, whereas they may notwithstanding be drawn forth whole without any danger, although it happen the same to be great.  
But that cure of Cancers which is taught by writers, whereas their intention is all about resolving the same, that is altogether without effect. Which we have found very often to be in vain, although we have been diligent in preparing and practising the same with divers resolutives.  
Which sort of remedies are taught us of Vigo, and of Celsus, Guido, and others, wherefore how such manner of cancers may without harm be both drawn forth, and also throughlie cured. I thought it good to put it in writing for the behouse of the common utility, and this is the bréefest order of curing which we shall teach you. First of the whole curing of those cancers which are not exulcerate, and scondly also of those cancers which are exulcerate, we will (with a very ercellent palleative cure) declare, whereby we have long prolonged many men and women, and lest they should for that cause perish, we have taken deligent care, and inspecially a certain man a priest we did so preserve above xx. years with this kind of cure, that before he ended his life, he was thoroughly cured. And when he deceased, he was more than four score years of age, first at the beginning, the most certain signs of this disease are the increasing of these cancers bigger and bigger, for when the same be first bred, they do not exceed the greatness of a Chiche, but in a year or two or somewhat more, they become greater and harder in feeling.  
There are other signs also set forth of writers which ye may seek for in their books. Therefore when we will cut forth the Cancer, we must first of all prepare the diseased body with a purgation, ministering thereunto such Sirupes for four or five days, whose nature is approved concoct, black, and adust colour. For of those humours doth this evil first grow and increase. After this some purgation is to be given which shall be judged best to agree with the complexion of the man. The third day after the purgation, the second or third hour after dinner, let two youlkes of eggs with the whites be well beaten together, adding thereunto if you please a little Rose water. There shallbe also in a readiness great plenty of plageants made of the most fine two of flax.  
Furthermore, small Cusshions or Bolsters, with a roll or fillet five fingers broad, and a good portion also of frise or dags wain, and a great rolling needle and a good strong third and that doubled. Let the patient be laid bolt upright either upon cushions or else upon a matris. Let there be upon both sides two other men which may hold his arms strongly, least by strength and striving he be a hindrance to himself whiles he is in euring. Let the Surgeon sit over the man, & with his thighs hold in the patients thighs his own knees, being fixed and surely pitched upon the matris whereon the man is laid, and let the man be naked from the girdle upward, and a linen cloth ready on both sides, upon which the blood may run down, but the Cancer itself hold fast with thy hands, which if it be against the nipple of the breast, it is to be turned aside warily, lest the paps should perish when it is cut off, but if it be toward the armepit, it is to be diverted also, lest any of those muscles which rise from the armholes, should be perished, or hurt, but when the Cancer shall be thus ordered and caught fast with the left hand, let so much of the skin be opened with a very fine Razor, as the Cancer is, let the opening of the skin be made in length, after that upon the other side of the Cancer, let the flesh be cut away and separated, but so the Cancer be not stricken.  
But if the blood do burst out, the place is to be stopped with a little round ball of silk, which (if it be needful to be done) let the one of them which holdeth his arms, keep down with his finger, and part the flesh from the Cancer on the other side. But this piece of work requireth most speedy dispatch of the Surgeon, yet notwithstanding joined with great diligence and heed taking, and materite, lest he should offend in any thing unadvisedly. But when the Cancer is detected on both sides, and parted from the flesh, let him be thrust through with a needle and thread, let it be committed to one of them that standeth by, of whom it must be holden straight, lifting up his hand, and to be turned both on the one side and the other against that part which the Surgeon cutteth. But when the Cancer shallbe well separated on both sides from the other flesh, it is utterly to be cut off from the nether part, and that with the most expedition that may be, putting to our fingers, that the whole Cancer may be perceived to be cut off, and nothing to be left behind. And that may be done very well with that kind of knife which the Italian Surgeons use to open Apostumations, the fashion whereof is like the scarifying knife, but it hath a sharp edge on both sides, but we must use the edge that is bowed in, and having a most sharp point, for that part doth more commodiously cut of those things which are beneath, and that is done with no hurt either of breaking out of the blood, or any other thing, and we will that the operation be so swift that there be more delay in thrusting the cancer through and in knitting the third, then in plucking out of the same. When the cancer is utterly cut off and drawn away, we must search diligently that there be nothing left behind in the body thereof, but it is so hard, that that thing is seldom to be feared, when all things are dispatched, let all the blood which was in the wound be diligently wiped away, and forthwith put in Pleageants dipped in the white of an egg, but yet so that they be not to hard pressed together, to augment the grief of the patient, neither is the place within wholly to be stopped with over thick thrusting in of pleageants: then is the place artificially to be bound up with convenient rolling and bolsters.  
The next day after at the same time he is to be opened, & to be dressed with a digestive, or with that our balm whose effect is great to concoct, mundify, and to induce flesh, which is done by anointing the place with a feather gently, adding there unto dried lints, yet not to hard pressed together, that the flesh may by little and little grow together, and close up.  
But about the wound itself, and on the pap there must be added a defensive confected of Rose water, wax and Bowl armoniac, but with the use of that Balm which we have told you off, the wound will most speedily be cured, and the flesh brought over and healed, but upon the Balm, we put the plaster Basilicon spread upon linen cloth. At the last when the flesh shallbe sufficiently induced, the place is to be dressed with dry lints and Basilicon laid thereon or the plaster called Leoninum, or of the plaster compounded of Gummi Elemij, but whatsoeur plaster it be, it is to be wiped and made clean oftentimes every day, but for the ulcered Cancers there is no other cure but the pallative, for whatsoever thou shalt lay there unto it will hurt greatly, but in this kind of Cancer this is the order of curing, let him which is troubled with this disease at certain times in the year when it shall seem good, be purged.  
After that every month let him use two or three pills purging black choler, in the night about that season that he goeth to rest. But those Pillula are best de fumarie, vel de Heleboro, vel de Lapides lazuli, vel Epithimi, vel Fetidae, or those which are the nitro set forth by Alexander Tralianus, for by these, the body is kept pure, and the humour is rather diminished then increased, but in the wound itself we put unguentum Pompholiogos, or that which is set forth of john Vigo in his Antidotary, we use that with out lints spread upon a linen cloth, for we do find that the little thrides of the lint do hurt, for if they cleave somewhat to the wound, they make it bleed, & the same blood doth hurt. Finally, this unguent chiefly is that which we have always found most available for this purpose.  

Rec, Olei Rosati, olei Omphacini. Ana. lib. ss.  
Sepi hircini, et vitulini.  
Vnguenti Rosati, et populionis, Ana. ʒ. ij.ss.  
Succi acetosie, Ana. ℥. j.ss.  
Vini Granatorum. ℥. ij.ss.   
Let them all boil with a soft fire even to the consuming of the ioyces and wine, then let them be strained, adding thereto:  

Ceruse. ℥ two ss.  
Lythargyri. ℥ .v.  
Plumbi usti, Antimonij. ana. ʒ. x.  
Tutiae Alexandrinj. ℥ i ss.  
Camphorae puluerizati. ʒ. j.  
Cerae Albae. q.s.   
And let there be made a soft plaster, that is to say the wax being melted with the oils, and let the minerals be put in a cullender, driving the substance of the unguent, two hours with a pestle in a leaden mortar. And this is the best medicine of all others in this kind of cure.  

Annotations of the third Chapter.  
That disease which is called the Leprosy, corrupting or infecting the whole body, if the same light in any one part of the body, it is termed a Canker. As Galen saith in his second ad Glauconem, you must understand that this name of Canker among Physicians hath divers significations, and beareth the name of two several diseases, namely a swelling Canker, as well growing in the outward part, as in the inward part of the body, lurking and as it were lingering. The other, is an ulcered Canker always creeping, fretting and gnawing.  
Of both these kinds this author handleth in this Chapter.  
For both these kinds proceed of Melancholy, or of a Melancholy joys much like as liées seem to wine, and dregs to oil, I mean the like difference and comparison is between Melancholy in respect of pure blood. Galen in his xiv. book de Therapeutica, handleth this question more largely.  
Cancri Feminis] Cankers to women.  
That question is entreated oft by Celsus, but cankers happen to those men chiefly whose accustomed hemerhoids and purging of Melancholy, that wa● is surprised, as Galen reporteth in his second book ad Glauconem.  
unde illud] where hence that.  
It may seem marvelous wherefore or by that memanes the author should here seem to alter the cure of both Cankers as well ulcerate as not ulcerate. For the ulcerate canker requireth that manner of cure which is done by excision or cutting out. The other nothing so, as Hypocrates teacheth in his vi. book of Aphorisms. 38.  
For saith he, it is better not to seek to cure the Canker that lurketh or lieth still, for by curious curing of that canker, the party most commonly is killed. Whereas if they had been let alone, life might longer have been protracted. Experience daily confirmeth this very well.  
For as Galen saith in his Commentary, it hath been approved that those that have attempted those cankers by sections, or searing, hath rather stirred them to more malignity, and so in short time hastened their ends.  
For doth not our author cure those cankers which breed in the superficial or outward parts of the body by cutting. Which Avicen alloweth off & Galen before his time, but not the lurking or hidden cankers, he cureth in that manner.  
Cura Palliativa] a pallative cure.  
We call a pallative cure. That wherein we presently have respect unto the pain. For sometimes the Physician must convert all his endeavour to appeasing of the accident and symptoma, and not unto the cause in cases of great, extremity. As Galen warneth, and I would have that observed which Paulus mentioneth in his 67. Chapter of his third book.  
That we must minister medicines that ass wage pain in cankers that remain 〈◊〉 the m●…d part of the body, as the d●co●ider of common 〈◊〉 and March Mai 〈◊〉.  
Nanque huiusemods canci●…] for in such cankers.  
Now the ancte, haudieth only those cankers which lurk and are hidden in inward parts of the body as here after shall appear.  
Qu● a 〈…〉] what due of cankers is appointed by another's.  
For by reason of the thickinsse of the humour it neither can be repelled nor scattired. And so great is the malignity or venum of that disease, that gentle remedies●an nothing prevail. And vehement things rather provoke it to more bitterness. As fat or wide break into f●ame, by ●…ious and scorching ●er.  
Igitur ubi cancrum] when you will cure a canker.  
Now the author goeth about to show you, the manner of cure of that canker which is done by Chiruegery, which Galon alloweth in his xiv. book de Meth. medeo: approved by his own words as follow. If at any time you will go about to cure a canker by Chirurgery, you must begin by purging and avoiding me lauchaly humours. And when ye have quite rooted out the corruption of that humour, so that no part renaine thereof, and that some flux of blood do seem to follow, yet shall ye not stop it suddenly, but rather seem to press or strain the parts near adjoining, that the gross and thick blood may be from them expelled also.  
Now may ye cure other ulcers in like manner. It seemed good to produce these places out of Galen, that the reader might understand how, ready the author could call these ancient authorities to memory, that other Chirurgeons might study to do the like.  
Exulceratis cancris] in ulcered cankers.  
Seeing we have spoken already of those cankers which grow without any ulcer, it shall not be inconvenient if we somewhat touch those that be contrary. In an ulcered canker beside the pain, the hardness, and the ulcered fretting humour, and the inequalities of ulcers that do appear yet there flows from thence on every side both out of the swelling lips, some ingrateful filthy corruption breed of the combining of many putrefied humours, both fulsome to smell, and loathsome to behold. These things we must endeavour gently to shadow and lenify, all those intentions we must thus purpose. First purge melancholy with Epithemun very gently, then if years and strength permit, draw some blood, and that discretely. Afterward, purge again melancholy and that very gently. All this done, proceed to stronger purgations.  
Appoint a spare diet, and of those things that are most opposite to melancholy. Administer to the party the juice of nightshade or Diapompholiges.  
Recepit olej rosacei]  
This medicine Galen useth against the ulcers called A●…ora, following therein the authority of Apolonius in his first book de pedum doloribus. And Theodoricus hath used the same in cankers, whereupon this author reduceth it into his own practice.    

Of wounds in the belly and the parts thereof, with penetration and without, Cap. 4.  
Whatsoever wounds are made in the belly, which notiwhtstanding do not hurt nor yet penetrate the members contained in the same, those I say if they be rightly cured are without all danger, except those which are taken about the navel within two or three fingers breadth, to the which there may happen much hurt by reason of those eight sinews which reaching to the Navel, do come through those peats. And also those wounde● which are taken in the h●nder p●… of the belly nigh the back do bring some danger, although they do not penetrate, for it may be that those Neru●s, which have their beginning from the Nuca be hurt. Therefore it should wisdom to fear of such wounds, for they are woom sometimes to bring d●…th. But of the other wounds, although they do penetrate, yea and although they do disclose the zirbe and beweils, so that the same us not perished, there is no danger to be feared, so that they be well cured, but when the members contained in the belly have recoaved hurt, there is present danger. Yet it doth happen oftentimes notwithstanding that many be delivered. Therefore of those wounds which have brought no hurt to those parts, this is the curs. The bowels which do appear or hang forth, and the zirbe also is first of all to be washed with a decoction Vini Camemille, Melliloti, Absinthij, aneti, Rosarum. And afterward to be brought and redueed into their own place, but the part of the zirbe which hangeth forth, is yet to be drawn farther out somewhat, and upon that part as it is equal with the skin of the belly, it is to be bound fast with a sure thread, with that knot that is called Suillus, or the swine's knot, or the chifterling knot, for it is a very sure knot, the which doth not slip at any time, but above the knot let the zerbe be out off half a singer's breadth, and let the section be cauterized with a hot iron until it almost touch the knot, and let it be put in again strait ways, and some part of the string be left hanging forth, but if the Orifice of the wound be somewhat great, let it be artifically stitched up, leaving an orifice whereby the ligature may come forth, and the cure finished. But of the four ways whereby writers do teach how those parts called Mirach & Sipach, aught to be sowed up, all that is most allowed of us, and by daily practise and utility most commended, that is to say, that first Mirach and Siphach being thrust through with the needle on th'one part, Mirach only be thrust through on other part, and let these three be fastened with a knot, and then let the third be cut, and of that part where their work is begun, let Mirach only be thrust through, Siphach being left, but on the other part Mirach and Siphach being thrust through, let the second knot be made, and the third stitch and then the fourth, and so forth until the work be finished. And so by this means Mirach and Siphach are joined best together, so that never afterward the bowels can start forth any more upon that part, which thing oftentimes hath been found to happen, except the cure be done, as we have told you. When these things are thus duly done, the white of eggs well beaten together is to be put thereto, neither shall it be needful to use any tent, the place whereof that Ligature wherewith Zirbus is bound up together doth supply. But the next day after the wound is to be dressed with a Flammula dipped in that our balm, whose force is to concoct, to mundity, and to bring over the flesh. Laying thereon the emplaster Basilicon Macistrale or Minium, for both those are very good. But this is to be considered both in great wounds, and also in small, for those that are somewhat narrow must be concocted and digested also as well within as without. But it shall not be needful to use either oil of Roses or any other oil. The third day after or at the farthest the fourth day, the Ligature doth slake of his own accord. And if than the corruption do not abound, it shallbe sufficient to use one of those emplasters, if there shallbe any matter, it is to be wiped away oftentimes in the day, and by this means the cure shallbe dispatched within the xv. day, but in the very first beginning of the cure, it shallbe convenient to let blood, according to the disposition or state of the patient, and to give him Sirupi Rosarum ex infusione, cum Aqua Plantaginis, & let the order of his diet be slender, with a little bred, but not very much water is to be given him, & the same to be decocted with an hot glowing iron.  
But if besides the wound of the belly, if shall happen any of the bowels to be broken, and the same of the smaller fort which are on the right side above the navel, all those things which soever they be, are judged of all authors deadly, and so for the most part we must believe, of the which sor●e it happened ●ée to have one only he thereto in ●ure, whose small guts were broken, but he died the fourth day: but of ohters to whom it happened the greater guts to be perished, we have cured three being wounded in the gut called Colon. And the fourth, the gut Longanon being hurt. Of these one had the gut Colon broken in three places, yet all of them by God's help were restored before the tweneith day. All these bowels we did so●e up with a needle and thri● with that kind of sti●ch which the glovers do use. I did use also towards them all that kind of curing which is delivered unto us by john Vigo, which we do judge best of all others if a man use it well and with a pleasant delicate hand. We have therefore followed all his precepts, this only thing excepted, that we have given no meat, and have used the Potion only ●este forth by him, for that we did consider those whom we had in cure to be somewhat strong and of a more ●ustie nature, and able enough to abide from meat.  
For out of Spain we would not enterprise to use so thin a diet, where both the meats are weaker a great deal, and their bodies more delicate. And less apt either to take much meat, or to take none at all. But the decoction is of this sort.  

Rec. Pomor. citonior. mundatorun et subtilite incisorun. N. iiij.  
Caudae equ●nae, lumach, myrtillorum. Ana. M.iij.  
Rosarum p.ij. Baulastiarum. ℥. ss.   
Let them be boiled in sixteen pound of Raine water, to the consuming of a third part, than set be added thereunto:  

Thuris, Masticis, Sarcacollae. Ana. ʒ. iij. Croci. ℈ two   
Then let them be strained with a strong expression, adding thereto:  

Mellis Rosati colati, et sirupi Rosati. Ana. ℥ uj  
Tragaganti puluerizati. ℥. ss.  
Sirupi Mirtillorum. ℥ four Fiat decoctio. S.A.   
This Potion we used for meat and drink, and also for medicine to consoldiate the inward parts. On certain of those men whereas he nothing else for the space of twelve days, did notwithstanding easily bear it. After these things we did give the broth of a bird boiled in the same water: many times we did allow also to the broth a little cromme or portion of bread, (the Italians call it Panatella,) when we did perceive it to be needful, by this means we did cure a certain priest also, whiles he was in the Church recaved a wound with a Lance, meeting by chance certain men which sought another being their enemy, and lying hid in the temple, and thought the priest to be the same. But the wound was made in the belly in the uppeer part on the right side.  
We cured two also, one having his Liver broken, the other his Spleen, and a third having his bladder broken which died the third day. All the rest by God's help were saved, who himself is the author and helper of medicine. But there seemed to us a certain thing worthy, which we should not pass over with silence. For it may minister argument and matter to set forth the wisdom and mercy of God, as all other things do, which have so great force of nature, and so great efficacy to be in his creatures.  
There happened a thing at Guadalupa, I myself being present, in the year of our Lord God, 1516. And thus it was.  
There came a certain foolish desire upon one of the servants of that Monastaire, (who had the charge to keep the Goats whiles he was in the ●elde) to thrust into the cundute of his yard a stalk of corn with the ear. The ear was now dri● and all the corn b●…ten out, and he did show me that whiles he did thrust it in, he felt no grief at all, but when he would have plucked it out again, he could not, because the beard of the ear being fastened in the flesh he was marvelously grieved, at the length he thought it better to thrust it all forward, then to draw forth the part which was thrust in. And within few days that it came through into his bladder. But when a whole year and a half he felt no grief, he thought it converted into water, that he made. After that time he began to be troubled with an impostume in the  thigh. For the curing whereof he came to the hospital of that Monastery which was appointed for the curing of the poor. In which place whiles he was in curing, and the impostume was now ripe and opened of us. It happened that upon a certain day in the morning when we had made clean the wound, by chance we saw a hull in the very ulcer, but I thinking the same to have been mingled in with the lints the day before, and so to have sticken fast to the flesh, did cause it to be taken away with the Mullets, and at the last the stalk with the ear did most easily follow as I drew it. But all we the Physicians being amazed at the strangeness of the thing, and also others that stood by, we could not guess what that matter should mean, until that old man being noved with our talk, lifting up his head, & seeing the ear sticking in the foreceps, said unto me. I myself did thrust it into my yard, a year and a half since, and so declared all the whole matter, how it was done, and the times in which it was altogether thrust in: In which place great admiration came upon us, and most especial occasion to praise the divine providence, for thus God provided for the man, that the skin of the bladder should be broken by little, and little, and so should expel the ear from the bladder being broken, to the flesh that was next, and after that the skin of the bladder should come together, and the flesh being impostumated should ripen, and the unpostumation being ripe and cured, the ear should come forth, and at the length within very few days the old man should be delivered, for he was thoroughly cured.  

Annotations of the fourth Chapter.  
Those wounds discussed which concern the upper belly, he hasteneth to those which concern the nethermost. Hypocrates in his second book of the order of diet in sharp and dangerous diseases, divideth the bellies into two, containing the uppermost by the Midriff, the other, by the cell called Omentum. The learned chirurgeons divide them into three, that is to say the uppermost, the middlemost, and the nethermost. Whereof the first two agree with the other division, the third comprehendech the ventricles of the brain. For this cause look Alfonsus Ferrius, in his third book de Scolopatorom vulneribus.  
Ab huiusmodi ergo:]  
These wounds must be divided, as we have done those of the breast. Either they do hurt the inward parts or not. If the inward, the stomach, the liver, the spleen, or the bowels. If the inward parts be wounded they are veny deadly, as witnesseth Hypocrates in his vi. book of Aphorisms, if the bladder etc. If those inward parts be not hurt, although the wound be inward, it is less dangerous. But if on the hinder part there be any wound received that pierceth inwardly, it is the more perilous, for the affinity of the Vertebres, the Spine bone, and Nerves that spring from thence the case is not a like in the foreparts of the body, all circumstances considered.  
Igitur eorumque.] Therefore of those which.  
This manner of cure is set down by Albucrasis, and is very worthy of noting, that in all wounds it is very profitable that there be some flux of blood, saving only those in the belly which Hypocrates excepteth in his book of vicers. Which place we thus expound, lest we should seem to speak that which is contrary to ourselves in our treatise of wounds of the breast. Hypocrates feareth least by the great plenty of blood which breaking forth of the ori●…re of the wound, should fall down into the nether region of the belly, it should breed very many inconveniences. For as he saith in an other place, whensoever any unnatural issue of blood chanceth to fall into the belly, the same must needs come to suppuration. For blood being out of the veins loseth both natural quality and virtue, as Galen testifieth. Wherefore wounds of the belly are in that place to be understood. Those which reach to deeply in any inward part, whether it is to be feared lest the blood issuing will presently convey itself. But those wounds that chance in any outward part of the belly, require no especial eu●e, but must be héedefully looked unto for fear of inflammation, & so must suffer a sufficient issue of blood as well as other parts, by which means they are safely cured and free from danger.  
Tictus autem ratio tenuis.] A spare kind of diet. You must not only observe an order in diet, but also a reason of your medicines where in you may be directed by Galen in his fourth book of Method of curing.    

Of wounds, simple and compound, Cap. 5.  
ALl green wounds generally in whatsoever part they are made, except those which are made in the head, are wont to be cured of our unexpert Surgeons and practitioners after one sort and with like remedies, whether the same be simple or compound.  
Yet I do not deny but that there are in Spain many learned Surgeons whom the knowledge of the art, industry, and faithful dealing hath made worthy of all commendations, but all the rest for the most part besides these, do use one order, all one sa●…ues, and do take one way which they think that by no means else any man may or aught to pass. That thing truly cometh hereof because neither they understand those things which they have read, nor yet account it good to ask of them which do understand, neither do they think it convenient or honest to ask counsel of those that are better learned, neither to seek to them that are more expert, and to follow them as guides. But oftentimes it cometh to pass that to such kind of men their cure doth not prosper according to their mind, in which thing when all there common remedies being assayed are in vain, this one thing is a common refuge at the last for them all, that they send men away being spoiled of their money, with a plaster of Diacilon which they call Socrocium, as if they were utterly whole.  
And would to God the same reward of their unperfect cure, did not pass the estimation of a most perfect cure: we have seen many of that sort of men which do not cease to set forth with great brags such their cures, or rather corruptions, declaring their names to whom they have done the same. But the fault of this mischief is in the public Magistrates. But how all such wounds are wont to be cured of them, is especially to be noted of us. Whether the wound therefore be made with sword or lance, they dispatch their first cure with stitching. but some of them are so hard hearted in this point, and so cruel, that they hurt more with sowing, than he that gave the wound with striking. For using gross needles they do take more hold of the flesh than needeth a great deal, the orifices of the wounds being wrested from their course, they leave mumled together after that they have made their knotes. For the skin is by this means closed to the skin, but not the flesh to the flesh, because they place the skin in the midst between the flesh, and many times also they take up the skin so lightly and from the very uttermost side, that the orifice of the wound do not join.  
For the extreme parts being set together, the rest remain hollow and empty, by these and such like means, their first cure is always finished  
But if it happen by chance that any bones be cut, albeit all be not loosed, yet do they utterly draw forth the same with no small grief to the patiented, but with very great hurt unto him, abusing that sentence common among them (but not well understood) to cut of the superfluity, And also if any of the flesh be cut and yet not clean cut off, they notwithstanding cut it clean away, affirming that it is not to be received of nature, and especially if the wound be in the hand, although part of the fingers do in some part cleave fast unto the flesh and the bones being cut, they always cut it off.  
For they think that it cannot be by any means, that the bone being cut may grow together. And thus they use their cruelty also, if the hand where it is annexed to the arm be cut or wounded, and yet not clean stricken off or the foot, or any other of the members of the whole body. They make their second cure in all kind of wounds with a digestive of oil of Roses and an egg. Furthermore the stitching & sowings which are made of them in simple wounds they do so neglect, until they of themselves do break out the flesh, & so as well by digestives as with great abundance of oil of Roses, oil of 〈◊〉 ●aid thereunto, and that many after their 〈…〉 with stitching and sowings, of a simple wound, they make a compound. And also with great detriment and loss of the substance, they bring ulcers. And for that cause also in the wounds which are cured of them in the face, there is a fouler deformity left of the ●kar●es, by reason of the sowing then of the wound itself. But after that they have used their digestives so long together, that the place itself cannot only be concocted and digested, but also doth begin to putrify, than they put to very much (yea over much) Mell Rosarun to cleanse the same, and power in thereof largely. They do add also lints with Basilicon. But if the wounds (because they are putrefied being corrupted by them) are not sufficiently nor soon enough mundified with Mell rosarum, than it is a solemn matter among them to put thereto unguentum Apostolorum, being the very last refuge of their blind ignorance. And this they use a long time. But forasmuch as the force and nature of this ointment is hof, and exulcerating, and also too ready to eat, it cometh to pass that (the humour being drawn to much to the place) the wounds may rather be called rotten and filthy then green, and especially if such order of diet be given, as we have understood to be given of many which were had in estimation, who whereas they had no certain or constrant either art, or reason or knowledge of things wholesome or hurtful, yet following their own wills, have so wrought of themselves, that the same parts where the wounds are, be inflamed, and in divers other places do chaune and break forth, and so of a small evil is made a great.  
Therefore all green wounds in what part of the body soever they be made, be they great or small, or else shallbe in the joint or in any other part of the whole body, may be healed by that means which is set forth by us, with little or no grief at all to the patient, and with little trouble of the Surgeon; and without any fear● at all of hurtful pangs, I trust that the knowledge of this thing in●ented by us to the utility of men, & by very often experimnte approved, shallbe well taken of all men. GOD the a●…thor of all good things instructing, us, in finding out and disposing of which thing we have followed nature as our giude. If the wound be small, and it shallbe thought necessary that it be closed with the office of the needle, let the stitches be made in fleshy places, and not in the sinews, and by and by let there be laid thereunto the white of an egg upon flax, but first the blood must be suffered to avoid forth, for that, if it be not too much, is found to do good, but in such small wounds, except they be in the joints, ye must not put any linen cloth, but being sowed (together and dressed with an egg, they must be well bound up. But the next day they are to be cured in this order. (So it be not in the face, for we have spoken of those things in their place) let the wound be anointed gently with a feather with that ointment so often repeated of us for the utility of men, called Balsamum being melted. After that let there be laid on, the plaster Basilicon called Maiestrale, without any lintes, but spread upon linen cloth, the description whereof is in john Vigo.  
The next day following there shallbe found good matter, and perfectly wrought, and in this sort shall the cure proceed until the flesh be perceived to be gathered ever, and then let the stitches be cut and plucked away, and it shallbe thoroughly healed with that plaster Basilicon being often times in the day made clean and wiped, but if it shall seem good, ye may use that which is called the black plaster: But if the wound be great, first of all it must be sowed up in that order as we have set forth. And in the lower part of the wound to leave an orifice, whereinto is to be put your flamula, dipped in the white of an egg, laying also on the wound linen clothes dipped in the same. But the next day, it shalb● used 〈…〉 the contrary side, and give him for the space of six or eight days following syrup of Roses, with water of Pl●…eine, and if the case shall so require, purge, let him use a thin diet all those day●…, as Raisins, Almonds, and a little bred, costed Apples, or the Apples called Pippins, which thou mayest give him raw 〈◊〉, and other meats 〈◊〉 like sorts, but give him water decoct with Barley, and put in the decoction Anise, and let him drink after dinner and after supper only. But if the man shallbe of a weaker nature, he may eat once a day of a Cockerel or a Pullet. But the curing of the wound is of this sort.  
First of all, 
Dry stitching  let there be laid thereto plasters which the next day after they shallbe dry, and cleave fast, let them be sowed together, and at the second you shall use your fla●…a dipped in that our Bu●…e liquified, and put into the orifice which is le●t for the purging of the wound laying thereon the plaster Bas●licon 〈…〉, being spread upon a linen cloth, or that plaster which is called Gracia Dei. And so let the cure proceed until the seventh or eight day. For in this time the concoction, cleansing, and bringing together of the flesh, is wont to the finished.  
But when the flesh is brought over, and the brims of the wounds do conjoin on both sides, we remove the plasters, that which remaineth in the cure, we finish with a plaster of Sinople, or the black plaster, or of Leonine colour so called, or which is best in this kind, with like portions of black and Leonine mingled together. And ye must cleanse the wound and plaster ten or twelve times every day, according to the quantity of the matter that is made, but the scar is to be covered, as it is accustomed with the powder of  Atom, and dry lintes.  
And when the skin is now perfect, and the scar abated, it shall be convenient to comfort the place with the plaster called comfortative, which is described of john Vigo in hi● Auti●…rie 〈…〉 doth 〈…〉 this behalf, which thing 〈…〉 in 〈…〉 them all doth not perform: Therefore in that 〈◊〉 which was have taught you, all wounds as well the small 〈◊〉 also the gre●… are most casili● cured, without much inflammation of the member.  
Neither is it ●…efull to anoint the member with oil of Roses, or with any other oil at all. For as I have said, there is no cause to fear any overmuch inflammation. But in the beginning ot the cure, it shallbe expedient to lay thereunto a defensive of B●…e A●…cke, or 〈◊〉 linen cloth wet in vinegar, adding thereunto a double quantity of water, and when that in dried up it must be wet again.  
If the wound be made in the sinewy places, as are the hands, the feet the joints, us the heads of the muscles, then is it to be cured in this 〈◊〉 assoon as the green wound shall come to ●our 〈◊〉 and ye shall find that there is too much blood issue 〈◊〉 of the wound, let be spread a linen cloch upon the wines, and 〈…〉 your finger, let rest●…nt of the blood be made so lo●… until it be stayed. But if us perceive that it hath bl●d as yet but a little, it is profitable that ye let it issue a little more▪  
We have learned that as well by experience, as also by etc. authority of 〈…〉 saith he the course of blood, in moderate quantity is or patient in ulcers, 〈◊〉 by this means, the member is not inflamed 〈◊〉 Let the wounds after this be set together with needle and thread, but yet so that the needle ●ée not thrust in deeper than is sufficient, nor yet in much of the shin taken up, but let them so agree to that the co●…issures may little be conjoined.  
But if any of the sinews be cut, let them be joined & aptly set together but so that they be not fou●hed of any ne●…. For there is danger of most certain grief in the part, and also a convulsion especially to be feared he shall nevertheless be cured, nay, the member therefore shall less escape if the sinews be sowed. And some small orifice is to be left beneath where you may use your ●lamula dipped in the white of an egg: but upon the very stitches let there be laid pieces of linen cloth dipped in the whites of eggs, and so bound up. But if it be the hand or the finger, some flat thing is to be made fit in such wise that the member itself may be left stretched forth, notwithstanding the wound being made, in the lower part, needeth not any flat thing or table, but the member is so to be ordered, that it be suffered to be a little plucked in, & the hand half closed together. For by this means the sinews which are beneath shall more easily join one to another, for the hand being stretched on't, they neither can be joined nor yet made agreeable one with another.  
Furthermore the letting of blood, which shall seem necessary, is to be procured, and the member itself, because it is sub●ect to fretting and suffering of grief, because the place is full of sinews, is to be prepared with this defensive.  

Rec. Olei Rosati, et Myrthini, Ana. ℥ two  
Olei Camomillini. ℥ i  
Boli Armoniaci. ℥ two ss. et cum cera. q. s. fiat Em:   
This is to be laid to, that it be distant from the wound four fingers, but beneath there is none to be laid too. For they which shall lay any to beneath, shall err greatly. After this the wound is to be bound up as we have taught you. That ointment of Balm shall address the second cure, a little linen cloth dipped in the same, and put in by the orifice, and the whole wound ano●…ed with a ●ether with the same Balm liquified. And upon all this a cerote to be put being spread upon somewhat a brother portion of linen cloth, in which kind and also in others, we find this of all others to be a most present remedy.  

Rec. Olei Rosati, Violati, et Cammomillini, Ana. ℥ two  
Axungiei Galina●…i.  
Medulle Crun●m Vituli. Ana. ℥ i  
Vermium Terestrium, Vinu Nigro Lotorum. ℥ two  
Butiri Recentis. ℥. j.ss.  
Mucilaginis Althec. lib.j.   
Let them all boil together to the consuming of the mucilage, then let them be strained adding thereunto.  

Lythargirij Subtiliter Triturati. ℥ .v.  
Minij. ℥ uj et cuma cere al●e. fiat Eempl.  
cum Terebinthinae. ℥. ij.ss. Masti●is. ℥ i fi●t.   
It is very profitable for all green wounds. And by this means the corrupt matter is best concocted, and drawn forth, and the flesh at length agiane without any danger or displeasure of violent pangs, and without all rankling also of those parts where the wound is made. When the wound shallbe now sufficiently mundified, and the flesh well brought again, let there be put to the black plaster, or the Leonine plaster, or both com●…ed together: which is to be made clean oftentimes every day. And by this means the skin is conjoined most easily, and also most speedily brought together.  
I think it good also to add the composition of those plasters, which are so greatly commended and allowed of us.  
Leoninun Emplastrum.  

Rec. Cerusae. ℥ three  
Olei Rosati. lib. ss.  
Vnguenti Basiliconis. ℥ i   
Let them all boil together with a soft fire to the point of a cerote, after that let there be added. Veridis eris puluerizati. ʒ. iij. And let them boil again until they receive a yellow colour or somewhat Lion tawn● red, and so make up your Cerote.  
Emplastrum Nigrum.  

Rec. Lythargirij. lib.j.  
Olei Antiqui.  
Aceti fortissimi. Ana. lib.iij.   
Let them be mingled in Caccola, until they be thick, and afterwards let there be made a plaster at the fire, but after the wound is healed the member it to be comforted with the plaster comfortative whether it be the hand, or any such place, or any part that needeth strength or restitution, we are able to report that this plaster which we worthily call the Comfortative plaster, and which we have used this fe●tie years and more is very profitable both for this kind, and also for ●uring of fra●ures and dislocations, and to ease the grief of all the members.  
The description whereof us shall find in the end of the book.  

Annotations of the fifth Chapter.  
Our auctor here seemeth to agree with the Arabians in distinguishing a wound from an ulcer, for they will have a wound to be a fresh solution of continuity, bloody and with out any matter.  
An ulcer is termed to be a solution of continuity, conjoined with matter. As Auerroise faith in his second and third book, but the Greeks and those that have interprited their works in Latin do confound those two solutions of continuity, and would have them signify both one, as the diligent reader may more plainly observe. The differences of wounds are to be noted from the di●…rs manners and means of solutions of con●i●uitie which A●…icen● handleth more at ●…ge in his second book, etc.  
Those will I rehearse that belong to the absolute explication of this Chapter. Wounds are divided according to the parts that they light upon, as Galen in his third book of compendious art doth write. For some be in those parts which by kind are a like, and some in those parts which by kind are differing as our author particularly maketh mention of both parts.  
They are either reckoned of by the subject in which they be, as Galen in his in book de Mithaned: by which means that wound is called simple whereunto there is neither sickness nor accident a 〈…〉. Contrariwise that wound is called compound which hath any of those accidents adjoined which from the other are 〈◊〉, as in the iiij. book the Meth Med: more plaine●… doth appear. Some times 〈◊〉 take their name's 〈◊〉 the quantity of that which is divided or cut, and those wounds 〈◊〉 author handleth also, but more largely we have entreated of them in our a●…otations of wounds in the head.  
Secundam curationem] the second cure.  
Simple wounds do not desire those kind of medicines which do so much conglutinate, as the compounds do, they require very drying as Hypocrates in his book of ulcers saith.  
Prius sanguis profluere] first suffer the blood to issue.  
In the cure of these wounds the authors purpose is to use drying medicines and to foresee by all means possible, that no inflammation do follow, where if any such thing fall out, it will keep the wound from healing. Which o●… author regarding, is of this opinion, that the blood if of itself it do not issue, must be forced either out of the wound or of some part near unto it.  
For he thought it would so come to pass that if the impediments were taken away which by accident might hinder, the wound will the sooner be healed. Which opinion not only Hypocrates was of, but also the best learned and wisest authors besides in his time.  
Si forte magnum vulnus] if happily the wound be great.  
Great and dangerous wounds are by Galen divided into three kinds, in his. 4. book de Meth Med: either for the vehemency of the passion, or for the excellency and principal use of the part affected, or for the virulency or venemed humour that haunteth the wound, as commonly those wounds be full of, that chaune in any ioy●…t: a great wound as our author saith with Galen, where the strength is very great of the party, showeth that it is ●…cessary to let out more blood, although he that is wounded make no great show of abundance of blood.  
Not only for that, lest the part wounded or any near about should be affected with any inflammation, but that the vehement recourse of the blood haunting to the place might be diverted, and the extreme flux appeased.  
Postera autem die] for the other day.  
Neither it is necessary in all wounds to open a deinc, for Hippo. saith, it needeth not in wounds of the head. The reason thereof is in our book of Annotations out of Hippo. declareth. And our author seemeth to pass over his speeches unto compound wounds, because they are commonly either with pain or inflammation conjoined.  
But whether they have either one or both of those, Phlebothomy is very necessary.  
Purgato] purge.  
And that with a medicine very easy and gentle, that may agree to the proportion of the humour in the body and member wounded.  
Si in locis neruosis vulnus] if the wound happen in sinewy parts.  
These kind of 〈◊〉 requira a more exquisite 〈◊〉 the neither, as 〈◊〉 in his us 〈…〉 and ●…●…en in his 〈◊〉 books of medicine doth set 〈◊〉. Verily these kind of wounds require almost diligent care in the curing, 〈…〉 parts 〈◊〉 wounded or pricked by reason of their nicete and sharpness in feeling are ●…ly in ●…ed, 〈…〉 with 〈◊〉, whereupon spring convulsions and 〈◊〉, yea and many times ra●ing and dotage, for that there is so great a co●…itie and a●… netie between the ●…trues and the bra●ne, as Galen report●th ●n the third book of the art of Medicine. The cure of these kind of 〈◊〉 is common with the other this only excepted that the point requires the counsel of some 〈◊〉 Phi●itioned appease the s●me.  
Then intent 〈◊〉 are to 〈◊〉 all outward misha●es that may chance to reconcile the lips of the wound that already 〈…〉 those ●…ce brought together so to re●… 〈…〉 fourth intencion●s to preserve the part hurt 〈◊〉 that the 〈…〉 decay not. The other circumstances are more at large to be observed out of the author.    

Of ulcers, and of the cure of the same. Cap. 6.  
TH●s are very few Surgeons which will take upon them to cure old ulcers, and many there are which know not the means to cure the same. And among these there are many which when any such ulcer shall come to their hands, do counsel him that is the pocient in any wise not is be cured and they bring this reason for to, persuade them, that it will come to pass if the ulcer shallbe healed, and shut up whese as it is so old the him or which was wo●…t to issue and cleanse out of that part, running into some other part of the body, would hurt a great deal more, and cause the pati●…tes death. Which their opinion and mind leaneth upon 〈◊〉 other thing then upon ignorance of the cure, for although if were true that the humour which doth flow and 〈◊〉 to the part being ●…rned 〈◊〉 her way, were very hurtful, yet herein they do greatly err, because they think it may be possible that the ulcer may be made sound, the humour being not first purged and corrected. For except the humour be purged, so that it be made to forsake the part which it hath kept to many years, and except also it be corrected with other good means and remedies, the ulcer itself cannot in any wise be brought together and closed up. And if it be shut up, it breaketh out again of fresh.  
For whatsoever 〈◊〉 ●…uous and hurtful humour is in the body, i● expelled and sent forth from all other stronger parts of the body● to that which is weakest and feeblest of all the rest. And this in suffcient enough to reprove them which are of this opinion.  
There is also another kind of Surgeons which are called practitioners (like unto our English runagates, whereof there be swarms in every country which M. William Clowes in his worke●… Mumbo Gallico hath very well set forth in their colours.  
And also M. john Hall of Maidstone in his expestulation a●…exed to his translation of Lan●…aelie, with divers others, although to small purpose) these I say after their order wander from place to place, do follow an other way fit for their own private gains, then for the commodity of the patiented.  
For there is no kind of ulcer offered unto them, be they never so cancerous or filthy, or else utterly incurable, which they will not brag and promise to be very easily cured and in a very short syme. And perfixing a certain time to finish their cure, and that not long.  
First of all they do agree with the patients for the price, and require th'one half of their many agreed upon to prepare their Oynta●…s, and other things meet for the cure, which when they have gathered together, they go their 〈◊〉 to another place (without either leave of host, ho●…esse, or patient) giving no remedy to the patient. And all these evils only ignorance causeth. But if any of these (brood of ●dyterers) the endeavour to bring any such thing to pass, they all take one way, and ganerally they heal● all kinds of wounds with like remedies. Wherefore we think that we shall do a thing worth our travel, if we shall set forth that means whereby such ulcers are wont to be cured by us, which is now to us known with continual and most certain use.  
We have therefore determined that the universal nature of ulcers is completid in four into ●…ions, and chiefly the use of purging, being observed. For this part is always most necessary, and not once, but oftentimes to be called upon, and besides that a moderate order of diet with convenient meats and drinks ought to be had. But the intentions are these, first of all, the ulcer (if the matter require) is to be digested, that is to say, we must use meets digestives, as in a sinewy place, an egg and Turpentine, but in flesh●e places, oil of Roses and an egg. But we must take heed that this which we call digestion, be not prolonged to long a time, it shallbe sufficient so long to have digested the ulcer until there us confected very good and landable matter, white and of one equal substance. But the second intention is finished with 〈◊〉, but this 〈◊〉 divers abstersive remedies according to the sundry constitutions of the ulcers do bring to effect. For all remedies are not meet for all ulcers. But the third intention is accomplished by incarnation, and convenient bringing on of flesh, & the fourth intention by consolidation, but to this thing there is néed● of divers & 〈◊〉 is things according to the divers & sundry natures of the ulcers, and affections of the same. Yet notwithstanding this is a common thing to all ulcers after the mind of Galen, that at all times they require drying medicines and abstersive. For all ulcers generally do abound with a double fault of humidite, th'one humidite is grosser, and tother more subtle and thinner. These faults except they be corrected, the ulcers cannot be healed.  
It is a great matter also to take heed lest such drying medicines which are needful in the curing of ulcers be not to hot, lest that part be over heated, of the excessive distemperature. Whereof this shallbe the sign, the same place wherewith the ulcer is enclosed to be inflamed, red, or wan coloured. And it is no less to be eschewed that we use not over cold medicines, if any such of necessity must be applied. For the native colour being debilitated with this kind of medicine, is an occasion of the corruption of the member and ulcer. And of that thing this is a token, that the very colour about the Ulcer is more black and darcker.  
furthermore, there are many kinds of all these ulcers, for some are corrosive, some virulent, some rotten and corrupt, and some also filthy, and many hollow, and some very grievous, and many other sorts of ulcers there are besides these whicih we read off, and know by experience.  
It is also needful for the Chirurgeon that he avoid pain, (or as much as in him lieth to cause any pain.) Take h●de (saith Auicene,) of grief, because nothing doth so greatly cause impostumation. Therefore he must take heed that he cause no grief to the patient, neither with his medicines, neither yet with his hands. Wherefore we, since we practised this art, did at no time use any kind of cauterizing, because to whatsoever place such things be applied, they do cause no small grief. Of the grief ensueth an attraction, of the attraction the●e followeth a debility of the same member, and an affection of an evil quality, by reason of too great and hurtful a●…arice of humours conflowing to the same place. Therefore in such corrosive and vir●ulent ulcers, this is the order which we commonly observe. First the patient is to be well p●…ged, then the ulcers (if they be not old) but are beginning of one year or less time, are to be mundified with that powder of john Vigo, which powder we use many days once every day, putting thereto lintes and unguentum Basilicon laid upon. But if the ulcers be hot, upon the powder and lintes we use the ointment Lythargirium, and we use this powder so long till the ulcer be purged and mundified which the very sight of the flesh and the colour doth easily show. For the colour in the flesh is read and shining, and in the which there appeareth a certain grained thing to the likeness of the grains of a Pomegranate. And there is seen also matter and that pure and good. Furthermore it is known also by this token, when the plaster is removed from the ulcer, if the powder do cleave fast to the vicer together with the lintes, and the matter that issueth forth be little or none at all, and be like the thin spittle; that thing is a sign of mundifiing and cleans in the ulcer. When the ulcers are ordered in this manner, we do put thereon the plaster called of us Leonatum spread upon cloth, the powder whereof is such, that if there remain any filthiness behind, it doth purge it forth, nor yet doth suffer the flesh to grow any farther than is need, & also doth meruailosly cicatrize the ulcer. This is to be wiped & made clean oftentimes in the day, but especially if it draw much corruption from the ulcer. But generally this cerote doth help cold ulcers, or placed in a cold part of the body. But if the ulcers be hot, in steed of that cerote we apply the black plaster, which is the very best surely in this kind. And it shall avail also to wipe y● often times. But if the flesh wax proud, cast on the powder of  Alum, putting thereto lints, but what day we use the powder, we dress the ulcer that day but once. And by these means the ulcers which are neither old nor hard, are wont to be cured. But if such kind of ulcers be old, crusty, or of an evil affection, & be in men of an evil temperature, they willbe hardly healed by these means which I have spoken off. But if that fall out, it will ask a longer time, esp●ially if they grow of the french Pox, as the most part of them commonly do. Therefore the surest means to cure such kinds of ulcers, is to use burning and cauterizing, all the corrupt flesh being first cut off which is in them, but the hidden caverns (if there be any) must be made manifest and opened, and the utter parts of the ulcer cut away. Neither is it needful to the dispaching of this matter, that the patient be either bound or holden of many, but in this order it shallbe expedient for you to do. Whether the ulcer be in the shin or in any other part, the body being with some commodius medicine purged, let the man that is the patient be set down in some long seat, (as on a form or such like) the leg whereon the ulcer is, being laid along upon the seat behind the patient, let another man sit down, on whose legs the patient may lie with his head, his neck, and his shoulders, and let him have his arms to hold, and let a third man sit down upon the thigh of the patient, & hold his leg with his hands, and there shall need no more. But let the cauterizing instrument be an inch thick made in the fashion of an Olive bone which are called Olivaria. With the which the ulcer is to be cauterized, as much as shallbe thought good. But in the end we must use another third kind of cautery iiii. squarre like a die, greater also then the others, wherewith the sides & all the parts in the same are to be coevened and made plain. When this shallbe dispatched, let there be applied to the ulcer, a great many pieces of linen cloth dipped in the white of an egg and oil of Roses, and upon the same ●…hes or houlsters soaked in Oxicratum, (that is water and vinegar sodden together) & pressed forth with your hands, let them be put there unto, but on the very member on the upper part of the ulcer let there be put a detensive of ●oole Armo●m 〈◊〉, bile of Roses & wax, or in steed of that, linen three or ●ower four-fold double and steeped in Oxcicratum and pressed forth, which when it is dried up, is to be wet and applied again. The day next after these things are do●…, the white and yolks of eggs beaten and mingled together in the which let there be a great many pieces of linen cloth, dipped and laid on the ulcer, adding thereunto also as we have said before a defensive. But we do use this medicine two days only. After that let there be applied unto the ulcer twice every day Butter spread upon a linen cloth until y● es●ar be re●…dued, when the escar is taken away, we must use digestives to the 〈◊〉 of the matter, if the place be fleshy, the digestive is made of oil of Roses and the yolk of an egg, but if the place be sin●wie, ye shall put thereto Turpentine. And in four days at the furthest the wound is well digested, which afterward is purged with the powder of john Vigo. For the same powder both mundify 〈◊〉 en●ently the groser and thinner matters, and that is done without and gr●…fe, if the powder be made according to a●te. We put upon the powder or ye lintes, and we add there unto upon the ulcer, of the Cerot of Sinople. For that, or in the steed thereof Basilicon is best and meetest in this kind. But after the ulcer is sufficiently mundified, that our plaster called Leonatum shallbe very good both to bring on flesh, and to Cicatrize, adding the powder of  Allow. When the flesh shall now be grown out, lay thereon pure lints, & upon that the cerot Leonatum. And to that purpose also the black plaster is very good. For both these do marvelously mundify, & bring on good flesh, & both if thou do apply them must be cleansed oftentimes in the day. Finiallie pu●…ified and root ten ulcers are cured 〈◊〉 well also with cauteries and in short time. All 〈◊〉 and superfluous flesh which is found in them being first 〈◊〉 a way, as we have decleared in the former order of ●…ting. For the power of the natural 〈◊〉 doth bring many profitable things to pass in such kind of ●ures, (for the potential fire is of far less & woor●e efficacy than the natural fire & in the mean time of greater hurt, & the cause of greater distemperature which we do less allow) for the grief that proceedeth from the potencial fire is both mo●e grie●…, also of toger continuance. But the grief that is received of the natural fire is vehement, but it doth so long only end●…e, as it doth in act burn the member, which commodities of the natural fire, have been truly observed of us. For it both very greatly comfort the member to the which it is applied, and correcteth the ●…fection that to b●…d and 〈◊〉 the same member, and doth rectify the completion, and doth ●…pe under and restrai●… the corruption that it shall proceed no further. Furthermore it sucketh and drieth up the evil and corrupt matters and flu●…s, finally, it 〈…〉, and enforceth venomous fluxions to issue forth, as in the raging Carbuncle it cometh to pass. And in the cancers, if that which is evil and dead be cut away.  
And the place bur●…. with an actual cautery, that which is of an evil and corrupt affection in the member, is de●ded from that which is good, and the member itself is made more lusty and of a better disposition, and the same is done also in ulcers where the 〈◊〉 is corrupt, the which if thou do burn, it doth ●…uide by 〈◊〉 all that part of the bone which is corrupted, from that which is sound. The seven. effect of the first is, that it restraineth that fluxion of blood which the escar maketh. The viii. use is, in the opening of cold impostumations, for the fire of the actual cautery doth corroborated and increase the 〈◊〉 heat of the members in which the impostumes be. The 〈◊〉 use of her, being taught by Mesue and Arno●…) hath 〈◊〉 observed of us by often experience to turn away those 〈◊〉 or 〈◊〉 which some times descend from the head into the eyes, and the breast, for that is presently done 〈◊〉 a 〈◊〉 in use in the coronal comissure, or with a 〈◊〉 drawing a bristle by the hi●der part of the neck, above the ●uke. But the 〈◊〉 of the fire, is to amplify any 〈◊〉, and to take away any callosis● or hardness. The ●… is of power to conform 〈◊〉 and hard ulcers into 〈◊〉 fashion more apt for the 〈◊〉. By the xii. also if there be any super●…ons or rank flesh in the ulcer, it is burnt out with the 〈◊〉 in good order, 〈◊〉 also which are 〈◊〉 to trouble the 〈◊〉 are stated, the th●…ples being burnt with a ●…tery. And finally if any evil or hurtful humour doth corruptly 〈◊〉 of one place into another, is turned another 〈◊〉 very 〈◊〉 with the fire.  
What things, we 〈◊〉 and observed of the use of fire, partly by 〈…〉, and partly by long experience, we have though 〈◊〉 good to put it down in writing in this place because we were desirous both to provide for the ne●lig●nce of some persons, and thoroughly to satisfy the reasons of this cure.  

Annotations of the vi. Chapter.  
When our purpose was and should have been to speak of wounds, we fell likewise into the discourse of ulcers & their natures, now therefore it shallbe sufficient to express and declare that they; as other kinds of imperfections or passions unnatural have their double cause, antecedent as they term it, & co●…uncte. As for example, in the ill ordering of a wound oftentimes there remains an ulcer. Or if by great disorder in diet it fall not in any one member that an ulcer break out, the same distemperature of Galen is called in many places the coni●… cause, which the Arrabians doth call the malignity 〈◊〉 ill disposition of complexions.  
universam igitur vlce●…●…rationem] Therefore the general cure of ulcers.  
Many things may here be spoken of ulcers, and of their cure which are ●…rie largely expected by Galen, in his third and fourth book● of the Method of curing, whereunto I refer the reader. For the manifold differences of ulcers, and the diversity of causes, with the variable manner of curing the same. Cannot in this compendious treatise be expressed, nor yet perfectly be showed.  
Purgationes omnino] wholly purging medicines.  
For the most part these be the causes of difficult and rebellious ulcers in cure, either the bad disposition or distemperature of the flesh, in the which ulcers do light or chance, or the bad quality of the humour that haunteth the same place, or the abundance of humours that have their recourse thither. All which causes although they cannot quite be taken away with purging, it certainly they may thereby be much diminished and impaired.  
Quarta porto consolidando fit] the fourth intention is accomplished by consolidation.  
And because the superfluity that aboundeth in ulcers is of two kinds, I will note unto you that the thinnest is called Sanies. The other which is more thick, is called Sor●es.  
Which two excrements or superfluities, require a double cure, for by the thin matter, the ulcer is made moist, the cure whereof requireth drying medicines. The other thick excrement makes the ulcer filthy which craveth the help of mundifiing or cleansing medicines.  
Multa preteria] many besides.  
Our author handleth those ulcers which be called venomous or poisoned, all which Galen termeth hard to receive Cicatrise.  
For in truth they are marvelous hard to be cured they be so intricate, so ill disposed, so rebellions, all which when they wax something old, they are counted past handling, and without hope. The perfect definition and the best opinions of all these ulcers is to be found in Galen in the three and fourth book of his method of curing. In Celsus, & Aegineta. If I should speak my opinion of those ulcers which Avicen termeth 〈◊〉 to be healed, I think with him that they have some obscure and hidden malicious property. For saith he, they be not rotten ulcers, nor fretted, nor yet creeping or stra●…ing. But they be as of neither disposition plainly, sometimes closing, and sometimes kindling a new venom, sometimes opening themselves, and breaking out a fresh.    

Of hollow ulcers and their cure. Cap. 7.  
THe hollow ulcers so called, come oftentimes of swelling contrary to nature, and by some great impostume which being suffered to ripen to much, are opened either with the knife or with the cauter is, & a tent of linen dipped in the white of an egg is put in and then a digestive of the yolk of an egg, and oil of Roses is daily applied, besides this to 〈◊〉 the ulcer, tents of linen cloth fully soaked with Mell Rosarum are chrust in, the ointment Basilicon, or some other of those which are in use put upon, but they are dressed every day once, or at the most twice, but when he is do 〈◊〉 the tents being drawn forth, and the matter which is within being expurged, they are stopped again, and this manner of dressing is so long delayed, until all being wea●…e, the patiented is left unhealed. Whom that they may lean with some honesty, an emplaster of Diaquilon or of some other i● put thereon, whereas they are plainly ignorant, whether the one or the other do hurt, or help, And by this means perfect health is promised to the pacientes being commanded to cleanse and wipe the same twice a day.  
Some ulcers being ordered by this means are s●…e cured, and some are protracted above a whole year. But such hollow ulcers are made sometime of green wounds, and 〈◊〉 of the sinews, and in fleshy places also (the wounds being not well healed) we have the same come to pass. And of a simple wound and that very small we have seen not only a great and cavernouse ulcer to have foor●…, (out of the which ulcer to great abundance of filthy mat●… hath run) but also those that suffered such ulcers, at length to have been taken with a consumptive ague. But our state is now brought unto the point, that whereas all these things are done daily, yet are they little regarded of those who ought especially to look thereunto. I think it cometh to pass for the iniquities of our people. But how the hollow ulcers of this sort are to be cured, if is plainly taught, par●… y of other ancient aucthores, and partly of john Vigo. And are all best healed that way as he hath taught. For first he doth put down two mundificative medicines, by either of which the ulcer by a syringe may be washed, and afterward an abstercive made of a decoction of barley & Mel Rosarum, than some of them which may induce flesh, and at last convenient ligature being added in that sort as it shallbe decleared of us. All those are healed very soon, and the cavites and hollow places do cleave together, and flesh to flesh is confounded. And we having used this cure of john Vigo, have healed almost innumerable of this sort, but whereas we did perceive that by this means, and by these Lotions' set forth by Vigo, these old ulcers although Callo●… and hard, and subject to make and cast forth much corruption may be easily healed, neither to be any excess therein, yet we have devised another way more easy of curing and brieger, which we use in appostumations when they are opened, which way hath taken very good success, and according to my mind in all thing through the great benefit of God. Which thing whosoever will make proof of in curing apostumes, will with great pleasure allow the same certain and most easy, for the third, or at the most the fourth day, all that cavite of the 〈…〉 being 〈…〉 a conglutinate, is healed, & nothing is left 〈◊〉 but the apertion which was made by art, that the filthy matter might run out and be expressed, and that without either danger or pain, or difficulty of the patient, although the swelling be great & with many cavernouse holes. But that cure is of this sort. If the swelling or exiture, or the aposteme be great, first of all it is to be opened very perfectly, so that the little finger may be put into the orifice, & let all the filthy matter which is within, be suffered to run forth, & be expelled, crushing the place together softly, although this seem to be repugnant to the common precept of writers, for it is a thing manifest to them that consider the matter well, that the filthy corruption retained, may more hurt them if it be evacuated. For Nature, as long as the filthy corruption is intermeddled, cannot conjoin & conglutinate the flesh to the skin.  
Therefore when the corruption is expulsed, let there be put into the ulcer a tent made of tow and as great as the orifice whereby the corruption may flow down, upon this let there be put a stuphe and afterward bound up, and so let remain until the next day. The next day, let it be opened, and the ulcer cleansed of all the corruption which is therein, after that let a pipe of lead be put into the orifice as great as the orifice itself is, which may reach as far as the ●…nite, neither let it be forced any farther. Upon these things ye may lay a cerote of Basilicon, spread upon a linen cloth, a hole being made at the very mouth of the lead, whereby the lead may be kept that it fall not out, after that upon either side of the concavite, let be put stuphes or bolsters made triangle wise, that the whole breadth of the cavite may be filled with the bolsters, but let the orifice of the ulcer where the leaden pipe is, remain free, neither stopped with the stuphes, nor touched with any Ligature, that all the corrupt matter which is within, may be expurged. Then let the place which is kept in with the stuphes, be bound up with a ●o●…er or fillet of breadth, pressing it down softly, so that the patient may feel no grief. But the Ligature is to be begun at the farther part of the Ulcer, pressing it down softly, & sorting the corrupt humour which is within, toward the orifice.  
But the fillet or roller is to be bound about on both sides of the ulcer with both your hands, and by this means all the corruption is pressed out. And so the ulcer being bound up, is left until the next day, in which day, the Ligature being loosed, we do measure how much hollowness hath been left, that we thoroughly may see whether there be any place, which the stuphes have not comen unto.  
For all places which were under the triangle houlsters, shallbe found conjoined and conglutinate, when these things are thus found, the stuphes again in the same manner and place not changed but laid as they were before shallbe bound up, and so left until the next day after. For at the same day all things shallbe found to cleave together, and to be conjoined very well.  
But if much humour or corrupt matter shall seem to be left in any place, there in the same place the stuphes are to be opened with the roller and your bolsters placed upon those caverns, and by this means all the filthy matter shallbe pressed out, and the place that is open shall grow together, and all the parts of the ulcer very well closed up.  
But when these things are in this wise cured and done, let these bolsters be removed and a linen cloth be put upon the wound being spread with the Leonine Emplaster or some other as shallbe thought best, and this Cerote is to be wiped and made clean seven or eight times a day.  
And this is the best and most surest way to cure such kind of Ulcers, which can never deceive the Surgeon, it they be duly executed.  
Neither shall the patient be troubled with any 〈◊〉 or grief, in which thing we by long and continual experience are able to witness, almost innumerable such ulcers caused of swellings contrary to nature, assoon as the aposteme was opened, that I have taken in hand to heal, and the end to have had such success as I would desire Although we were driven to strive, through over great a deflu●e of corrupt humours. But of other old ulcers, that way of healing which we have preserved unto you is best and most excellent. For whereas by reason of the continuance of the disease, the same be Call us and hard within and like to fistules, and the whole place of a very evil affected nature they did require especially that kinds of cure. But after the ulcer is healed, ye must apply upon the place that emplaster comefortative whereby the member may be refreshed. And this every third day being removed, and the moistness wiped away, it is to be laid to again until the member be restored in his former state and vigor. But such as are apostumes or exitures, are thus healed, and by this means soonest. assoon as there shallbe cut and opened with the instrument, let there be put into the ulcer a tent dipped in the white of an egg, which the next day after is to be taken away, after that, let there be put on a cerot of Leonatum, or Minium spread upon a linen cloth, and the ulcers ten times or oftener every day be cleansed. For by this means through gods help it shallbe soonest cured.  

Annotations of the seven. Chapter.  
A hollow ulcer which the latinests do term Sinuosum, hath the mouth very strict or narrow, but at the bottom, is more large and hath many by ways, and crooked, corners, but without any callous substance, or hardness by which only means it differeth from a fistula, For that is alwyes adjoined with callous or hardness. Plerumqu● 〈…〉 ril●us pret●r naturam] for the most part outward tumo●… unnatural or swellings.  
The author yéeldes a reason and cause of those ulcers, which either come by apostumation or else by suppurated affect opened somewhat to late, or of wounds ill cured. Those wounds which are made either with a jagged, a flat, or especially a round weapon, as Hypocrates deemeth by reason that they retain the corrupted matter somewhat to long in a ripened impostumation, or in a deep wound, which cannot well from thence be ●idde, or conveyed, but there lingereth and lurketh, and as it were recovereth some sharp nature and fretting disposition, 〈◊〉 into holes which either never or hardly can be filled with flesh or be conjoined. For the part affected receiving so great a weakness, from the parts thereunto adjoined therein bestowing their superfluities do likewise draw from all other parts of the body such abundance of humor● as thereby the ulcer is made incurable & or at the least very hard to be cured.  
Quanquam comuni foribenci●m pr●cepto] although by the general rule of writers.  
Here the author teacheth the cure of this wound which is according to the opinion of Galen Aectiu●, Paulus, and Guido.  
For if the hollowness of the ulcer tend directly downwards, or decline to any side, or be carried inward, if I say by no situation ye can procure the corruption to issue, ye shall never prevail any thing either by breeding of flesh, or by hastening to consolidation, unless ye first devise some means to dispatch that putrefied corruption that in the centre of your ulcer is collected. I mean by making some incision into the bottom of the ulcer, or by cutting open the whole concavity or hollowness thereof, but you must take béede that ye observe not this manner of cure always, as for example, when the ulcer lies so intricately dispersed that no incision may be made to the part without great hurt. than we 〈◊〉 all our 〈…〉 ●…nes, as we are 〈◊〉 by Galen a● 〈◊〉, whose opinion is 〈…〉 and honey 〈◊〉 together.    

Of the ulcers in the head which grow either of a scirrose hard swelling like kernels; or by reason of the French pox, with the corruption of the bone. Cap. 8.  
THe ulcers of the head which for the most part come of hard kernelly humours grown by reason of the French Pox, do con●… upon Penerarium, to the which the y● bring grea● pain because it is sinewy, & of too quick sense or feeling, and coupsed with Dura Mini●… called the harder pa●…icle. Furthermore such 〈◊〉 or apost●…es when they are about Cranium, and the humour where upon they do depend, is gross and cold and of a heavy nature, it both forth with putrefy before the ●…pening of the same. And when the putrefied humour is bred, and the corrupt matter fully made, the aposteme useth to break of itself, or else is opened by the diligenes of the Surgeon. The method of curing the same if the bone be corrupted, which a cunning Artificer will ea●…lie know by feeling only without view and by that which is apparent without discovering of Peneranium. For it is agreeable to reason, the rotten humour lying upon the bone, (especially a long time, as in such evils it happeneth,) that there must needs be a corruption thereof. Which thing if it be so, ye must needs open Cramum, the aposteme being opened in the manner of a cross, according to the length thereof.  
After that, the ulcer is to be dressed up with the lintes dipped in the white of an egg and oil of Roses beaten together, so that there 〈…〉 to this intent that Co●…ium which we suppose to be corrupt, may remain 〈◊〉: The next let there be applied a medi●… to ripen, confected of the yolk of an egg, & oil of Roses with a little Saffron. And the ulcer being ripened, which ●wor● be in four 〈◊〉 space, 〈…〉 forth with to the extraction of the p●trified bones which may be done in this 〈◊〉. Let there be put upon Cr●nium (corrupted) on every 〈◊〉 Pulu●ris Vitrioli Romani conibusti, but take heed it touch not overmuch the 〈◊〉 of the ulcer where the flesh is, and thereupon let there be put dry lints which may fill the whole ulcer that the brims come not together. The putting to of this powder ought to be done every day until Cranium begin to wa●e black which being black, ye must procure the softling of the same, that ye may readily cut it, which shallbe done very well if there be put to Cranium itself ●intes dipped in oil of Roses, let the rest of the ulcer be filled with dry 〈◊〉 and upon all those things let there, be put Vnguentun Bisilicon spread upon L●ther, and these things shallbe done until the bone seem to be parted on every side, which thou shalt perce●…e if being handled with the mullets it shall appear divided on every side about the brims, which being done, and the corrupted bone passed off, ye shall apply thereunto that Balm which we describe in wounds of the head.  
The bone being an 〈◊〉 gently with a feather with the same Balm being ●…ified at the ●…er, for this lineament doth bring forth flesh be ●…éene the putrefied bone and the whole.  
Which growing in the middle, the bone doth use to rise up. Wherefore it is necessary in the m●… space and in the distances of time, to take up the said bone with some instrument of Iron and that strongly, for a light apprehension of it is not sufficient, by reason of the hard 〈…〉 forth; and the 〈…〉 with the 〈…〉 the 〈◊〉 be 〈◊〉 with lin●s, and 〈…〉 Sinople.  
But if the afore 〈…〉 and through the ignor●…ce of the 〈…〉 the whole Gran●um be pu●… 〈…〉 that the 〈…〉 or hard pannicle partly with gro●e matter, and partly with super 〈…〉 such an ulcer 〈…〉 with the pou●… of john Vigo, in such 〈…〉 rest of the ulcers be.  
But least 〈…〉 head is the 〈◊〉, and of much 〈…〉 to prepare the 〈◊〉 before in this order following.  
Rec. Puluer● 〈…〉. In a br●sen 〈…〉 the which let 〈…〉 be wrought together a 〈◊〉 with the 〈◊〉, and of 〈◊〉 the water being 〈…〉, l●t the 〈…〉 at the 〈…〉 the 〈…〉 of water being 〈◊〉 in, and 〈◊〉 with the powder in the Mortar 〈◊〉 the water 〈…〉 and the powder dried at the 〈◊〉, as before.  
The said powder may 〈◊〉 put to the hard 〈…〉 Meninx very safety, and 〈…〉 perfectly. But if this thing 〈◊〉 happen, (〈…〉 ●oth) that between 〈◊〉 and the hard 〈◊〉 much corruption is gathered by reason of the 〈…〉 ●…munion between the matter lying upon the Cranio, 〈◊〉, which through the 〈◊〉 being 〈…〉 to Membrana, as I 〈◊〉 have seen in 〈…〉 persons.  
Ye must them (●…pping their ●…thrilies hu●…) 〈…〉 hold their breath 〈◊〉 or 〈…〉 day, 〈…〉 filthy matter may come forth from the hard 〈◊〉 or Dura Meninx, and so I have proved it to be done, with good success, Giving them in the mean time, a decoction of Lignum Indicum, according to that method which we will show strait ways in the chapter de Morbo Gallico.  

Annotations of the viij. Chapter.  
If Ulcers differ from wounds, for that wounds be fresh and bloody, & ulcers of long continuance & yéedling more putrefied matter, in so many respects the cures of them do differ by how much the one is moister than the other, whereupon they reqire so much the more drying medicines. But since the auctor here undertaketh not the cure of simple ulcers, but of compound: It is necessary to set down the compound cure that unto them belongeth. Which ulcers if they spring of the French pox, they have their beginning from the infection of the Liver.  
Wherefore by blood letting and purging, the malignity of the humour is to be let out. And after to come to the part affected from whence we must inhibit all ill accidents, whether it be inflammation, tumour, or pain. And to perfect and finish the cure, you must use drying medicines, as Galen reporteth in his second book of Ulcers.  
Curationis methodus, si os corruptum fuerit.] The method of curing, if the bone be corrupted.  
The manner of cure of a corrupted bone is very ready if a man may plainly come to the sight thereof, as Celsus in his viii. Book and second Chapter. But if the same be not to be seen, you may proceed to the cure by probable conjectures. As if after many days labour the ulcer will not close, as it comes nearer the bone being corrupted as Galen saith in his book de Vsu partium. In which place you may understand the reason thereof. Or if you list to consider with yourself by the breeding of matter, or by retaining the same long, the bone received harm; or whether it be by reason that there is bred more thin matter or putrefaction then the greatness of the ulcer may afford. For these causes read Galen in his third book of Fraun●es, & of the separation of bones. Oporter Cranium Manife●…a●e] you must manifest the 〈◊〉.  
Unless some chief vein, artery, or nerve do forbid: otherwise the cure is the more ready and less painful. As Celsus in his fifth book and second Chapter. But if in that part the bone be so altered that the ulcer cannot be dilated, so as the bone hurt and corrupted cannot be seen, then with small tents reaching to the boast 〈◊〉, or with a sponge dippe● in wine, or with some medicine that will eat away the flesh, you must emarge the sore.  
Ponatur vitrioly Romani.] Use or apply some Roman Vitriol.  
Foresee ever that before the use of these medicines, the body be we●… purged, for fear of inflammation.  
Quo denigrato procuranda est.] Which being black, you must procure.  
But in every alteration of the bone, you may not provoke blackness, for that were to add one mischief to an other. For everybone that is altered without mortification, may safely be stalled with a small knife as Paulus saith in his vi. book and 77. Chapter. Which you shall so long ●eale until you see she blood appear, because so much as is corrupted is very dry, as Celsus saith. Let therefore the diligent reader observe what our author saith of the alteration of bones which are corrupted. All which are to be cut off, by the manner and means in this case prescribed. And in such like as Paulus writeth in his book & his chapter of Fistulaes'.  
Ex vitello oui et oleo Rosac●o.] Of the yolk of an egg, and oil of Roses.  
Some one peradventure, will marvel why the auctor disallowed of this mixture in his chapter of wounds of the head, and here seems to commend the same. This scruple or doubt is easily taken away if you do but mark the definitions of both. For a wound that is only a division of continuity, requireth nothing but glutination.  
But an ulcer besides solusion hath matter which must be concocted, and cleansed. A chief medicine in this case is requisite, which is ●raught with both these properties.    

Of Curing the french pox. Chapter 9  
THis french pestilence did not begging at the first after one sort to trouble miserable men, but in divers & sundry sorts. And therefore the invention of the cure thereof was not so easy, as well the Physicians as the surgeons being moved with this stragenes of the evil, and seeing this pestilence joined every where with every disease, to rage's among the people, they laboured gratly to ●…de out some way, whereby so grievous a disease might be put off. Therefore when they had diligently considered that this french disease, did bring with it a kind of universal Scab, oftentimes with ring worms, with the ●oulnes of all the body called Vitiligo and Alopecia running sores in the head called Acores, and werts of both sorts, and many times with phlegmatic or melancholic swellings, or ulcers corrosive, filthy and cancrouse, and also running over the body together with putriffing of the bone, & many times also accompanied with all kind of grief, with fevers consumptives, and with many other differences of diseases.  
They found out at length diverse ways of curing the same, so that none is vexed with this disease, which may not easily and safely be delivered of the same. If he will receive the fumigations and ointments, which are applied unto him not without great travail. But because the poor people are not able to stusta●e the great charges thereof through poverty, I thought good and a thing worth my travail, of the two ways of curing which. I thought best and always proved, and with the which I have brought 〈◊〉 many poor diseased people (very hard to be cured) to the haven of health, yea and such as have been in the dry consumption called Mirasmus, first to set forth that which is done by ointments. Therefore the body being prepared three or four days with this Syrup following which is in this sort.  
Rec. Sirupi Fumiterre et Mellis Rosati. Ana. ℥ i Aque Fumiterre. ℥ three Miss●. Then shall they be purged with these pills which are called Hermodactilis, et Arthretice, vel Sipocius tib's cum Catapociis Aggregativis, aut Aureis, aut de Nibro secundum Alexandrinum, aut de Fumoterre, aut de Agarico, according to the complexion of the patient, and of the quality of the disease. But if a potion to purge doth rather like them, ye shall give him to drink, Catholicon, aut Electuarum indum, Hamec Confectio, aut Dia Sene cum Agarici Trochiscati. vel Similia. In the mean time, let the patient eat every day Wethers flesh, or roasted Hen, & in the evening Raisins. The body being purged, let him take of this decoction following every morning early ℥ two and as many at two of the clock in the after none, but in winter the fourth hour after supper, the decoction is made as followeth. Rec. Polipodij Quercini ℥ two Folliculorun Sene. ℥ i Th●…i, et Epichimi. p.j. Let the decotion be made according to art in ix. li. of water to the consuming of the third part, adding thereto Sacchari Ruby. ℥ eight Mellis Communis. li.j. And so finish your decoction.  
With the potion of this medicine the diseased patient shallbe purged without any labour. And with good concoction of the humours, which decoction being finished he shall take two pills at the discretion of the Physician in the dead time of the night.  
But the third day after, his body is to be anointed in the night after supper with this ointment ensuing, the which among the rest seemeth to me to be the chief.  

Rec. Auxungie Porcine. ℥ eight  
Butiri. ℥ i  
Olei Laurinj Camomille.  
Anethi Dialthae. ana. ℥. ss.  
Argenti vivi extincti. ℥ three fiat linimentum.   
Let this ointment be anointed on the joints, if it may be with the patientes own hand, for this is excellent and chiefest, the feet, the ha●s, the knees, the flanks, the loins, the armehooles, the shoulders, the elbows, & the hands. And all the impostumes, so that they possess not the head.  
But the ointment is so to be rubbed in that it may utterly sink in. And let the patiented tarry in his bed quiet, and reasonably covered with clothes, so that when he eateth he may be suffered to use one hand only. The day also and every day following, let the anointing be applied in that order as hath been told you until his mouth and gums begin to swell, which sometimes happeneth within two days, sometime within three or four, assoon as therefore the soreness of the mouth and the swelling of the gums shall appear, ye must leave off from anointing and not before. But at what time the body is anointed, let the patiented eat Weathers flesh, or Hen, or Kid boiled or roasted at noon and evening, and let him drink white wine delayed with water, (but with us in England, we rather allow small Ale) but when his anointing is finished, let him refrain from flesh and other things.  
Let him dine only with Rice Pottage, with a crumb or two of bread, let him sup with meat made of Almonds, drinking a decoction of Anise and Licorise, neither may it be lawful for him to drink any wine all the next month until he be restored to health as much as appertaineth to the mouth, but after the mouth is healed, he may eat once a day, the flesh of a Weather, or Hen, looking daily for better strength of body four days or there about. For the patiented aught to persever in this order of diet. In the mean while until be begin to utter spittle out of his mouth. Because if he keep a contrary diet to this, and eat more than is convenient, the patient should be hindered of that evacuation which we greatly desire.  

Annotations of the ix. Chapter.  
I did not think it necessary to give any Annotations, upon this Chapter, because no man that carrieth but the name of a Physician is or can be ignorant or unexpert in the cure of this disease.  
And also for that I see so many that have both written and gathered all that may be said or in that can be spoken, so that I cannot say more effectually. The disease ●aylie dying and wearing away by the exquisite cure thereof.  
Notwithstanding, because the author hath set down unctions, fumigations, and Guaiacum, I will briefly set down the manner, method, use, and effectual handling of them.  
Whosoever therefore that intendeth rightly to cure this disease, must first take this occasion by the way (for the causes, effects, and essential marks of this disease, are to be gathered out of their works, that have undertaken publicly to treat and write of the same.)  
First know whether the sickness be newly taken, or have been of long continuance, how far it reacheth, and what parts it hath infected. Whether Nerves, bones, or joints.  
Whether the pains be mild or cruel, whether the substance of the corruption be much or little. Whether hard, knotty, or gentle in handling. If inward, or outward. of the ulcers or whelks be many, or with much pain, ve●…e few appearing. Or if whether Pustulus matter or Gummy substance appear.  
To be short all the signs of this grief must be very readily discerned and distinguished. All this foreseen, know that that imperfection which catcheth the bone, cannot be helped without v●…ion or burning. Therefore they either be never cured, or else only so palliated that they break out again.  
Preparato igitur corpore] Therefore the body being prepared.  
For as much as all things are intermingled aswell in the seminary, as also in the material parts, by reason of the flimish humour, we must search whether they be together both pustles and hard swellings. And whether there be one invention and remedy which may perform all, and prevail in all things.  
Or whther more may be required. And of what sort they be. For there be some that have assayed by only purging to cure the whole grief: some likewise by unctions: some by fumings, some by those means which doth convert the matter through sweat. Some by that means which doth resist the matter: some verily by one means, and some by other diverse helps, as the cause requireth.  
But our author setteth down the order how the matter is to be prepared, and digested, and soon to be taken away. But they ought to be hot, and attenuative, and as we say piercing or abstersive.  
Purgato semell corpore] the body being once purged.  
The first evacuation being done and ended, they seem in mine opinion to do very well, which give again digestives and so purge the body. For we have seen some which being exactly well purged, have thereby been very well cured. There be also which give the second time sirupes laxative, by putting unto them either Seen, or Agaricke, or Hormodactales, namely such as the Apoticaries' shops do yield us.  
Tertie deinceps die] the third day afterwards.  
I would advise the Chirurgeon to try all other remedies before he proceed to these sharp kind of curinge. For this manner of crew is very loathsome and dangerous. And who would not fear the force, the piercing and power reflexive of Quicksiiluer. For whiles you do anoint the legs and the arms, you drive the matter inward, and contrary to the method of Galen, for you force it from the ignoble or outward parts, unto the chief and principal entrails.  
And yet it is by experience well proved, that many whose health was despaired of, hath been well recovered, by this extreme manner of curing. And lest such an experiment should seem to be without reason, my judgement is that these kind of medicines consist of such things as do burn the roots, and seeds. And do dry up, absterge, dissolve and turn into sweat the whole mass or matter of this disease, as shall plainly appear to him that considerately weigheth the composition of the medicine.  
Quam primum igitur apparuerit] assoon therefore as it shall appear.  
This spittle or flux of the mouth is not to be stayed, but suffered to have his course, and the mouth must be washed with wine or with Alum water.  
And sometimes there followeth such exulceration of the mouth, that the patientes for certain days at the first can neither eat nor drink.  
Their teeth be loosed, their breath stinketh, and it is known by experience that many have gone away shinering and trembling after the manner of a Palsy, and after the unction to have come again to others for help.  
I will here report what I saw at Paris. A certain young 〈…〉 with a staff, died the third day of a 〈…〉 being opened, the bone appeared corrupt and foul. Wherein was found a quantity of Quicksilver. And therefore it is to be observed that in any wi●e the head be 〈◊〉 anointed. And that there be no great portion of the Quicksilver in the medicine, but let there be used in some more, and in some less, as occasion serveth.    

The order of curing the French pox, by fumigation or perfume. Cap. 10.  
FIrst of all let there be a cha●… prepared perforated in the 〈◊〉 like a stool, in the which 〈◊〉 are wont to 〈◊〉 our b●…les. Let there be also prepared a p●…ili●… of 〈◊〉 streigned out with a round 〈◊〉 made of twigs, or some other matter, to that the whole come wherein 〈…〉 is to 〈◊〉, may contain the mea●ure of three palms. Let the p●…ition be 〈◊〉 covered over the head, that the ●ume may be suffered to go out no where. Where the patient shall sit, let there be appointed in some v●ssell burning coals under his chair, into the which there must be cast one ●ittle 〈◊〉 of their which we have prepared 〈…〉 time. And after he hath sweat an hour, we must take great heed that he take no cold. But let him be carried to his ●…dde, being wrapped with the linen and sheeets wherewith he was covered in the pa●…ion, wherein let him lie the whole day and night.  
This same shallbe done in like wise two other days continually, and for every fumigation let there b● applied three little b●…ls in their order, until the 〈◊〉 which we will tell you off be ended and consumed. But all manner order of diet is to be observed which in the last said Chapter is set forth.  
For the patient shall 〈…〉 fumigation is 〈…〉.  

Rec. C●…la●ij. ℥. ij.ss. 〈…〉.  
Thuris, 〈◊〉 liquid, an. ʒj. ss. 〈…〉. Et fiant 〈…〉.   

Annotations of the 10. Chapter.  
The 〈…〉 likewise a cure by fumigation, they place the p●…ient upon a hollow chary, they cover him very well over with sheets or clothes, that no part of his 〈…〉 French●…se●…, with whick 〈◊〉 ●ume the pari●… 〈…〉. It is a most dau●g●rouse kind of medicine, which I never d●…st apply, but 〈◊〉 to certain parts of the ●…die, 〈…〉 l●gges, 〈◊〉 when there are in there some pla●…●…ding to morti●…ation, as Spas●lus, or when then 〈…〉 or swelling, or 〈…〉 or rebellion's. Then to use ●umigations to these parts, I think it must necessary. But I for my part do will you to abstain from it, and not to 〈◊〉 nor follow 〈…〉 practitioners, who do 〈…〉 they presume to give the pills made of quick silver 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 patient. In which 〈◊〉 v. read Brassa●olus, a most ●…ned Physician, sometime to have been. They 〈◊〉 use this Cinaber, because there is in it the faculty and power of quicksilver.    

Of the order of curing the French pox with the Docoction of Guaicum. Cap. 11.  
THe drinking of this medicine hath a great pr●…ogatiue in ●…ling the French pox, whether it do oppress us with Ulcers, or with griefs, or swellings, ●…abbe, ague, consumption, or with any other aff●….  
Yea, I myself have healed with this medicine, such as have been diseased of the gout, and very ma●… wasted and consumed away with the French pox, and deprived of all moving both hand and foot, which daily did 〈◊〉 away with greatness of pain.  
Then the body being prepared with Si●…pes applied to the hurtful humours, 〈…〉 〈…〉, mell Rosirum, 〈…〉, opithi●…, et simillia. The body is to be purged 〈◊〉 catap●tijs. aggregativis, aut de Hermodactilis, aut de Arei●, aut Arthreticis, aut Fr●…oterre, as shallbe expedient. And the purgation once done, let him be prepared again to a second purgation with this decoction following.  

Rec. Poligodij Quircini mul●… Co●…si. ℥ three  
Folliculorum sen● ℥ i  
Thimi, Epithi●…. Ana. p.j.   
Let there be made a decoction in vi. li. of water unto the consuming of a third part, whereunto shallbe added, Pulderi. Hermodactilorum in modum Tritorum. ℥ i and after in the str●igning and colender strongly made, add thereunto Mellis Communis. li.j. Saccharj Rubri. li. ss. And let them boil till they be clarified, and so every day in the morning and in the evening two or three hours after noon, let him take of the Syrup li. ss. unto the whole be drunk up. Yet so that every time the decoction be first stirred together, which preparation being performed, let the body be purged the second time cum Drachma semis Pillulis Catapotiorū dictorum. The second day after the purgation, he shall begin to take the decoction of Guaiacum prepared in this order.  

Rec. Ligni sa●sti. ●a●…e Molli●. ℥ three  
Corticis Ide● Ligu● apod jodor 〈◊〉. ℥ twelve  
Vi●i Albi 〈…〉.  
A●quae Fo●…, 〈◊〉.   
Let them 〈◊〉 together for xxiiii. hours in a 〈◊〉 of glass, and after that let them boil by little and 〈◊〉 with a soft fire, and the pot close covered until the con●…ing of a third part, whereunto 〈…〉 Hermo●…ctilorum Valde Tritorum. ℥ two The which thou shalt also 〈◊〉 in the pot with the decoction, that they may be mingled the better together. Then ●…er it and remove it strait from the fire, which when it is cold and ●elled together, be made two Cal●…ures in two 〈◊〉 the out of a greate● quantity, and tother of a 〈◊〉 and let the 〈…〉 clean vessel for common drink at dinner and supper. Let the other be made with a 〈◊〉 expression and be set aside also in the the other vessel, of the which ●arely in the morning and in the evening two or three hours after none, but in the winter four hours after supper, he shall take viii. ounces 〈◊〉 in the winter as aforesaid, but in the summer ye shall not need to 〈◊〉. But if thou meanest to make the decoction aforesaid more affectual, in steed of water, take the fecis of the decoction and boil it to a third part, and put thereto wine, and let the rest be done as we have told you in the decoction before set forth, until all be drunk up.  
An order of diet is to be kept, at what time the body purged and prepared with ●…upes, then do we grant to the patient at noon Weather 〈◊〉 ●o●de, and raisins at night, But at what time he do●… drink the decoction of Guaiacum, and entereth sweat, he must lie in his bed dul●e covered, and shall eat and sup with raisins & a little bread, if his strength be able to ●…ide it.  
But if the 〈…〉 and more delicate than ●e is able to 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 a diet, the patient may dine with a 〈…〉 without pot●…, but let him sup only with 〈…〉.  
By this only diet, the 〈◊〉 is to be governed to the thirty, day: which pasted over, he may eat. 〈…〉 a day. That is to say, at dinner and supper to the 〈◊〉 ●ay more or less according to the condition of the disease. Let heed be taken notwithstanding in the mean time, that the patient do not drin●… wine or any order water. And if it shall please him when the wether is warm to rise out of his bed, let him rise, when xx. days be passed over, and two hours after his sweat.  
For thus it shall come to pass, that the said order being kept, the pa●ient shallbe restored to his ●ealth with a very good temperature of his members, and an excellent fair state of body. And in like order we may redute to ●ealth, such as be troubled with the Gout, the Pa●…ey, and also the convultion or Cramp, so that we have this in remem●rance, that is, that the bark of this Lignum sanctum is to be barked off among the Indians, because that which is barked with us, is of less ver●…e. Likewise the wood which is brought to us without the bark, is not allowed, because the strength thereof is exhausted, and being dare without the bark, is ●oone corrupted, and the wood also without heart, is not allowed for the same cause.  

Annotations of the xi. Chapter.  
When this disease began first, the common practicionerse used presently for the cure thereof unctions which are made of caustic medicines. Being instructed as these learned of the Arabians, that those cacoethicall ulcers, and such like are cured by such kind of medicines. But I truly do think it far better to apply such remedies which our later Physicians    

THis 〈…〉 to make the ●…doction as meet is. For they err greatly 〈…〉 in lib.iij. of water to the consuming of 〈…〉 ●…thers bid boil 〈…〉 which things in my judgement, either the Physicians and not 〈…〉 content with 〈…〉.  
Who if they 〈…〉.  
I have 〈…〉 v. lib. of water to the 〈…〉. By which 〈…〉 they get a hot distemperature of the 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉, and for that cause do easily reverse into the disease again.  
For this Rubus is of a hot and dry temperature, almost to the third deg●…, which 〈◊〉 it is boiled in to small a quantity of water, and 〈…〉 long a time, and the thing so ponderous, it doth 〈◊〉 a great deal more. And therefore is not so good in the healing of this disease now become so melancholic.  
But if as we shall declare unto you, it be boiled in a lesser dose and a greater quantity of water, and less time, they may use the decoction as well in the evening as in the morning, aswell lying as walking, without sweat, or sweeting, in hot weather or cold, so that they abstain from other drinks, and be content with that only at dinner & supper. And furthermore, by this only order of boiling Ruby, it shall easily come to pass that the patients may be healed with one only lib. although they be loosed in all, their joints, & with less cost. Without the us of biscuit bread, and without the keeping of so slender a diet, as that is which others do use.  
First of all therefore the body being prepared with the order aforesaid, and purged according to the state of the patient, and quality of the disease, ye shall give him the Apozema set forth in the former chapter, and shallbe purged the second time also.  
These things being finished, he shall begin to drink the Decoction prepared of Ruby Vittigine, otherwise called Sarza parille.  
Rec. Rubi parille, ℥ three cut into small pieces and bruised, Sene. ℥. ss. bruised, of water lib. xii. in a clean vessel, in which let them be soaked, xxiiii hours. And afterward let them be boiled with a soft fire to the consuming of iii. lib. of the water, or more, at what time put to the same decoction Hermodactilorum tritorum et subactorum, ℥ i And mingle it together with the other things covering the pot, & let them cool being removed from the fire, and let this decoction be given to drink of dinner and supper as ye think best, and if thirst, shallbe great, at other times also, but in less quantity. When thou wilt make the potion somewhat stronger, boil again in a pot full of water that lose of the first decoction which remained after the 〈◊〉 to the consuming of two. lib. And 〈◊〉 the rest of the things as aforesaid. And the other decoctions shallbe made in this sort until he be perfectly cured. Which the patient shall attain unto, within the space of xx. days, eating the fodde flesh of Mutton, or Hen, supping always with raisins, and drinking the aforesaid decoction.  

Annotations of the xij. Chapter.  
Salsa parilla, taketh his name of the Spaniards in their native tongue, of a certain likeness it hath with rough Smilax, and for as much as it is of the same force, and doth resemble the nature of Smilax, I can the easilier consent to refer it to some kind thereoff. Mathiolus thought it to be the roots of E●…us, but he doth not constantly affirm it, neither is it to be affirmed. For as much as the roots of Ebulus is more thicker, as in Dioscorider may appear. Neither was there ever brought unto us, of so great a ●…nesse.  
The use of this root is so common, & the medicine so usual, that you may find the decoction made of this root as common among the Spaniards, as the water or decoction of Licori●…. And now men are of opinion, that it is not only of force against the French pox, but also doth cure singular well all affects or sicknesses which proceed of cold matter.  
It is brought forth of new Spain, albeit the kind of Salsa parma is now refused, & and their fort far better being sold out in the same coun●…ie, which the Spaniards do call Honduras. For this kind is more thick, & is not so white, but more yellowish, and is more bright within.  
That is best liked which is newest and not putrefied or corrupted, and being broken in one's hands is not brittle. Our auctor both 〈◊〉 this roole to be hot about the third degree. But Mona●… which hath written at large of this matter, saith it 〈◊〉 no 〈◊〉 then to the second ●…grée: whose judgement in my 〈◊〉 i● the better. For being fasted, there is felt no sharpness at all, neither when it is boiled, doth it yield any such taste. The manner how to boil it is written by the author, in the which place he doth justly condemn such extreme heats in the boiling of the root. For when as the root is boiled in extreme sort with the fire, and doth grow exceeding hoot by external bea●…, in such sort that it hurteth both the liver, and the reins.  
And there be other reasons wherefore not only this root, but also other ought not to be boiled in such extreme sort, which are to be sought of such authors which have written of the composition of medicienes, as of Montanus. Roudoletius, Motuus, Busdorpius. For we shall seem to have done enough if we show the places from whence a more plentiful knowledge is to be sought and attained.    

Of the curing of a distort foot of a child, lame from his nativity. Cap. 13.  
IT oftentimes happeneth that a Child is borne with one foot or both distort, or crooked, or turning backward, so that he may hardly go, and for that cause. I would deliver an order in this place, by the which I have delivered very many being lame, among whom there was onemost hard to be cured, dwelling at Llerena, but yet by mine industry he was cured, and in the order heareaster to be declared, he was restored to health.  
First of all, therefore let the child use a due order of diet, and let his feet, be washed with ● pleasant hand for thirty. days with this decoction following.  

Rec. Radicum Altheae. ●…. j.  
Seminis Ferrugreci.  
Seminis Lini. Ana. ℥ four  
Plo●… camomile.  
et Me●…. Ana. M.j.  
Caput cum pedibus veruice cum lane et p●…le con●use.   
Let them be boiled in sufficient water to the separating of the bones, and when they be strained, let there be a bath shade toward the fourth 〈◊〉, and in the spring time, because in the winter it is not good, lest the neruouse parts and the joints be hurt ●…ith cold. When this ●…on 〈◊〉 bath is finished (which shall so long endure as it continueth warm) the moisture is to be wiped away with a linen cloth, and let his feet be anointed with this ointment following.  

Rec. Olei Vulp●….  
Olei de Lilio.  
Amigdalarum Dulcium. Ana. ℥ i  
Vnguenti Agrippae.  
Vnguenti Dealtheae. Ana. ℥. j.ss.  
Medulle Crurum Vituli, et Vaccar●…. Ana. ℥. ss.  
Pinguedinis Ga●…ae. Anatis.  
Ansens, Ardeae. Ana. ʒ. uj.  
Pinguedinis V●…ine, et taxi. Ana. ℥ i  
Pinguedinis Porcinae. ℥. ss.   
Let them boys all together a● ss. ℥. of the foresaid deco●…on to the consuming thereof, and after the colature, 〈◊〉 there be made an ointment with a little wax, and it is to be rubbed on until it seem to be drunk in. These things being done by the space ut thirty. days. Let a seranune sit down, and take the child upon his knees, his hands, and legs bound backward, or his hands holden. Afterwards the Surgeon coming, st●…t let him lose or put out of joint the lame foot with great force, then let him labour to put it in his due place 〈◊〉 right order again, which shallbe done very easily, partly for the preparation before made, and partly because of the tender age of the child.  
This reposition being made, let there strait ways be put to a fine linen cloth dipped in the oil of Mirtes warmed upon the whole joint without ●…rinliles, lest she binding do trouble him with grief, and after that, let there be put thereupon plasters dipped in the lineament following and duly wrong out again.  

Rec. Trium Ouorum Albumina.  
Olei Omphacim, et Myrrthini, ana. ℥ i  
Pulueris Triteceae farinae; et hordiacei, ana. ʒ. ij.  
Boli Armeni Triti. ℥. ss.  
Sanguis Draconis. ʒ. iij.  
Pulueris sequenti. ℥ three miss●.   
The description of the which powder consisteth of these things following.  

Rec. Boli Armeni. ℥ i ss.  
Thuris, Masticis, Sarcacollae, ana. ʒ. ij. ss.  
Myrrhae, Aloes, ana. ʒ. j. ss.  
Tragacanti, Sanguinis Draconis, ana. ʒ. iiij.  
Farinae hordiei, et Fabarum, ana. ʒ. ss. miss● et fiat. p.   
Therefore these plasters upon the said linen clothes being moistened, let them so●e again in Rose water and Vinegar, and so wrong out, let them be spread abroad upon the join with a measurable heat, strait ways a galage or patent of wood made even to the foot and somewhat greater, and a thing quilted and pla●…d thereupon is to be applied to the fool of the foot, and to be bound to the foot with a swath of three fingers broad, although they strive to draw the foot contrary, beginning from the lower part with a barie few rollinges about, Again, above upon the plasters bound down in this order, ●e must apply three s●…ntes which will not easily ●end made of ●…llow, of the length of five ●…agers, and one in breadth, which when they shallbe artificially covered with two, they ought to be wet in water and vinegar as the plasters were, and afterward the first splint must be put in the hinder part, so as it may seem to be put into the wooden patent, and the other two upon both sides, upon the which all the fast●ninges is to be made, nepther lose nor yet to hard.  
The next thou shalt cure tother foot in the same order, letting it so remain until the seventh day. Which being done in the order following, either the other foot or both (if he be lame of both) are to be ordered.  

Rec. Terebinthinae. ℥. ij.ss.  
Olei Myrrthini. ℥ two  
Olei Rosati. ℥ i  
Thuris, Masticis. ʒ. j.ss.  
Myrrhae, Aloes. ana. ʒ. ij.  
Sanguinis Draconis.  
Boli Armenij. ana. ℥. ss.  
Pollinis, et.  
Pulueris rubei ante discripcionis. ℥ i Miss●.   
And let it be applied warm upon the plasters, with the splintes and swaths in the order aforesaid. After this is done, this order is to be renewed every seventh day, to the xxi. day, from the first week, and we must take great care that the feet remain strait, this frame following being made in proportion with the shoe.  
Take a plate of Iron the breadth of a flager, in thickness of a Dolour of silver, of the length of the foot of the same child, and somewhat less, bow it like a spur, and so make it fit for his heel to the which, on both sides of the ankles, thou shalt fasten thereto, two other plates of the length of six fingers. A third like in the hinder part.  
After this, thou shalt with another plate compass, as the nether plate is, enclose the upper end of the strait plates being fastened thereto, yet so that it be open before, and close behind, and so the whole frame made sure. Upon this frame must be set the shoe for the lame foot, of goats skin without, and sheeps skin within, with a double sole. Yet so that the frame be between both skins. And the necks of the shoe may touch to that round plate. Whereby it is evident that the shoe ought to be open before, & where it resteth upon the instep of the foot, and that it should be fastened with a lace from the instep upward.  
Therefore before his feet be shod, let the plaster comfortative of Vigone ●e put upon the whole joint, that the swellings and humours cleaving fast within the joint, may be desolued, and the joint made more strong. Then shooeing the foot above the plaster, the patient shall not have his shoes put off, but every fourth day, & the plaster must be mundified, and mollified.  
But if that emplaster shallbe desolued in the mean time, let another be newly applied. And the patient may go in this order, until six months be passed, the which being passed over, and the plasters removed, the shoes are not therefore to be left off, but rather let him pass over six other months being thus shod night and day. Except that time in the which it liketh him to be bathed. The description of the plaster comfortative is in this sort.  
Emplastrum comfortatiwm.  

Rec. Olei Myrrthini.  
Olei Rosati omphacini. ana. lib. ss.  
Succi radicum alth●…. lib.ij.  
Radicis fra●me, et foliorum.  
Radicis Symphiti, et foliorum.  
Myrrthe et foliorum eius.  
Foliorum salicis. ana. M.ii   
Let all boil being somewhat bruised in like quantity, Vini nigri et aque, ad consumptionem medie talis, cum my●rho et thuris, ana. ʒ. ss. Postea coletur addendo seui hircini liquefacti. lib. ss. Terebinthinae. ℥ two Masticis. ʒ. j. simul coquantur ad consumpcionem decoctionis, et in sine addentur lithargirij auri et argenti, ana. ℥ three Boli armenij, Triti subtiliter, Terre sigillatae, ana. ℥ two Minij. ʒ. x.  
Let be boiled together with a soft fire continually stirring it, and with sufficient ware, make thereof a Carote.   

An example of the wounds in the head. To the healing. Cap. 14.  
HOw much both harm and delay to healing the common custom to open the place contrary to that which we have taught in the beginning may bring to simple wounds in the head, in the which Cranium is not broken, besides many other examples, this one doth sufficiently confirm. Which was proved and set forth, in joh. Gemetius de columbis Cazzalensi, at the charges of our Sovereign Lord King Phillippe, doth search the mo●…taines and lands to find out Mines, whiles he doth diligently apply his business to seek together with his fellows in a very deep Mine, perceiving a piece of earth which had a show of metal, he stooped down hastily to take it up, whom his fellow unwares struck a slope with tother ends of his mattock, as he lifted up his stroke suddenly, and that not grievously, in the right, side of the head upon the bone which is called Laterale, neither did the wound touch to Cranium, nor gave any signification of the bone broken because in deed the bone was not perished. An unskilful Surgeon opening his wound, made it a great deal more, and did cut a cross in his head three fingers square, and uncovered Cranium at his pleasuer enough. After that he used digestives and oils so largely many days, that he is reported to have bestowed in oil and eggs to apply to the wound, above xv. rials of plate, so that not only that part of Cranium opened, but a much greater part also was putrefied. At length after one month when I was sent for of master Mondosus (which by the king's commandment was master over the accounts and works, and all the metals) to see the man, I commanded him to be brought to Llarena, (where upon a common fee I did practise Physic) forasmuch as it was needful to pluck forth a great part of his bone, which notwithstanding by reason of the narrower opening of the wound, could not be brought forth. And whereas I did refuse to open so much, I made an orifice with the Trepan, to the greatness of a silver money called a Royal, so that the membrane did appear, and the filthy matter which was corrupted & made from day to day, might be purged at that part, and so by that Balm of me set forth, and the emplaster of Gummi Elimi, and lints, I did so long procecute in the cure, until I understood by proving with my instruments, that the bone was clean separated away on every side, and Dura matter to concist with flesh over covered. Therefore that I draw out so great a bone at this so little a hole, I got me an instrument to the likeness of a trepan, wherewith I might make a hole as great as an iron spindle, of our country women might make, with which instrument I did perforate all the bone corrupted in manner of a cross very near one to another, I began my work from the middle of the place where the upper bone of the wound did disclose, which I had prepared to the greatness of a silver plate. The space between the holes I break off with the Levatorie, which yielded as I broke it very easily, when I had now dispatched these things, first of all lifting up one of these four portions with my instrument, I drew it out, and then another, and so the third. The fourth which was the greatest I left until the next day, which at length I drew forth. All the bone called Laterale and a good part also of Petrosum on that side, and no small portion of Coronale which beneath to the former part was drawn forth. There cometh forth of Petrosum so much in a manner as extendeth towards thoriginal of the ear, when these bones were drawn forth, Dura matter which had begun now in the mean while to induce flesh, had induced so beyond all measure, that I was twice forced to cut of the rank flesh from the orifice which I had of late made. After this when he began to mend, he departed to Cazzalla, of whom after a month I was sent for, because his head about the bone of the hinder part he had a great swelling and full of corruption, which when I had opened, I found bones which were corrupted a great deal more than those that were spoken off before. Then I bade him come to me to Llerena. The next day after artificially I drew out three bones as great as those were before, but much more corrupt. And so he was left lacking all the bone in the hinder part of the head in a manner, and no small portion also of the other side of the left bone. But the wounds were covered with skin and flesh on every side, but yet of a tender and soft constitution, which by little and little waxed hard. And the man himself is well, being thus delivered by the benefit of God.   

An example of Barriga. Cap. 15.  
BArriga, a man well known among the men of Llerena, received a wound in his breast, with somewhat a long sword which they call Verdugun, under the left pap the space of two fingers almost distant, the sword came forth the right way beside the back bone called Medullaris, swerving from the back bone as much as is the thickness of one finger, coming forth a little under the bone of the back & the pan or left wing of the lungs, was thrust through not far from the heart, as the sight of the place showeth. But he was cured in that order, which is set forth of us in the first chapter of the second book, and whiles the cure proceeded, the tenth day after he was wounded, a great abundance of blood did issue out of the wound of the lungs, by reason of the continual motion of the same. Which conflowing within the breast, was congealed. The next dressing great portions of congealed blood, together with corrupt matter made of the wound came forth, not without marvel of the standers by, because they were greater portions than should be believed that they might be received as they came forth, or sent forth of the body. These accidents considered, when I saw the patient power out every day twice too great abundance of corruption, I determined to change my purpose, meaning to prove that way as I taught you how Fistulaes' should be cured, and forthwith I began.  
And when two days together I had given him that water to drink which is there set forth, at length all the congealed blood together with the corrupted matter came forth, in two other days the corrupted matter consumed away also, and by and by he was delivered of his ague, and being in most short time made whole, he became so very fat, that great matter was offered to them that knew the man, to praise God.   

An example of a certain familiar friend of Lodovic Zapata. Cap. 16.  
THis man being a familiar friend of maisher Lewis Zapata, was wounded with a broad dagger four times behind his back, and stricken on the left side, but of those wounds one was received the breadth of six fingers under the shoulder bone, the dagger yielding back, went down between the flesh and the bone as much as I have oftentimes measured to be seven fingers breadth, until the dagger passing through all the shoulder, & thrust between the spaces of the ribs came to the very hollowness of the body. Before that I came thither after I was sent for, I did conjecture by those things that happened after, great abundance of blood gushing out of all parts of the wound, to have run into the hollowness of the body. But that blood could not come forth, because the wound being covered with the skin and the flesh, did penetrate downward which way it is very like that the fluxes did also tend. For the first opening of the dagger was deeper than that the blood might well break forth. So I when I had begun my first cure, nor could find no direct going down, would have thought that it had penetrate no more than the rest. After I had searched the place more diligently, and thrust in my finger, I perceived that the wound did go down farther than I could follow with my finger. Therefore when I had perceived that the wound did penetrate to the concavity, I opened the place over against the ribs cutting the skin and the flesh directly against it, so that putting in my finger I might easily come to the innermore parts, and touch also the lights which is nert the back bone. But he was cured in that order as I have showed you in the penetrating wounds of the breast, and at the first dressing there was no corruption or matter made, but a certain small humidity did issue forth, but the fourth day water of a sanguine colour flowed out as that is in the which flesh is washed, and daily as his dressings did follow, it came out more abundantly, so that every dressing it did fill a vessel which they call a saucer, and that it might issue out the better and more speedily, I had the patient to cough and hold in his breath, he was dressed of me four times a day, and beside that which ran out at every dressing, the issue stayed not day nor night, so that his bed was like a sink or ditch. Therefore at the fourth day when I perceived such flux of water to continue without any token of matter, I did determine to give the patiented that water set forth by us in the last example. And by and by assoon as he began to drink thereof, by the continual space of twelve days, a greater abundance of water or mattrie substance came forth without any hurt of the man or any great feeling, but so that the second day it came forth somewhat white and liquid.  
But the third day a great deal whiter until it came forth so white and thick, cleaving fast to the vessel wherein it was received, that it would scantly run out being turned down, but it ran forth every day less and less until the xii. day, in the which at length it stinted, and the entrance of the wound did suddenly close up in the utter part thereof, which although I did oftentimes open with my instruments, yet did it send forth neither matter, or any such humour, neither came the breath forth there as before, and so the cure proceeded, the patient being yet possessed with a continual fever.  
Wherefore three days together, I added to that water of whole barley, and Raisins bruised with their kernels, and of Tamarinds. ℥ two And by this means the fever ware away. The tenth day after I found the man troubled with great pain in the breast, and with a fever. And when I found that great abundance of water or watery substance came out of the breast without matter, after I had put in a tent, there came forth as yet more watery or filthy corruption. And so it was six days after casting forth of the wound less matter every day.  
After this the flax stinted, and the wound healed. And the man as yet by the help of God liveth, and is very well.   

A general rule for the Physician and the Surgeon.  
THose which will take upon them to make any confection or to minister Physic, ought most especially to understand the commodities coming of medicines, and the same may be read in Auicene and other writers, the qualities of simple medicines are to be known also. And what parts of the body they do respect. For there are medicines which do corroborate some peculiar part of the body, as Mentha doth heat all the body, but especially the stomach, which cometh to pass through a certain sympathy, that is to say a mutual combination in natural operation of that herb and the stomach, as in an other place we have spoken of Betonica, Melissa, Cucurbita, Chamapithi, Nux Muscala, Camedri, Lauro, Centauria, which respect the head, ye must consider also in prescribing your decoctions, that the things which be of a groser substance be put in the first place, for roots are to be decocted first and of longer time, in the second place herbs, in the third seeds, in the fourth fruits, in the fifth flowers, in the sixth spices.  
And this is to be noted also, that roots and seeds are measured Pondere, herbs Manipulis, flowers, Pugillis, and fruits, Numero.     

A treatise of the Caruncle or carnosity: growing in the yard, or neck of the Bladder.  

ALbeit, ulcers and sores are wont to rise upon divers occasions not here at this time to be repeated, yet do they come no way more commonly, then by the long continuance of the Gonorrhoea, If it be not orderly and perfectly cured.  
And of ulcers either neglected, or else not well cured, certain increasements, and unnatural swellings of the flesh which we call Caruncules, or Carnosites, are accustomed often times to proceed.   

The signs and tokens of the Caruncule.  
THe signs and tokens of a Caruncle either in the neck of the Bladder, or in any other part of the urinary passage, are these.  
1 A great difficult or hardness in making of water, the which water having his course readily to the place affected, is stopped and stayed there so much, that it cannot have his issue, in any other sort then dropping wise.  
And that also not without the great help and enforcement of ourselves.  
2 And therefore such as are tormented with this disease, whiles they go about to make their water, are constrained in the mean time, at the same instant sometime to void their other excrements also.  
3 Also whiles than chance to do the act of generation, their nature stayeth in the middle way of his course. And being stayed, distilleth or trickleth from them so faintly, so coldly, and with such small delectation and pleasure, that as touching generation, they may be judged unfortunate, and therein to lose but their labour. For it is unpossible for the time that any man hath this disease, he should beget any issue.  
4 Again, when the patiented maketh water, in the very water itself something stayeth beside the Caruncle, which cannot well be put forth or expelled, except the root of the yard be pressed hard with the pacientes finger.  
5 Moreover, the urine itself in this case cometh not forth with a direct and strait course, but a slope and in crooked sort either on this side, or else on that, yea and sometime it is divided as it were into two streams. For if the Caruncle be on the nether side of the yard, than the urine coming forth, bendeth something upwards. If the Caruncle be on the upper part thereof, then doth the urine incline his course downward. If it be on the right side of the yard, than the urine bendeth toward the left side. If on the left side of the yard, than contrariwise, it yieldeth itself toward the right side. And when the Caruncle possesseth the breadth of the urinary passage, as it were overthwart it, then in the coming forth, it divideth itself into two streams or courses.  
6 It chanceth also oftentimes that the urinary passage is so stopped and choked, that the urine being not able to use his ordinary course and issue, breaketh forth by other ways, and in this case nature seeketh wonderful shifts to help herself, for I have known many that have made their water between their cods, and some again have done it at their fundament, and other some, out by their flanks and parts called in Latin Ingume.  
7 Yet again there is a very good argument of the Caruncle, which is this.  
If ye put in the searcher or probe, for so I will call the long pipe or Siring, or Catheter, by which the urine is wont to be conveyed out, if, I say, you put this searcher into the urinary cundite, & if then it cannot get through, but findeth a certain stay or stop which is in deed the tumour or Caruncle itself, beyond the which you cannot pass, without a certain rub, or jump as it were of the instrument, than it is to be suspected to be a Caruncle. Now sir, when for the great straightness of the place or passage, nothing of the urine can be pressed or gotten forth, or else if any thing do come forth, yet is it only that which is the thinnest. Then it is very likely, that the bladder is stuffed and filled with great store of clammy and slimy superfluities, which being carried with the urine to the very neck, there sticking and remaining, they do make the greater obstruction.   

To know the Caruncle from the stone.  
IT is very easy to discern a Caruncle from the stone, which lieth in the neck of the bladder.  
1 First, by very feeling and touching, for you may touch the stone, and perceive it to be one, by the Probe or searcher.  
2 Also you may know it to be a stone by the great itching, which is accustamed to be in the very root of the yard.  
3 Moreover, the stopping of both their urines is not alike. For if it be a stone, when they piss freely and abundantly, as some time they d●e, suddenly in the midst of making their water, their urine stoppeth, for that the stone rolling from the bottom of the bladder to the neck, there it closeth the passage.  
4 And therefore if the patient be laid upright in such sort that his thighs, may be higher than the rest of his body, and then be jogged and shaken too and fro, the stone will remove from the neck of the bladder, and the urine will come forth easily, the which thing never happeneth so where the Caruncle is.   

The way of curing the Caruncle.  
THere are two ways, or two methods of curing the Caruncle. The one violent and not without danger, of the which Galen speaketh in the first of his books entitled de locis affectis. Which tendeth to this end. That putting in some instrument of Tin or the like, we should pull the Caruncle up by the roots. In such sort, that not only urine, but blood also itself, yea and gobbets also, and fragments of flesh, should be brought forth.  
The other way is more gentle and easy, and without all danger, which is not done by the violence of iron or instruments, but by the operation and wor●ing of medicines, and this way the old writers did not know. And of this we will speak at this time.  
If then we have a patiented in this order troubled, his body would be skilfully, and sufficiently prepared, and evacuated, and his good diet and order of life prescribed. And in this point the patient must altogether be directed and ruled, by some dsscrete and learned Physician. Who must altogether change the same according to the variety of the constitution, and other circumstances of the pacientes body. For it is not enough to make him lose bellied, or to give him many stools, as the common and foolish opinion thinketh, but he must be able to vary and change his medicine according to the age, the sex, the temperature, the humour offending in the pacientes body, and such other considerations. And therefore especially the common and rash dealings either with ordinary pills, or with usual electuaries, which are always ready made in the shops in this case, must altogether be avoided. And you must never attempt to purge or move the humour, but with good davise. And with some such proper purgation devised for the purpose, as may both respect the humours offending, and also the place affected. And therewithal in no respect inflame and chafe the body, as the common electuaries given at adventure doth. For as no one salve, can agree with every person, and every disease.  
This point therefore of this cure must be referred to the discretion of the Physician. And this once being done, the first thing after to be done is this.  
To take a fine tender Mallow stalk, or a smallage or Parsely stalk, for alway it is best to begin with the most gentle and easy things, & anointing it with oil of sweet Almonds, tenderly and soft to make proof of the neck of the bladder, having good regard, that in no case, you provoke much, or pain extremely, those parts of our bodies, that be so sensible, whereby oftentimes unnatural sheverings and shakings, dangerous agues, and great fluxes of blood, and other grievous accidents do happen to follow. If it so fall out that the foresaid stalk chance to pass without any force or great pain, so far as the cavite of the bladder, then may we thereby conjecture, that the Caruncle is not of any great quantity, or much grown. And therefore there is the better hope to be had of the cure. But if it chance to stick by the way, so that it either do bend, or offer to break, then is it to be drawn out again forthwith, and the Caruncle to be mollified, and relaxed by such discreet ordinary means, as it may become more plylant and ready to yield and give place to the probe or searcher. 
the way to molifis the caruncle.  It may be mollified by fomentations, by collyries, and by emplasters appointed & prescribed for the purpose. For example's sake let this fomentation following twice ●… a day be appyed. That is to say, in the Morning before dinner, and in the Evening before supper.  

Rec. Foliorum Maluarun. M.j.  
Radicorum Althea Ana. ℥ three  
Apij. Ana. ℥ three  
Feniculi Ana. ℥ three  
Sem: Citoniorum. Ana. ℥ i  
Fenugreci. Ana. ℥ i  
Lini. Ana. ℥ three  
Florum Chamomille. Ana. p.j.  
Sticadis Ana. p.j.  
Pulegij, origani. Ana. p.j.  
Ficuum. ℥. j.ss.   
Let all these seeth so long till in a manner the roots be dissolved, and then let the sick man so, ●… ever it, that he may easily and conveniently receant the fume or vapour, about his privy members, especially about the very root of his yard. He may also in the mean time with those herbs and roots, in the decoction, gently rub and supple those parts which be aggrieved, or dipping a sponge into the decoction, foment the said parts himself. And while as these things be a doing, let him prove to make water if he can.  
When he hath been thus fomented, then let that moisture be clean wiped away, and that being done, then let all these parts which do serve by nature's appontment to the making of urine, be anointed with this ointment following.  

Rec. Vng. Dialthae. Ana. ℥ i  
Agrippae; Ana. ℥ i  
Butyry Ana. ℥ i  
Oesipi. Ana. ℥ i  
Olei Amigdalarum dull. ana. ℥ two  
Chamomille. ana. ℥ two  
Liliorum. ana. ℥ two  
Gum. Hammoniaci. ℥ i ss.  
Suc. Ebuli. ana. ℥ three  
Apij. ana. ℥ three  
Muccilaginis Altheae. ana. ℥ two  
Fenugreci. ana. ℥ two   
Let them all boil together till she juice be consumed, then let the muccilage substance which remaineth, be strained and wrought into an ointment, putting thereto Cerae novae. q. S. The parts being well anointed, let them be covered with wool uncarded having his oesepus or natural fat in him. Also let this collyry, or else the like, be oftentimes. injected.  

Rec. Radicis Althea.  
Seminis Lini.  
Fenugreci.   
Let them be sodde in ℥ vi of running water or there about, till the third part be consumed, and when the Muccilage is strained, then put there unto Oleum Amigdalarum dulcium. ℥ three And so use it. When all these things have been thus in good order done, then prove again whether ye can put in the foresaid probes or searchers of the stalks of Mallows, or of smalach, or of Parsley, so far as the very cavite of the bladder or no, if you can do so, than it is to be hoped, that the tumour or Caruncle, will in reasonable time be dissolved. And that it may go from the root of the yard, to the capacity of the bladder, the stalk that must be put in, must be a span long and two inches at the least. If by this means the Caruncle will not yield, but remain obstinate and rebellious against the searcher or stalk, than a wax Candle must be put in, and that of such bigness, as the urinary condite may easily receive it. But for that it may be feared, lest if the Candle should break within the yard, as in winter especially it may come to pass for the hardness of the wax, some portion thereof might get into the bladder, and either scantly be gotten out again, or else should anger and exasperate the parts already painful and exulcerated. Therefore it were to be wished that the Candle were made of a strong kind of third, and not only of wax, but of wax and Turpentine artificially mixed together. Our Candle being thus made, when we have so rebated and blunted the end that it cannot hurt, or gale, than we must anoint it with oil of sweet Almonds, and then something bending it toward the smaller end, we must put it in often times into the urinary conduit. And if we perceive once, that the Candle get beyond the Caruncle, which is perceived by the rub, or as it were a little jump by the way, and by the estimat of length of the portion, that is gotten in, then may we think that one half of our cure is obtained.  
For the Candle being compressed and hard held of the Caruncle, as it were with a cord or string, it will manifest and show the place affected.  
Afterwards in that part of the Candle which you shall perceive to be as it were marked and something dented, you shall put on your plaisher fit to consume the Caruncle, and in this case the Candle will serve the turn, of lint or other pledget to apply and convey the medicine withal.  
If there chance to be many Caruncles in the yard, than so many parts of the Candle you shall perceive to be compressed and marked, as there be Carnosities.  
And moreover it will make also so many rubs or ●umpes as it were in the going in.  
If it shall fall out that the tumour shallbe so hard and stubborn, that it will not yield and give place to the candle. Then may you make a probe or searcher of lead, of the length and bigness. Anointing it with the foresaid oil, so to use it. For lead is not only an easier and mitigater of pain, but also it hath the property and faculty of drying of ulcers. And besides that also, with his very weight it presseth them, and causeth them some thing to stoop and shrink in.  
The flesh may chance to be so hard and rebellious, that a leaden instrument shall not be able to master it neither, and then in that case, you must use a silver or a golden Catheter or Siring. And yet before we do use any such either of silver or gold, my council is, that you do make trial again and again, by the forenamed means. For the use of this Siring hath this discomodity, it being nothing pliant and flexible, and hitting upon those most tender and sensible parts, it causeth oftentimes great and terrible fluxes of blood, which doth discomfort both patient, Chirurgeon, and the Physician also.  

How to stay the flux of blood.  But if any such notable flux do chance, it may be stopped well with this medicine following.  

Rec. Aquarum Plantaginis.  
Rosarum.  
Albuminis Ouorum. N.j.   
Being well mingled together iniect it with your syringe, and about the very yard itself, and all the other privy parts requisite, put this Cataplasm following.  

Rec. Aquarum Plantaginis, vel Succi ieusdem.  
Rosarum. Ana. ℥ four  
Acetum Rosarum. ℥ two  
Albuminis ovorum. N. ij.  
Boli Armeni. ana. ʒ. ●….  
Sanguis Dra. ana. ʒ. ●….  
Corallae. ana. ʒ. ●….  
Terra sigigll. ana. ʒ. ●….  
Rosarum. ana. ʒ. ●….  
Mirtillorum. ana. ʒ. ●….  
Cortix Grana. ana. ʒ. ●….   

the length of the siring or catheter.  Make thereof a Cataplasm, and use it as is aforesade. Because there is great diversity of bodies, and all are not a like, it is expedient to have divers Catheters meet and convenient for every age, as also for every sex. For that women also sometimes, are troubled with the same disease. For men therefore it will be expedient to have three in a readiness, and for women two. And of those that be for men, the greatest would be of xv inches of length, the mean of xii. inches, and the shortest of ix inches.  
For women the longest would us ix. inches, and the shortest vi inches. Those for women would be something bowing or bending, but those for men, more bending for the neck of men's bladders is shaped more crooked and writhing then women's be.  
The patiented while he is to be searched, is to be placed in some convenient place, his face being upright, and the Chiurgian standing on the right side and holding his yard in his left hand, let him put in and direct the instrument with his right hand, and when he is come to the neck of the bladder, than something bending down both yard and instrument, let him fair and softly force it forward into the bladder.  
Chirurgeons are wont to tie a sponge with a wire, or the like third, and so thrust it to the very end of the instrument, or Catheter, and then pulling it backward immediately urine is wont to follow, by the reason of the avoiding of emptiness which is grounded upon the Philosopher's principle called Vacuum. When ye have thus past the Caruncles, or got beyond them all a long the urinary conduits even to the bladder, than that instrument wherewith you have done the feat, whether it be a candle or the leaden searcher, or catheter must remain, and be left within for one whole day, and the patient must be enforced so to make his water if the pain be not to to intolerable. For by that means partly, by the reason of the course of the urine partly by the instrument itself, the water passage willbe enlarged and amplified. Your catheter or searcher of lead being drawn forth after the long tarrying there, if by them your work be perfected so far forth, then must your candle be put in last of all, and suffered there to remain, till such time as it doth receive some print or mark by the compression of the Caruncle, and that willbe a good help to apply the medicine withal to work the cure. The candle being drawn out, it must be curiously looked upon and viewed, t espy in what part it seemeth to be printed in or compressed.  
For upon that very part of the candle must the emplaster called Emplastrum Philippi be put which in troth is of a wonderful faculty. For it defendeth the whole parts & keepeth them sound, & as for those which are overgrown by the reason of the ulcer it consumeth, and eateth away without any great pain. And this is his description following.  
Emplastrum Philippi  

Rec. Aeruginis. Ana. ℥ ij  
Auripigmenti. Ana. ℥ ij  
Chalcitidis. Ana. ℥ ij  
Alluminis, Ro. Ana. ℥ ij   
and being well moistened with very excellent strong vinegar, let them be very well laboured and ground, between two Marble stones, or Alabaster stones, and being brought in to most fine powder, let it then be fet in the sun in the dog days, or about that time of the year, and when that fine powder is dried well, let it then again be well labered and ground a fresh, putting thereto vinegar as before, and then again in manner set it a sunning, and thus shall you do for the space of viii. or ix days, so long till it become passing fine and smooth, and have lost all his acrimony, and bytting quality. For this is a most true and certain rule, that strong medicines and sharp, being ground in vinegar for certain days, diminish and abote their biting and sharpness, & yet thereby do increase their strength and operation. Which rule is also observed in Metals Combusted. Albeit in troth those which be Combusted, do participate and get some kind of biting quality, by the means of the fire, whereas contrariwise, they being washed, by washing, do lose their biting and smarting quality, and therefore in soft and tender parts, and such as be very sensible, and also in such bodies as abound with ill humours, we ought to use medicines prepared by washing.  
When the powder is thus prepared, then take the froth or scunnue of Silver which is called lethargy ℥ three of oil of Roses. ℥ four and when they are boiled to a reasonable consistence of an emplaster, then mingle ℥. ij. of the foresaid powder with it, and incorporate it so, that it may become something an hard Emplaster, that when it is put upon the candle, or the lead, it may cleave thereunto and not remove from the place, no, though it be pressed.  
But since there be many complexions and constitutions of bodies, and therefore one medicine cannot agree with all persons indifferently, but the more tender and sensible they be, the more gentle medicines they must have.  
And the harder and ruder bodies, must require the sharper and quicker remediss.  
Therefore it willbe good to have always in a readiness, two compositions of the said Emplasters. One very gentle and mild, and that to be used to very tender, delicate and sensible bodies. The other sharper and stronger, to corrode and consume flesh, and that is to be applied to the stronger constitutions, and so tempering them together, as occasion shall serve, you shall by your own discretion, make divers compositions to serve your turn. For if of each of them you mingle equal proportions, then shall your medicine rise of equal strength and faculty between both. And look how much more of the one or of the other you do mingle together, by so much shall your medicine either rise or fall in strength, and sharp faculty. For example sake, the strongest compositions, and therefore fittest for the strongest bodies, is this.  
When ye take of the foresaid powder so prepared. ℥ ii and likewise ℥ ii of lethargy, and with ℥ ii of oil of Roses, bring them to an Emplaster.  
Again the gentlest is this. When ye take of the foresaid powder ounces two, and of the lethargy and oil put to twice as much, that is to say, four ounces, and a mean between both is: when you take two ounces of the powder and put thereto four ounces of lethargy, and likewise of oil of Roses, and so of those two, well and sufficiently labouned together, and wrought into a plaster, to make one body.  
Now sir, If ye stand in doubt which of these it were best to use in this case, the habit and the temperature of the body will help well to direct us.  
But always the best rule is, to begin with the miledest, & so to increase by little and little, till ye come to the strongest, if the case so require.  
Since therefore we cannot apply, neither liut not pledget unto ulcers which be hidden in the inner parts of the body, so as we might do if they were in the skin and utter parts, and therefore cannot conveniently apply any plaster either, therefore that commodity is supplied by the waxy candle, for the medicine being put thereon, it doth lead it as it were with a line, to the place affected. But the candle must be something hollowed, and prettily pared away in that place where the medicine must be placed. Lest if it bear out, and be not even and equal, it cannot then get through to the place where the Caruncle is.  
Ye may also if you please, put the plaster at a leaden instrument, in case that the urinary conduit be narrower, then that the candle may be admitted.  
Some use, when they cannot pass through to the bladder, to take the medicine, and put it to the top or end of the candle, and so to convey it in, thinking to were away the sore by the continual touching of it so. But seeing that the top of the candle, cannot in that order continually cleave to the sore, for that it giveth back and resisteth, in my judgement they do either no good at all, or else very little that way.  
To conclude, our chiefest care must be to get the medicine to stick finely to the place. For so in five or six days, it will consume it by little and little, and convert the sore into a certain mattery substance. Provided always, while these things be thus a doing, if any intolerable pain or unaccustomed shivering, or cold, or ague, or any other grievous accident do chance to molest and torment the patient, strait ways, the candle is to be taken out, and the urinary conduit to be washed with goats milk, or Rose water wherein a little Camphor is to be mingled, and so long, you must cease from all other actions of Chirurgery, till such time as all such accident and impediments be removed and taken away.  

to know when the caruncle is spent and consumed.  You shall know when the Caruncle is fully rooted out, partly by the biting which will be about the parts exulcerated, and partly by the abundance of the flux of matter, with the which the Caldle itself, when it cometh forth, will in part be be rayed. The which if it can once go in with such ease, that with the greater part, it can get even as far as to the bladder, then may you think that the Caruncle is not only rooted out, but also utterly consumed and spent. And again if beside this, the party make his water freely and abundantly, and that also with a strait and direct toorse, and stream: and if his nature also do come from him with some speed and roundly, then without doubt at all, the ulcer is consumed. The Caruncle being thus spent and consumed, the ulcer is then to be cleansed. Iniecting this colliry following with a siring of some good reasonable length.  

Rec. Centauri, minoris. ana. M. ss.  
Apij. ana. M. ss.  
Candae equini. ana. M. ss.  
Hordei contusi. ℥ j  
Aquae. lib.ij.   
Let them be boiled to the consumption of the half, then being strained, put there unto Mell Rosarum, or else Mell Centaur, and so use it.  
Also, the distilled water of snails & green leaves, into the which is put a little Mel Rosarum, is singularly commended to scour filthy and rotten ulcers in the urinary passage, and neck of the bladder. If the foulness of the ulcer be so great, that it can scarcely be cleansed, it shall not be amiss to use with those foresaid things a little unguentum Egiptiacum. When the ulcers are become clean and pure, than you may fall to cicatrizing, with this receipt following being injected.  

Rec. Aquarum Plantaginis. ana. ℥ four  
Rosarum. ana. ℥ four   
Whey of goats milk. ℥ two  

Cerucae. ʒ. vi.  
Allumims to. ana. ʒ. j. ss.  
Alabastri. ana. ʒ. j. ss.  
Spodij. ana. ʒ. j. ss.  
Cristalli. ana. ʒ. j. ss.  
Camphorae, ℈ i   
Let those things that are to be powdered, be brought to very fine powder, and searced. Then let them be well and diligently mingled, and as it were incorporated with the waters. When the Caruncles be gotten away and consumed, then must the course of his diet be altered by little and little.  
For than must it be something more thin, and more critical, or tending to provoke urine then before now, especially when there is no fears, that such humours as pass unto the bladder, by the medicines ureticall moderately used, shall any more stop and choke up the neck thereof, which by this time is reasonable wide, and clear from such impediments, as might hinder the voiding and passage of such excrements as resort thither, be they never so gross and thick.  
By these few notes and instructions, any skilful Chirurgeon may be able to judge and discern a caruncle: and be also sufficiently instructed, by the might and power of GOD to cure the same. Who as he is wont to punish mankind with innumerable diseases, to the end to abate his pride, and to make him to know himself, so is he also accustomed to help and succour those, who flis unto him for comfort, and do trust in his mercy.  
There be certain other ways and devices belonging to the cure of the caruncle, and serving to the good conveying in, and apt applying their medicines. As for example sake, some do use the long tent, othersome the short one, made conveniently to that intent and purpose.  
But these, and the like devices, I commit to your own good discretions, and leave it free for every man to use his own judgement therein, either in using the same, or in devising the like as he shall think best.  
But my intent and purpose is only to put down this good authors intent or meaning, and thereby to deliver, a general methood and order of the cure of the said caruncle. And so committing this short treatise, to your good courtesies, and yourselves to the almighty.   
I end, remaining yours to use and command.  
FINIS.   

here beginneth a treatise of the Fistula, in the fundament, or other places of the body, and of Impostumes causing Fistulaes', and of the office pertaining to the Chirurgeon: with certain other things.  By M. john Arden. 

Prologus. Anno Domine. 1349.  
JOHN ARDEN from the first pestilence that was in the year of our Lord God 1349. Divelled in New-warke in Nottingham shire, unto the year of our Lord 1370. And there healed many of the Fistulae in the fundament, of the which the first was Sir Adam Eueringham of Laxton in the Clay, besides Tucksfurd, which was in Gascoigne at that time, with Sir Henry named Earl of Derby, who after was made Duke of Lancaster, a noble and a worthy Lord.  
This sir Adam having a Fistulae in ano, asked counsel of all the Physicians and chirurgeons that he could find to Gascoigne, at Bordeaux, at Brigerake, Tolouse, Norbon and poitiers, and many other places, and all forsook him as uneurable. Sir Adam seeing this aforesaid manner, speedily returned home into his country, and when he came home, he put of all his knightly apparel, and clad himself in mourning clothes, with purpose to abide the curing, or losing of his body. At the last I john Arden came unto him, made covenant with him, and so cured him by the help of God. He was healed perfectly within half a year, and afterward continued his life the space of thirty. years and more. By the which cure I obtained much living and great credit through all England, to the great admiration of the Duke of Lancaster, and many other Gentlemen. After him I cured Hugon darling of Fendwik, in the vale by Snayth.  
Also I cured john Sheffild of Brightwell beside Tekyll, and Sir Rainold Gre●e. Lord of Wilton in Walls and Lord of Shirlond beside Chesterfeelde, which asked counsel, of the most famous chirurgeons that were in England and none availed him.  
Afterward I cured Sir Henry Blackborne Treasurer with the Lord of Walls, Prince of England. After I cured Adam Humphrey of Shelfoord, besides Nottingham, and Sir john Priest of the same town. And john of Hello of Sherlond. And Sir Tho. Hannildon parson of Langare, in the Vale of Bever. After I healed Sir john Mastie, parson of Stoppert in Cheshire.  
Afterward in Anno. 1370. I came to London, and there I cured M. john Colin, Maior of Northampton, that asked counsel of many skilful persons.  
After I cured Hugh Denny of London Fishmonger, and William Polle, and Ralphe double, Thomas Browne, that had fi●ftéene holes, by which went out wind with the excrements. There were eight holes on the one side of his fundament, and seven on the other side, of which some were distant from the fundament the space of a hand breadth. His buttocks were so ulcerated and so putrefied within, that the ordure and the filth went out each day as much as would fill an egg shell.  
After I cured four Cross Friars preachers, that is to say, Friar john Writtell, Friar john Haket, friar Peter Browne, friar Thomas Apperley, and a young man called Thomas Voke, of which foresaid, some had only one hole distant from the fundament, by one ynth or two or three, and some had iiii. or v. holes proceeding to the cods. All these forenamed persons by their own confession, before I finished this book, (thanks be given to God) were perfectly healed, with many other which it were to long to set down. God knoweth I lie not. And therefore let no man doubt of this, though all old famous men that were great students, have not confessed the same that I say. They had not the way of curing in this case. For God that is the giver of all wisdom, hath hidden many things from wise men, which he vouchsafeth afterward to show unto the simple. Therefore know ye, all that come after, that the old Masters were not busy in practising or searching this cure, because they could not take away the callosite at the first, they forsook it, accounting it uncurable, though some authors make doubtful opinions thereof. For as much as it cometh to pass that in hard things students and practitioners should be more busy to seek out the secrets of nature, and to try their wits. For knowledge and cunning aboundeth not in slothful students, but in the ingenious and painful.  
Therefore to the honour of almighty God, that opened knowledge to me, that I should find treasure within the field of knowledge, that with long time and panting breast, I have sweat and travailed, and full busily endeavoured myself as my faculty sufficeth, to set forth this work faithfully, for the utility and profit of those that come after.  
Wherefore it behooveth all those that purpose to practise herein, to have in a readiness, these Instruments following.  
1 The first Instrument is called Sequere me, which is the first Instrument pertaining to the work: for with the same we do both search and prove every hollow sore which way the cavity or hollowness runneth.  
And it ought to be made in the same fashion and manner as Women do use in their heads, and of the same metal, and it ought to be very small that it be lightly plied and replied, and the head as little as may be, or e●… they will not enter into the orifice of the Fistulae, for oftentimes the Fistulae in the fundament, hath very small holes.  
2 There is another instrument called Acus Rostrata. i. snouted needle, for it hath the one end like a snout, and in the other end an eye like a needle, by the which thirds ought to be drawn through again by the middle of the Fistulae, as shallbe said in his proper place. And it ought to be of Silver as it is pictured, and it ought to be no greater in proportion than it is pictured, nor longer in the snout. It should contain in length. viii. inches.  
3 The third instrument is called Tendiculum, and it ought to be made of Box or other like convenient wood, no longer nor bigger than his shape is pictured, and it ought to have an hole in the side in which there is put a wrist, by which wrist in the upper end shallbe a little hole through the which shallbe put two ends of a third four fold, going out first of the fundament and the orifice of the Fistula, which third is called Frenum cesaris, and the which also going between the wrist and the wresting the skin of the fundament betwixt the Fistula and it, and that it be fast contained above the snout of the needle until the incision be made.  
4 The fourth instrument is a Syringe hollow in the midst, and it ought to be made of the shape as it is pictured, which instrument is common.  
FINIS. Prologi.   

Of A●stumes in ano, causing Fistulae, and of the Cure of them. Cap. j  
THough our pr●…pall intent was to treat of the fistulae in ano, nevertheless it is necessary first to touch somewhat of apostumes breeding therein or nigh, sith oftentimes apostumes breeding there, do cuase fistulas. For when an aposteme breedeth in any place of the body, if it be not healed within three or four months it is turned to a Fistulae or cancer, therefore when there happeneth aposteme in the fundament, or nigh, you shall know it by these signs, by swelling, pain, pricking, and burning. And the patiented for the pain and anguish may neither sit, lie, nor sleep.  
Which once appearing, first labour to ease the foresaid pains and other accidents without repercussures, for in that place ought none to be used, because it is one of the Emunctories, for in these places ought no repercussive to be ministered. And after the opinion of Gilbertine, that aposteme being within ano, is cured with the infusion of Oleum Rosarum, in which is Ceruse mixed, or burned lead, or Litharge, or all these together, or with the yolk of an egg. But ever take heed that your patient be not costive. If he be, ye shall mollify his belly with an emplaster of Mallows and Swine's grease, or with the decoction of Mallows and bran, with oil of new fresh butter, & put it in a glister. Therefore take oil of Roses with the yolk of an egg by even portion, & minister it in the form of a glister, this suageth the pain of pricking and aching, & comforteth the place in causes both hot and cold, for after all authors, oil of Roses cooleth a hot member, and heateth a cold, and it hath many other properties both there, and in all other parts of the body, and therefore a good Surgeon ought not to be without it, sith it is so necessary for divers purposes, for to every pain, hot oil of Roses is a mittigative, and to every aposteme outward, it is good to use a maturative of Diachylon dissolved with oil of Roses or Lilies, or Camomile, or De●lthae, or common oil olive, or swine's grease, Malards', or hens grease, for Diachylon thus ordered and applied, resolveth and mollifieth hard tumours, or this unguent, take of Mallows. M.i. and bruise them in a mortar, and put thereto a ●uart of oil Olife, and infuse them eight or niene days after, seeth them very well, then strain it. This mitigates the pain of the Apostume greatly, and it mollisteth, being applied with Lana Succida, it openeth and consumeth. The oil openeth, draweth, and suageth pain, if you have no Lana Succida, take a linen cloth and apply it thereon warm, binding it decently that it fall not away, and a plaster of Mallows is a good maturative and mitigateth pain of the Appstumes in ano, and of women's breasts, and other Apostumes it bringeth to supperation, and is thus made.  
Emplastrum maluarum. Take of Mallows. M.i. seeth them in water until they be tender, then strain them and cut them small, then fry them in common oil, butter, or Swine's grease, or if you will with the foresaid oils, & applied with clean stuphes warm, also wormwood prevaileth greatly therein, if it be made in some emplaster, for it mitigateth pain of the breasts, and comforteth the place, and maketh the matter to evaporate by the pores. And for certain it availeth in all apostumes in every place of the body, & also for contusions. For with this emplaster in the cure of the breasts. I have gotten much credit, for it is very, Sovereign as writer's witness, and I have proved it by experience. And this note that Apostumes breeding near ano, ought not to abide until they break off themselves, but the Chirurgeon ought diligently to feel with his finger the place of the empostume, and where is found any softness, there he ought artificially to open the place that the corrupt blood be let out, lest Intesti. num rectum that descendeth to ano, in the mean time grow to putrefaction before the Apostume break, which when it happeneth, it dringeth a hard cure, unless there be an expert Chirurgeon. For than it may be called the first days Fistulae.  
Sith a Fistulae is nothing else but an ulcer which cannot be dried up, for that cause it is uncurable. For no wound nor ulcer, except they may be dried, are not to be cured. Sometime it happeneth some men have an drifice appearing only outward, piercing through the longation within ano, by the space of an inch or two, and beside that another hole without not piercing the longation within. And I have féene some to have eight or niene holes on the one buttock, and five or six on the other. Of which none pearred the longation but one. And I have féene some have two or three holes on the one buttock, and two or three going down to the cods.  
And some have one hole or more in the one buttock, and one or two in the other part of the yard, piercing as well the longation, as the yard. And in this case as I think, it is uncurable. The Fistulae in the yard may be known, for that sometimes the séedepasseth by the orifice, and sometime urine, & sometime both together, nevertheless of these I cured a Priest at Lincoln, in the house of M. Geffrey Scroop, that had an Apostume in his yard, of which as well urine as matter came down to his cod, and sometime blood went by the passage of the yard Fistulated, and his testicles were swollen exceedingly. Therefore first I put upon the cod a ruptory and made an orifice, where through came forth both urine and matter, whom I cured perfectly, God be thanked: for his ano and longation were not hurt.  
But yet note, that this cute is hard, therefore let the Chirurgeon be very circumspect to inquire diligently of the patient if he feel at any time either windiness or excrements to pass by the orifice of the Fistulae, or if he feel any pain or heaviness in his head, or if he have Vertigo, or can scarce forbear from falling, or if he feel pain and heaviness in his lungs, and feebleness in his stomach.  
Also tell you the patiented, that this kind of fistulae is such, that sometime it is opened of itself, and avoideth matter, sometime thick, sometime thi●…e, sometime watery, sometime bloody, & sometime closed, that it runneth not at all. And eftsoon it beginneth to ache and to cast out matter, and is opened of itself, and runneth as is said before.  
And by these prognostications and tokens showed unto the patiented, he will judge you the more expert in your cure. For this note, after the opinion of Barnard or Gordon, that the nerve in ano hath affinity with the stomach & brain, and for this cause the patiented is sometime vexed in the head and stomach. When you have thus conferred with the patiented, and that he desireth to be cured, first it behoveth you to have a sight of his grief, but beware you put not your finger into his fundament, or show any privy instrument whereby the patiented is put in fear, or peradventure the patient have brought in some other Chirurgeon to espy your dealing.  
But consider diligently the manner of the fistulae, and whether it be curable or not. Yet you ought to foreshow unto the patient the hardness of the cure, in that the sickness asketh long time of curing. For that the medicines applied thereto, may not hide long for purging of the belly, and for much moisture going out of ano, and for many other causes, as the place being strait, and the buttocks too great or hard, or the patient is weak, or disobedient in his cure, or in his diet, and many things you ought to instruct him of. Which if he be conformable unto, you may proceed in god's name unto your cure, with this caveat, to take for your cure as much as you can with good assurance for your money when you have done. Which being done, you must have in a readiness these necessaries. First, two or three Sponges, a lance or a sharp 〈◊〉 knife, with other instruments before rehearsed, as Sequere me, A●um roast. Tendiculum, and silk thirds, Linen clothes, with apt roulers, have also restrictives, with water warmed, with all other necessaries. Taking great heed that the sign be neither in Libra, Scorpio, or Sagittario, neither the Moon in 9 or 8 of the Sun.   

Of the definition of a Fistulae, and the places that it is bred in, and whether it is curable or not. Cap. 2.  
NOw let us proceed to the curing of a Fistulae, and after authors in Chirurgery a Fistulae is a deep impostume having one orifice or more breeding in each member of the body, of an Apostame or a w●…m● ill he aled: casting out matters of divers colour, and of divers substance, as now white and thin, now watery, sometime as the washing of flesh, now clotted, and sometime little, sometime closing itself, and after a fortnight or a month (with a pain going before in the place) openeth itself again.  
And when such manner of Fistulae is bred in the arms or neigh the breast, or in the knees, or in the thighs, or legs, or féets, or head, or in the joints, than it corrupteth the bones of ten-times, and they are thrust out by the holes of the Fistulae. But a Fistulae of the joints not proceeding of outward cause's, is called the festered g●ut, & such Fistulaes' are cominited unturable, especially in women & young men, for it vexeth them by long process of time, if Nature be not showed beneficial. The Fistula in the legs and in the feet may be cured in the .7. 14. or 22. years.  
For after Hypocrates, all sticknes is termined after the moving of the Moon, or of the Sun.  
If it be after the moving of the Moon, than it is ended in the 14 day which is the ending of the sharper ●…knes, and beginning of a linger disease: If it be after the moving of the Sun, than the 〈◊〉 shall be in the .7. month or 7. year and ●…ending upward by 7. And know well that all young men having the foresaid Fistulae, if they be in fevers and lean of body full seldom abide .14. year.  
That which a noyeth them most, is the using of milk, fruit, lechery and such like. If the Fistulae be in a fleshy place of the body only, it is possible to be cured. And therefore the Fistulae in ano or breeding nigh, may well be cured whiles it is not over old or deep, which may be known by the hardness of the place, and discoulouring of the skin, and much going out of the egestions, and feebleness of the patient, or whe●ether it pierceth the condictes of urine, and therefore let not ●…etousnesse blind your eyes, that you may rightly discern between a Fistulae curable, and uncurable.   

Of the cure of the Fistulae in ano. chapter. 3.  
WHen thou seest that he that hath the Fistulae in the fundament or nigh is strong, and the place well coloured, and all things 〈◊〉 ●ingly convenient, have your patient to a convenient place, having with you one or two to the helping of your business, and all things prepared as before, let proceed to your cure in manner following.  
Let the patient be decently laid upon a bed against a fair light window, and if the hole be on the right side, lay him on the left, and if on the left side, lay him on the right. If on the right bone, or other place, lay him as you may most decently come to your work. Which done, let the chirurgeon put the fore finger of the left hand into his fundament, and with his other hand, put the head of the instrument ●…lled Sequere me, into the hole of the Fistulae that is next to the fundament. If there be many holes, prove with your instrument diligently in every hole, your finger remaining in the fundament. If you feel the instrument to penetrats unto your finger, it is a manifest sign that the longtion is perforated. And know ye for certain that this cure is not to be done without insition or fretting with a third strongly fastened, if the hole be not from the fundament above the space of an inch, then is it done in this order.  
Take the instrument called Acus Restratum, and put that end which hath the eye into the hole of the Fistulae next the fundament, your finger of the left hand being in the fundament, and when you feel the needle against your finger, labour diligently to bring out the end of it at the fundament, by bending it gently. Which done, put into the eye of the needle, a strong silk third, folure or six fold, which we call Frenum Cefaris, and draw it through the fundament into the hole of the Fistula with another spare single third, that if the Frenum Cesaris happen to be cat, or break, then with the same space third ye may draw in another with great ease. Which being done, you may choose whether you will cut it, or fret it out. If you will cut it, then shall ye take Acum Rostratum and put it through the mids of the instrument that is called Tendiculum, beginning at the greater end, after take the Fren●… Crsaris ●awen through the midst of the sundament, and the hole of the Fistulae, and through the hole of the instrument called Vertile. That is a wrist. Let them be drawn through & be fast knit in proportion of the length of Frenum Cesaris as it behoveth after the distance of the hole of the Tendiculum. And put the snout of the needle in the hole of the Fistulke strongly, afterward of take the wrest with Frenum Cesaris and put it in the hole of the Tendiculum, that is in the side of it, which done, put your finger into the fundament, and with your hand thrust first the. Tendiculum with the snout toward your finger, and when you see opportunity, turn the wrest about, that Frenum Cesaris hold first the Tendiculum that it goes not out, and so labour until you bring out the point of the snout by the midst of the fundament, and that ye strain the flesh fastened, in the Frenum, with the wrist and the Frenum Cesaris. Which done, take the in strument called Cochleatia or a spoon, of which the hollow head must be put in't he fundament against the point of the snout, to that the point of the snout stand in the hole that is in the spoon mouth through pierced, and that to be holden of some standing by. This shall defend the fundament that it be not hurt through the 〈◊〉 moving, or striving of the patient. Which done, put the point of the Razor or Lance in the hollowness of the snout that is in the spoon, and as soon as you may boldly cut the flesh fastened in the Frenum above the snout, even by the mids. And when it is cut by the mids, the snout with the Frenum shall ye keep away out by itself. If there be many holes that ought to be cut, ye shall do as is aforesaid. Or you may before them until another time. For in some case the other may be healed without cutting, or fretting with third, as shallbe spoken of afterward. Then must you labour to restrain the blood. First applying a sponge wet in warm water, and well wrong out again, into the insition. Holding it fast to restrain the blood. And when it is full, remove it if need be, and put in another. And then raise the patient and let him sit on it in a convenient place. Afterward remove it, & whether the blood be stayed or not, put into the place some one or more of these restrictives following. Sanguis Draconis, Aloes Hepatice powder of Hen's feathers burnt, linen cloth burnt, hears of an hare burnt, pulvis Ebuli, appyed with the white of an egg upon stuphes with apt and convenient bolsters and bindings, for in this case it profiteth very much. And when the blood is restrained, on the second or third day, then take the yolk of an egg with oil of Roses, or Camomile, or Sanguis veneris, or in steed of these, take common oil and convey it into the fundament, in the manner of a glifter, so that the wound be filled therewith, then bind it up conveniently, this order shall ye use for eight or niene days which done, ye shall proceed to the cure as followeth. First ye shall put into the incision pulvis sine pari, upon that apply lintes, and so make it up, and let it continue for two natural days without moving, except it be that the necessity of going to the stool cause it.  
But let the patiented refrain as much as possible he may, or else it will hinder the operation of the powder, but when he hath been at the stool, let the place be cleansed with warm water and a sponge, and very well dried again, then apply your powder again orderly, warning your patient to abstain in all that he may.  
Let this be repeated the third time, and afterward it is not material whether he abstain or no. The place being well cleansed and dried, let the fundament be anointed within and round about with thy finger, dipped in unguentum Viride well melted, in all places where you see the skin excoriate. For this ointment taketh away all smarting and pain, and excortation of the skin, this unguent is called Salus Poluli, then shall you convey into the fundament the yolk of an egg and oil of Roses, and in this order shall ye continue at the least.  
About the xx. day, or xxiv. or xxvi. or sooner if need be, you shall put within the fundament of our powder Sine pari and fill the place of the Fistulae within and without (the place before being well dried) and when ye move it, let the place be well washed and dried, and anointed with Salus Poluli, and after to be conveyed in by a pipe, the yolk of an egg, and oil. And if the party can refrain from stool, let it not be removed in two days, or else when it is need, and consider diligently if the place be well mundified, and be without hardness or evil colour, and that the flux of matter do diminish, which being perceived, you may proceed to in●arnatiues, and after to cicatrize, of the which shall be spoken in their proper places.  
And this shallbe a token of the perfect cure, when the clothes are taken off, and that the emplasters appear or y, and the more drier they be, the better sign. And this iustifith of the cutting of the fistulae, and c●…ing of it. Thus by diligent means, and wise industry, you (by God's assistance) shall finish your cure.   

Another manner of working in the same Fistulae, and the cure, with divers examples. Cap. 4.  
IF it happen that the Fistulae be deep, and that there be distance between the hole of the Fistulae, and the fundament, or if the patient be fearful to abide cutting, or for some notable cause being there, then mayest thou with a thread drawn through the midst of the hole of the. Fistulae, and the fundament, cut the flesh. And it availeth as well as by cutting with a knife, but that it asketh longer time.  
For though ye bind it right straightly in the beginning, yet it will be a month or three weeks at the least, or the fretting be complete. If the patiented be delicate, feeble, or weak of heart, let the thread by which the Fistulae is knit, be so bound, that if need be, it may be lightly loosed without cutting.  
Let the patient have some pleasant company or exercise to drive away or mitigate his pain, then let there be conveyed into the fundament, the yolk of an egg and oil warm, and let the party be anointed with the same, without putting any other thing thereto.  
When he goeth to the stool, put into the fundament, some ●yle what you think best, whereby he may be the better eased, and when you apply the yolk of an egg and oil, you must mix them together, and when you have put them in a bladder, let the bladder soak in warm water until it be warm, and then minister it.  
For those things that be warm ease the pain best, and thus as the t●eed looseth, let it be made orderly straighter and straighter, until it be thereby fretted through the flesh, and when the patiented hath gone to the stool, let him be laid upon a bed, and his fundament well cleansed and wiped with a sponge and warm water, afterward let him be anointed between his buttocks, and round about the fundament with Salus Populie made warm, and every day put into the fundament, the yolk of an egg and oil, and after upon that, let there be applied this plaster.  

Rec. Succi Apij.  
Absinthij.  
Tapsibarbati.  
Ebuli.  
A Sparage.  
Plantaginis.  
Artemesiae.  
Gariophillate.  
Peti confound.  
Caprifolium.   
Of all these herbs if you have them, take even portions (except Caprifolium, whereof take but a third part) If you cannot get all, take of the first three with Caprifolium.  
The confection will be as followeth.  
Take the juice of these Herbs and mingle it with as much clarified Honys, always stirring it on an easy fire, and seeth it to a full decoction, then take it of the fire and let it cool and keep it to your use, this may be kept a year or two, and when you will use it, take as much of the white of an egg well beaten and skinn●ed as of the unguent, and mix them together, with wheat meals, and oil olive, and a little wax, and incorporate them all together adding in the end a little turpentine, and so make it up and reserve it to your use, this being put upon stophes or linen clothes, let it be applied upon the fundament, and then with convenient ligature blind it up. This ulter is called Dia flosmos, for Mulleyne is called Flosmos, it doth not only avail in fistulas, but it cureth all other wounds though they be horrible, also it cureth swellings and bruises: And note, that the confection of Apij Absinthij, Molleyne, Sparage, with clarified honey sodden together, and kept by itself, is called Tup●imel.  
But when you put together all the things above said, it is called Diaflosmos, and thus it ought to be compounded. Take Tapsimell, of the whites of eggs well beaten and skummed, ana. ℥ four Wheat flower, ℥. iij. Oleum Cere, ana ℥. iij. Turpentine, ℥. ij. And if there might be had, in the time of the making hereof a little petty morel, it would be much better. If there be many holes pierced together, then ought the Surgeon assoon as he may with this thread to knit the holes together, but it is better that they be knit from one hole to another.  
Which being brought unto one, let them be filled with pulvis sine paired, and upon it apply lintes, and then upon that your Diaflosmos. And thus shall you dress the cure once a day.  
I saw a man of Northhampton, that had three holes in the left buttock, and three in the purse of the cod, and all pierced from one to another by th' emiddes of the longation, whom I cured with cutting of all the holes at one time of the longation as well as the other. But in the cutting of the longation there flowed much blood, for the Fistulae was right deep, wherefore the patient ●…unded. Then I put to ● spoonge wet in cold water and received the blood, afterward I applied into the L●…igation restrictives, and a good spoongs wet in cold water, and I made the patient ●… in a chair, and after the blood was staunched, and that he had received meat and drink, went into his bed and slept very well all night without effusion of blood, and in the morning. I found him reasonable well. The second day after, I filled all the wound with pulvis fine Pa●i, and as is mentioned in all things before, with the yolk of an egg and oil, & Salus Populi, and Diaflosmes, I cured him sound in 14. weeks This man by report had been under the hands of 20. Surgeons.  
But I had never any that sounded under my hands but this man, he was corpulent, but weak of heart, but nevertheless about the forty day afer his cutting he road. Also I cured a man that had .8. holes on the left buttock, and three on the right, but the longation pierced in the right side only, nevertheless all the holes on either side of the fundament met together in the ground, which I provid thus.  
I took a siring and made iniection strongly, and the substance issued forth through all the holes, nevertheless but one hole pierced the longation only, and for a farther trial, I proved with the instrument called Sequere me. And with Acus Rostratum. With full great hardness and difficulty. The cure whereof was this. First every day in the left but tock through one of the holes, I put Sanguis Veneris, & I put in two tents or three of Lard or Pork into the largest holes, fastening a third unto the ten●s, lest they should fall into the bottom of the Fistulae, and above that I put Emplastrum Nerb●. And with convenient Ligature, I bond it up.  
And on the next day there came with the plaster well digested matter in great quantity.  
This order I continued a space, when the matter began also for the fleeing through putrefied matter, the anointing with Salus Populi availeth best in every cause as well within the fundament, as without.   

Of Bubo within the fundament, and the cause why it is uncurable. Chapter 5.  
BVbo is an Apostome breeding within the fundament in the longation with great hardness, but with little pain. This before his ulceration is nothing but a hid Cancer, which cannot in the beginning be known by sight of the eye, for it is hid within the fundament, and therefore it is called Bubo. For as an Owl hideth herself in the dark places, so this grief lurketh within in the beginning.  
But after process of time it is ulcerat and frettith and goeth out, and oftentimes it frettith and ulceratith all the circumference of the fundament, so that the excrements goeth out continually without retention, and may never be stayed unto the death, nor cured by the help of man. And it is thus known.  
Put your finger within the fundament of the patient, and if ye find within a thing very hard, sometime on the one side, and sometime on both, which hindereth egestion, than it is Bubo.  
And the manifest signs are these. The patient cannot abstain from stool, for aching and pricking, and that twice or thrice within an hour, and the excrements seem as it were mingled with watery blood, and it stinketh very strongly, so that all the unskilful Surgeons and the patiented also th●…keth they have Dissenterium, when truly it is nothing so, for Dissenterium is with flux of the belly, but in Bubo there goeth forth hard egestions, and sometime they may not go out for straightness of the Bubo, but are retained within the fundament straightly, so that ye may feel them with your finger and draw them out, and in this case glisters availeth much. Of the decoction of wheat bran, with oil or butter, or such like.  
Nevertheless unskilful chirurgeons have ministered unto such restrictives, and defensives of Bole Ar. Sang. Drac. Mastic, Coriander, Sumacke, Mirtells, hard yolks of eggs, and such like as availeth to the flux of the belly, and how much the more they apply these astringent things, so much the more they do bind the belly, which bringeth to the patiented great inconvenience, of the which I have had great experience, wherefore I left those things and found great commodity by ministering of glisters of the decoction of bran and Mallows without oil or butter, for all fatty and oily things do nourish the Cancer. Besides those that have Bubo, they eat and drink and go reasonable well, and sleep, and they be meanly hungry and thirsty, but in meat they must abstain from the stool, and often times they die about Autumn.  
And when they be nigh their end, they begin to have lingering Fevers, and begin to lose their appetite, they forsake all, and covet wine, they eat little and covet every day less and less, they sleep but little and unquietly, they are heavy as well in mind as in body, and as they wax weaker and weaker, they covet their bed, and above all things to drink water, nevertheless they can speak and move themselves to the last breath.  
From these (I say) wash your hands if you have care of your credit, unless it be in glisters as aforesaid, to ease him, but this note, that in putting your finger into the fundament of him that hath the dysentery, thou shalt feel nothing in the longation but as in other men's. But in him that hath Bubo you shall feel an induration as big as a Hen's egg or a Goose egg, but the filth that goeth out of both, are much like, that is matter of the colour of citrine yellow, blue or won mixed with watery blood and stink, and it goeth out to the quantity of a spoonful or two, without mixing with egestion, and sometime with egestion, but in dysentery, he shall feel pricking about his Navel and in his flanks. But in Bubo not so, but aching, pricking, and tenasmon.  
I saw one of Northhampton shire, whose fundament was so eaten on every side that he could not hold this excrements, he was constrained always to stop it with a Towel, yet nevertheless the thinnest of his ordure went out always, so that his clothes about his buttocks were always wet, and the Towel being drawn forth, his fundament was so eaten, that a good egg might easily pass in, whereby ye might very well see far into it, but he died in short space afterward, because the Muscles of retention were eaten away, whereby he became uncurable. I have seen some to have great heat and burning without the fundament, and great smarting, with rankeling skin about it, closed to the manner of a purse, in such sort that they could not well sit, lie, nor stand, nor find rest in any place, but evermore moving and stirring as it were in a frenzy, and there issued from the place superfluous water which filled many linen clothes, to the which grief cold things availeth much, as vinegar by itself, or auxt with the juice of Planten, or Virga Pastorjs, and such like.  
If these cannot be had, take the yolk of an eggs, and mingle it with Bole Armonicke, or Ceruse, or both, and anoint the place. So it availeth much to foment the place with vinegar and water mixed together, and after the fomenting, let the place be well dried, and then dressed as aforesaid, when the foresaid water beginneth to cease, the patient shall feel itching, then apply this ointment.  
Take of black Soap, Bole Arm. Brimstone, Olibanum, & make it an ointment. This will dry and make scales to fall off. Also to anoint the place within and without with unguentum Album mingled with Bole and Argentum vivum. This also ceaseth heat, and maketh a cicatrize, if it be anointed with Salus Populi, it profiteth much.  Allome with Tapsimell and Vitriol killeth itching, or clarified honey, with the foresaid powder is meet, or honey and the juice of Celandine, with the foresaid powder, is very good.  
Also the juice mixed with Vinegar and warmed at the fire, easeth all inflammations and itchinges. Also Oleum Sidoniorum doth the like. The juice of Celidonium inbibed into a sponge or linen clothes doubled and applied unto the head luke warm, to the forehead or to the templs, it ceaseth the aching and pain thereof, which I have ofter proved.  
There came a man from Bordeaux in Gasconie unto Newarke that had great gobbets or pieces of flesh hanging down to the length of an inch, and they covered both his buttocks the breadth of three fingers, and there issued out much watery substance, and sometime blood, with great heat and stinking, so that his buttocks were as it were cauterized, and they grew like to the belly of a fish that is called a Lopster, when he spauneth.  
And these superfluities grew partly in the whole skin, which when they were mortified even to the roots, there appeared holes from whence they went out.  
I mortified these superfluities, with pulvis Grecus, and for the issuing forth of the water, I took of the most still Alphita. i. Barley flower, and above I put pulvis Gracus, which mortified the superfluities in three or four times so that they began to die and fall away: this pulvis Grec. is very ●…ecatiue and well cleaning, and it restraineth all watery humours and blood, and it mortifieth the Cancer curable, and the bloody fig in all places. There was a man had upon his buttock a bloody fig, casting forth sometime blood and sometime matter, and it was like a Mulberry, to the which I put Pulueris Grec. a whole night, and in the morning I took off the grief half mortified, which being come, black blood followed, and after a little effusion of blood, I put to pulvis Gre. And the blood was presently restrained, and upon the powder lint, and then above that Emplastrum Narbo. to keep the powder it should not fall off, and thus the cure was finished in a short time.   

Of the Fistulae in the fingers, and hardness of the cure of it. Cap. 6.  
I Have seen oftentimes the Fistulae in the fingers and in the Thumbs of divers men and women as well young as old, the cure of which is to many unknown, for why it breedeth in some in the foremost ends of the fingers, mortifying all the overmost joints both the flesh and bones, sometimes it breedeth in the midst of the joints, and that is more peril, and sometime in the lower joints next the hand, and that is most of all, nevertheless the fistulae breeding in the ends of the fingers, deceiveth the patiented sooner than in other places, for unskilful men term it a white flaw which thou shalt know thus.  
If there happen to any man in the ends of his fingers aching with inflammation, & when it breaketh, there appear a little hole out of the which there cometh a little piece of putrefied 〈◊〉 to the bigness of a wheat carve, and there fo●…th, little matter o● none then judge it to be a Fistulae, and 〈◊〉 if this he not cured within a month, there is 〈…〉 the over joint with the bone, and parad●…ture of the whole finger. I have healed some that said they féelt ●… pain in a fortenight, and when I saw the foresaid token of the Fistulaie, than I separated as much as I might the skin being very foulle, with a Razor or shears, the skin being off, I found all within putrefied, nevertheless the finger was but little swollen and, I put poud●… Creoferoberon to mundify the place a night, and above ● Emplastrum Sangiboetas, in the morning when the filth was desolued and 〈◊〉 out, I perceived the bone of the finger to be corrupt and loosed from his fellow, and in some men I have seen the bone corrupt in part but not in all, and sometimes two joints to be corrupted, whose cure is as followeth. If such manner of cure come to your hands new, & have had no cure before, and that you see a token of the said Fistulae, then deal as is aforesaid in taking away the skin. If there be any filth let it be pressed out and the wound filled with powder Creoferoberon, and put thereon Emplaistrum Sangiboetas, and so leave it .24. hours, when you remove the plaster the wound being mundified, if you find the bone black and putrefied in the upper part, it behoveth that it be drawn out & the place mundified, so you may cure it with unguentum viride, if there grow any superfluous flesh in the hole or any part thereof, as it falleth often times, and be not removed in three or four days, it groweth to inconvenience, which in the beginning you may correct with the powder Creoferoberon, or if it exceed in quantity, then to put to some stronger caustic or actual ●…terie, then to use means with lard or butter, to cause your escarer to fall, which being fallen let the finger be anointed with Soap and, Brimstone, and use in the wound unguentum Viride, & so follow the cure until it be finished.  
Take Licium, that is the juice of 〈◊〉, and honey, and powder of gla●…, 〈◊〉 them all together, and 〈◊〉 thereof an Unguent, this ing●…reth 〈◊〉, stayeth y● 〈…〉, and mundifieth the the 〈◊〉 of the bone, for gla●…●…keth flesh grow upon the bone, honey purg●… 〈◊〉 ●…ueth stink, Licrum hath 〈◊〉 to heal, 〈◊〉 the Cancer and the Fistulae, now Licium is 〈…〉.  

Rec. Foliorum Capriso.   
Bruise them in a Mortar and take the joys thereof and put it in a brassen be●…ell or glass and dry it in the 〈◊〉, and reserve it to your use, and when your ●ure is ●…nate, use this disci●atiue.  

Rec. Sulphuris.  
Auripigment.  
Tar●ari.  
Alluminis.  
Vitriol.  
Sapone.  
Olei. Miss● in foran unguend.   
And this use until your patient be cured.   

Of the Fistulae in the lower joints of the fingers and in the legs, knees, feet and ankles, with corruption of the bones and hardness of the cures. Cap. seven.  
SOmetime the Fi●…ulae falleth into the fingers of young men or women, in the lower joints of the hand and maketh holes sometime in ones side, sometime in both.  
And when you per●… the holes to be in both sides, the patient to uncurable except the finger be cut off by the wint where it is fstened to the hand.  
If the bone of the next finger be corrupted, it must also be drawn out, but I have seldom seen any such to escape without death, when the grief was cured. For the flux flowing thither being stopped once, they die soon after. Those things are known thus. If in the finger, hands, feet, legs or any other member, where there is such a fistulae, it stinketh greatly or hath a strait orifice with hardness, whiteness & redness, and when the wounds are running, the patients are merry, and when it stoppeth, the patient is pale in face, lean and feeble. It falleth oftentimes in the lege, or knee, or feet, or in the ankle. in the leg, and in the feet, I have cured, them, and in the ankle, but in the ankle and in the knee, it breaketh out again shortly after.   

Of the manner of the cure of one that had the Fistulae in the inner part of his legs above the ankle. Cap. viij.  
ONce I healed a man that had a Fistulae in the leg, above the ankle and the foot, and with the plaster Sangiboetas, and with powder made thus.  

Rec. Auripigmenti.  
Sulphuns.  
Calces vive.  
and black Sope.   
And brought them to powder and applied it twice a day, and applied about the wound common oil, or unguentum Album, until he came to perfect health, & besides I gave him to drink of the drink of Antioch. But after he was cured I never saw him more, & therefore I cannot say how long he lived after.   

A treatise of Apostumes in the bowing of the knee disposed to Fistulae. Cap. ix.  
THere happened unto a man an Apostume in the bowing of his knee that was very hard to be broken, although many things were appited thereunto for the purpose. Therefore I put thereto the skin of lard, but it prouted not, nevertheless after three days, I could not perceive any sign or likelihood of breaking, but yet I assayed to have opened it with a lance three times, but the party withstood it, than I applied an herb called Pedelion, that it might break skin, for it was thick, but in the night the patient took it away, than I made a plaster of wheat meal and Honey mingled together and put thereto, and after the second applying, it broke and ran great store of matter, which being priest forth, I put into the orifice tents of lard to the length of a finger, that the hole should not be stopped until the Impostume were purged. In the mean season the patient fell into a fever and great pain, & assoon as the flux of matter ceased to run partly, through negligence and partly through heat it dried, and the hole stopped and began to swell and to gather to a new aposteme, which I seeing, opened the place with an instrument, and thrust forth the matter gathered together, a●…er I put into the place each day tents of lard, for the space of a fortnight and more, nevertheless I perceived not the impostume dried any thing at all, but more and more to indurate & wax red, & cast forth thin & watery substance, sometime much and 〈◊〉 I perceived the place disposed to a Fistulae, for the orifice was 〈…〉 the wound ●…epe, and c●st forth matter of divers colours, and liquid with hardness of the place and evil habitude. Wherefore I put in ten●es, anointed with an unguent which I used against the Fistulae made in this wise.  

Rec. Actripigmenti. Ana. q.s.  
Sulphuris. Ana. q.s.  
Calsic Vivi. Ana. q.s.  
And black Sope. Ana. q.s.   
The which I put in four or five times, but it prevailed nothing, I made a Ven●osu to be set on, and it would not doie. Thus I perceived that the matter flowing would not cease, for that it was in a moist place. For in the place beside the bowing of the knee in the nether part, is a place that hath no flesh but fatness only, an I have not only read, but also known by experience. The skin and the flesh with the fatness being eaten away, I put into the hole unto the bottom a tent of wood somewhat broad, and above I cut the skin by the midst with a casour, and in the wound I put a cloth dipped in the white of an egg, in the morning I removing the plaster, put in this powder.  

Rec. Vnidis Eris.  
Vitrioli.  
Auripigmenti.  
Alluminis, Miss●.   
And upon that this emplaster.  

Rec. Apij.  
Ebuli.  
Artemesiae.   
As is before taught, and with this powder and emplaster he was soon after cured. But this note that in making your incision, you beware lest you cut the vain Saphena that cometh 〈◊〉 the 〈…〉 the 〈…〉 a great 〈…〉 that the 〈…〉.   

Of the manner of a full hard cure in swelling of a man's arm. Cap. 10.  
IN the arm of a certain man began suddenly pricking, and aching, and both the arms afterwards began greatly to swell, from the shoulders unto the ver●e ●…gers ends, the patiented using the 〈◊〉 is of women and their medicines the space of a month, but 〈…〉, at the last he 〈◊〉 my 〈…〉 when I ●… was him arms greatly 〈◊〉 with 〈…〉 and 〈◊〉, and 〈◊〉 heaking, I madely 〈…〉 T●…an, ale grounds, Mal●…, honey, 〈…〉 and théepes' fallow boiled together to a thickeness●… applied pla●ther wise, whereby he found great ●ate, the 〈◊〉 day I 〈◊〉 the plaster, and the swelling was well 〈◊〉 But in the bought of the arm all the collection ●…ode 〈◊〉 she wing as it 〈◊〉 gather to a 〈◊〉, which when I 〈◊〉, ● put to a plaster maturative of Mallows 〈…〉 with grease three or four days, 〈◊〉 I saw, 〈◊〉 to suppuration never the sooner, but the swelling abode still, and in the bought of the arm, the skin appeared round with divers colours, to the likeness of a Toad, showing no token of breaking, and in the bottom of that gathering, was a hard thing as it were a Nut, right under the bought under Vena Hepatica. Which I perceiving, put to doves Dung, leeks, ●garlicke, and bruised them with the juice of smallage and salt. And in the morning when I removed, it was full of Pustules, and it gave ●…orth a 〈…〉. Then I laid to the place 〈◊〉 ointment made of black soap, Brimstone, and Arsenic, and the second day I removed the plaster, and the ointment, and the skin was utterly broken, and there issued forth of the hol● 〈◊〉 black matter, than I put above the place shaving of lard, and above that this plaster.  

Rec. Succi.  
Artemesiae.  
Apij.  
Aosmthij.  
Vitica.  
Ebuli.  
Mell.  
Albumini● Ouorum ana. Miss●.   
And tompe● it with 〈◊〉, if you cannot get all these, the juice of Apium with 〈◊〉, & the white of an egg and meal prusiteth much. 〈◊〉 the applying of these, the dead flesh began to dissever, and there ran forth blood, with water, and in the greatest bowl appeared tetes of flesh with 〈◊〉 in the skin. And there to I made this powder. Rec. Veridis eris, Vitrioli, Au●…pigmenti Albo. ana. Miss●.  
And I put every second day thereto Pulueris carp, and upon that a cloth dipped in Vngurento Fusco, or Albi Oruiride, the redness, and the watery places, I anointed with black soap, and the powder of Sulfer, and above that, a dry linen cloth which I let ●ée until, it fell off then the place began to 〈◊〉 day & ●…ally, which I 〈◊〉 with the foresaid unguent, until the redness and watrynesse, was utterly gone, and by this means I cured the patient. And this nota, that this unguent is profitable to all spots and filths of the skin, which yieldeth forth water with redness, for it drieth much and putteth away redness in all parts of the body except the eyes. But after the putting too of this unguet of soap, sulphere, and Arsenic black, a little cruit appeared to the thickness of a seam of a shoe that was hard to departed with the foresaid Corrosives, to the which I applied an actual cauteris, but the patient scant féelt it, after that I applied lard to cause the escar to fall off, & then finished the cure.   

Of man that had his leg swollen, the which I cured on this wise. Cap. 11.  
THere was a man which has his leg swollen from the knee so the ankle with redness and great inflammation so that he might not stand, I anointed his leg on each side, and fomented it with the juice of Solisequium. i Marigolds and a little vinegar, and made it lake war●…e, dipping a ●…n cloth in the same, and wrapped it about his leg, and brought hi●… to ●…bed, and or ●…on●ght the pain was eased, and within thr● days he was perfectly 〈◊〉 without any other medicine, to the great 〈◊〉 of many. Also the 〈◊〉 of Marigolds by it seen, or with ●…eger ●…royer● greatly Apostumed in women's broths the C●…iter, F●l●…, 〈◊〉, achings, rep●…, and 〈◊〉.   

Of the curing of a man that was smitten on the shin●… bone. Cap. 12.  
THere was a man 〈◊〉 on the shine, but the 〈◊〉 was not broken, but 〈◊〉 the third bay it 〈◊〉 and d●gan to gr●…e him, than he went unto ●… vns●…fall, 〈◊〉 there he had in his leggo a gre●… lounde hole and deep, and full of black filth like unto  ●eth. So when he come to me, I cured him thus.  
〈◊〉 I washed the place ●… white wine. wanded, as which was 〈◊〉 the troppes of the herb ●olwoor●s, 〈◊〉 of ●…lanten, afterward I put to an 〈◊〉 made of Psant●…, Ruberbe, Apij, honey, Rye Mea●e, and whites of eggs mingled together, or the emplaster Sangiboetas, the place being mandisted; I put to powder Creo●erobero, with the medicine of Arsenic before taught, with the other things in the cure of the arm, if any Pustles arise on the leg, you may use unguentum Album, If any man be smitten on any part of the leg violently without wounding, as it often happeneth either by a horse, or a stone, or club, or such like. It is good in the beginning to anoint the place, and bring out the bru●…d ●lood thereof, and after to apply emplasters repressing the pain and swelling.   

Of the manners of Marmolles, and the cure of them, Cap. 13.  
THere was a canon fell sick, and when he began to recover, the humour descending into his leg, and after a while there arose pustles of brown and clayishe colour. He put thereto the oil of Tartar to dry it. But it availed him noihing.  
At length there grew on the one side of his leg a large orifice, and about his anckel three or four small holes to the breadth of a half pany, and the leg evil coloured as yeloish red, from the calf of his leg, to his ankle, the skin casting off certain wales, and when he had used divers medicines, and none pravailed, than he used a black plaster made of white and red leads and common oil of Tartar etc. But nothing prevailed, so that it came to a Marmolle.  
Which when I saw I began the cure in this order.  
First I sowed the patients legs strongly in a cloth of linnon, after I washed the beg so sowed with hot water, and let it lie so 24 hours, keeping it from air and from cold.  
Then I removed the cloth, and mundified the wounds putting into the wound, a piece of linen cloth wet in cold water, I applied, the Unguent of Diuel●ne in the circuit of the wound about the whole skin, so that it touch not the wound within, and cover it with a linen cloth wet. And thus every day swise removing the ointment, and mundifying the wound, and filling them with linen cloth wet, the Unguent is this. Rec. Copen● Salt pe●…, the ashes of broom, the ashes of black Snails, of 〈◊〉 a ●…ttle, Verchgreece double he quarititie of one of these, of quicksilver, of Boar's grease clean, as much as sufficeth, them mingle the ashes with the grease, and when they be well incorporated, reserve it unto your use, it will be a black Unguent. With this Unguent I cured the great wounds of the legs in the manner as is said before, and the less wounds I cured with Vng. Viride of Laufranks description, for there was dead flesh of a blue ●…tour to the breadth of a penny, and that flesh I cut away a little of the upper part of it, than I put to lard, and so with lard and cutting I took away the flesh, & with Unguent Divelin and the cloth wet●e in water, I healed the wound to the breadth of a penny. Then eftsoons there broke out small holes about the sides, and they began to be large until the bigness almost they were before, which seen, I put the powder of Litarge four times and anoint it with Vngueto Albo, and put in the wound a cloth wet in the joys of herb Robart. Which cure seemed to me more profitable, and sounded better the extremities, and joined them more perfectly. If the Mermolex be even upon the shin bone they are sooner cured.  
And the best way is to cut the dead flesh away if the patient will abid it, if it be rut after them cutting, lay to a cloth dippt in the white of an Egg a whole night, afterward put into the wound the ouder of white glass, Succarine, Alum, white Lead, and if you see the bone be mortified, the cure is very heard, or uncurable. And in this case it shallbe good to use blood letting in places convenient.   

Of the properies of Vitriol, j Attramentum. Cap. 14.  
OF Attrament j Vitriol there be many kinds, and that is best that is most gréenest, and that is found in Greece or Cyprus, and is commonly called Dragante, but not Dragagante, also there is a kind of Vitriol called Vitriolum Romanum, and it is yeloish in colour, and there is one kind of white Vitriol but not shining, and that is profitable for eyes. Vitriol is CA & sic: in 4. Gradu after Platearius, and there be 4. kinds thereof. Indicum is found in Indi, and that is white. Arabicum is found in Arabyque, and that is yellow. And Ciprinum is found in Cyprus and that is green. And Romanum that is more competent in medicine. It hath power to dissolve, consume, and to corrode. And it may be kept sen years in effect. Vitroll combust by itself or with salt put upon a venimed wound it draweth the ven●m to the upper part of the wound. Also burned Vitriol in powder ressraineth blood by itself, or with the joys of some henbe for the purpose. Also it availeth against Polipus in the nose, if it be put into the nose with a tent of cotton and Mellis Ros. cum Vitello ovi, it fretteth away the lump of superfluous flesh.  
And put it into a Fistulae and it mortifieth it. Also mingle it with Diaculum, or Apostolicon, and put upon frudulent ulcers in dry bodies, it cureth them merueilouflye in drawing and mortifying them. And being burnt it is less biting and his virtue nothing diminished. All kinds of Vitriol be sharp either less or more. And being burned they be siccative, and so in daying they ingather flesh, and especially in d●y members, for Vitriol put to divers members worketh diveres effects in divers bodies, an in colerick & melancholiek. And also put in day members, for when it findeth strong members resisting his strength, then doth, he dry superfluous moisture found in the wounds, or ulcers, which being dried, nature engendereth flesh in moist bodies, as in phlegmatic complexions, in Children, women, and in moist places of the body, the members be feeble, and may not withstand the strength of vitriall, and so they suffer Liquefaction of it, and so putrefaction is augmented in the wound, and as it worketh thus in divers bodies, so it worketh in divers complexions, and divets members.  
It hath not this contrariety in itself of nature, but from contrariety of complexions, to which it is put. Example.  
As fire doth diversly in divers things. For all metals put in the fire are melted, contrariwise, all tilestones, bricks, earthen pots, & such like, put into the fire, are hardened. And this is not contrariety in the fire, but in the bodies put into the fire. And so of vitriall. The order to burn vitriall is as followeth.  
Take of Vitriall as much as thou wilt, and put it in an earhen pot, the mouth well slopped with clay and horse dung, let it dry, than set the pot in a fire of coals making at the first a soft fire by the space of an hour, then increase your fire, and in the end very strong for the space of two hours, then let it tool and the Vitriall willbe of a red colour, then keep it to thy use in a leather bag. By this combustion his natural heat is altered and cooled, and his biting dulled, wherefore it may restrain blood in the nose, in wounds, and other places. It availeth againgst the cancer, and against venemus matter of Apostumes, and to teeth & gums fretted, mingled with honey or Mell Rosarum or Licium, when it is made with clarified honey, also Vitriol mixed with honey and Licium put therein, helpeth the ulcers of the ears. Also Vitriol combust mingleld with the powder of Hermodactiles, and put under the tongue helpeth Ranulae. An Vngent availeth to can●…du● ulcers & wounds, apostumes, bloody and evil car buncles, pestilential and rotten Apostumes. Take Swine's grease, ounce. iij. Vitriol, ounce iiij. Let the grease be melted over the fire a good while, in the mean time labour your Vitriol with oil, in a brazen Mortar well together, after mix it with the grease, and make an unguent. If thou wilt make thereof an emplaster, put thereto Pitch and wax, for Pitch agreeth well with the properties of the Vitriol.   

Of the properties of Allumen. Cap. 15.  
A Alluni zuccarine is commonly called Allome glass, it is hot and dry, in the fourth degree, it is a vein of the earth well known, but the clarer the better It consumeth grealy and drieth, it availeth with hot vinegar against inflammation of the Gums, and in medicine against scabs. The powder burned either by itself, or with honey, mundifieth light cures, and in that it is Styptic, it is comfortable to members, for all Styptic things repress humours.  
There is another kind of Allome called Allumen Scissium commonly Allome plome, and it hath threads, and it may be divided or cloven a sunder, and hath the like virtue to the other, and it is burnt thus.  
Take a little stone and set it on the coals, so that the coals touch it not, and thereon put the Allom, and let it boil until it be dry, and wax very white, then keep it in a leather bag. The water of Alom is thus made. Take of Allome one part, of vinegar eight parts, seeth them together to the one half. This availeth against itching, scabs, salt flume, etc.   

Of the properties of Verdigrece. Cap. 16.  
VErdigrece est Ca et sic. Hot and dry, it is penetrative and dissolutive, and it pricketh, burneth, melteth, and represseth putrefaction, therefore an unguent of wax, oil, & Verdigrece is penetrative, dissolutive, unctive, and liquifactive, and all these repressed and doubled of the wax and oil added to it. For wax and oil moisteth much, and engendereth putrefaction. So they hinder the sharpness of the Verdigrece, and the Verdigrece doth repress their putrefaction and humectation, wherefore of those a temperate unguent is made.   

Of the properties of Arsenic and Auripigmentum. Cap. 17.  
Arsenic and Auripigmentum be both one, but Arsenic is not so fair as Auripigmentum is, nevertheless both be yellow, but Auripigmentum is great, more shining and uneasier to grind, but Arsenic is as it were powder in respect of the other, and is more lighter broken, and when it is broken, it is like vermilion within of red colour, which some men take to be Realger, and that is false, for Realger is an artificial confection as Arsenic sublimed, and for certayyne, they are not deceived, for they are one in operation, but Reagler is red of colour, and Arsenic sublimed is white, but there is no difference, so that we understand them. Auripigmentum est ca sic. in iiij. Gradu, of the which there be two kinds, yellow and red.  
Yellow is dissoluative, attractive, and mundificative, and hath in it a virtue putrifactive, by which he putrefieth strong humours coming to a wound or an ulcer that engender proud or dead flesh. It availeth in medicines against scabs, tetters, white Morphew, mingled with black soap, and because we make mention of Arsenic sublimed, I advise that no Chirurgeon, unless he be expert, presume to work with Reagler or Arsenic sublimed, for of them are bred many inconveniences by means of their violence, for they cauterize more worse than fire. If any presume to use it, let it be in very small quantity. Auripigmentum is dissiccative consumptive, evaporative, erradicative, putrifactive, ruptive, and cauterative. And this lesson learn of me. In the beginning of my practice, when I knew not the violence of them, I put in the powder of them both, in the legs of two men which being done, they were almost mad, for the pain they sustained two days together, and their legs swollen out of measure.  
The third day the place where the powder was put, was very black, and the patientes were so feeble, they were almost dead. Then I anointed their legs with oil of Roses, and Popilion.  
And I fomented the legs with hot water to evaporate the hu●…ors contained in the members, and upon the sore, I put raw lard cut thin, with oil of Roses. Upon hat I put the yolks of eggs spread upon a cloth to hold on the other things, and about the fourth day after the place combust began to dissolve in the circumference, and to cast forth matter, and the place was undressed from three days to three days.  
Thus I continued the cure in the said manner until all the mortified shesh fell out. Which being removed, the bone of the shin was bare, and the would most horrible, which when I saw, I filled the wound full of Stuphes cut small, and I put upon the bare bone the yolk of an egg mingled with Sanguis Veneris: and I filled all the wound therewith.  
And so every day repairing it until the matter began to cease, & the sides of the wound began to incarnate.  
And when the sides of the wound came to the place of the bone mortified, they would go no further, which I seeing, I shaved the bone daily with an instrument, thinking to have engendered flesh upon the bone, and put regeneratives to it, as Licium, with Mell Rosarum, Aloes Mastic, Myrrh Sarcacolle, Sang. Drac.  
And they profited nothing, but nevertheless in my ignorance still shaving the bone under the instrument, I perceived the bone moved by and down: whereat I marveled. But I perceived the shaving did no good. The I ceased putting nothing in the wound but Licium, with Mell Rosarum, and the yolk of a raw egg, mingled iwth Carpit. And so continued from day to day, until the bone was raised above the wound, and was more lose. When I saw it, I put under the point of a knife, and raised it a little, and all the bone start out, and redflesh grown under if, the bone was in length four inches, and in breadth two, and very thick.  
After the separation f the bone, I cured the wounds with Licium and Mell Rosarum, and the yolk of an egg and pulvis sine parie. And the patiented recovered his going very well, he was a young man, and as it fell to the one, so was it with the other. And this note, I put not of Arsenic so much as the quantity of a fich pease, and the wound that Arsenic made, was the bough and breadth of a man's hand. Therefore beware of the using of Realger and Arsenic sublimed, and especially in the face and legs, and sinewy places, and bonye, and in a man's yard, and in the fundament. For unless they have great resistance, they work in great extremity.   

Of the properties of Licinm. Cap. 18.  
LIcium is the juice of Caprifolium, Mell, Pulueris vitae Alb. Ana Misceantur. Et. fiat Vnguetum. This ●ureth cancer in the matrix, & in other inwardmembers. For it hath virtue to mundify, consolidat, comfort, and regenerate flesh on bare bones, and generally it availeth in all fretting griefs. As Cancer, Lupus, Fistulae, and Nolimetangere. And against the Cancer in the mouth it is a present remedy. The joys of Caprifolium dried in the Sun, & powdered, availeth in dark eyes, if it be put in them, it is called Oculus Lucidus. Bright eyes. j But it may be made profitable availing in chirurgira in this wise. Take the joys of Caprifolium pressed out by itself, & boiled with as much clarified honey, unto the consuming of the juice, and keep it to your use. This availeth against the Cancer in the mouth, and in the fundament, in the matrix, and to all cancrouse and fraudulent ulcers of the legs. If the joys for his thickness will not easily come forth, as oft● it happeneth, infuse the leaves in white wine, and it may be lightly gotten forth. For ye ought not to wash Caprifolium, before the straining, and inspecially when ye make Licium for the eyes, but if need be, washed in wine. Also the leaves of Caprifolium of themselves bruised and applied upon ulcers of the leggesde sperate, stinking, and casting forth ofule matter and blood, and growing nigh to the manner of a caucer and disobedient to any medicine, cureth them marvelously, and that I proved in the leg of a rich man having an ulcer in the same, in curing of the which all medicines failed, and with this he was cured, for why the first time that it was put to, it dried the ulcer, took away, stinch, & put away all accidents, & within a month he was fully cured by god's providence and goodness.   

Of the making of Pulueris sine Pari●. Chapter. 19  
REc. Auripigmenti, Varidis et is, Ana. ℥ two Vitrioli Combusti. ℥ four Alluminis Zaccatini Combasti. ℥ eight Let each of these by them seems e most su●telly ground upon a stone. Then mingle them well together, and keep them in a leather bag, for this may be kept .7. years in good effect and longer. This mortifieth and bringeth forth dead, rooten, or superfluous flesh, in all wounds and ulcers. This powder deceiveth neither the patient, nor the Chirurgeon, for though it be handled unt ki●fully, it doth no harm, and the ulcer have no dead flesh, yet at the last it shall heal it. But not without biting, for if it did, it passed all other medicines.  
The joys of this powder is this. When it is put in a wound or ulcer, put thereon lint or thin linen cloth, upon that the plaster of Narbon, or some other, and so bind it up without removing, for .48. hours, and when you remove the planter, if the powder come forth voluntarily with the dead flesh, than thy purpose is sped, then put into the wound or ulcer, a drop or two of Sanguis Veniris, and so use a until the flesh be replete. But if in the removing thy plaster, the powder come not away willingly with the dead flesh, then put upon the powder a drop or two of Sanguis Veniris, and bind it up again for a natural day, or at your discretion until the escarre be fallen, which being removed, use Sanguis Veniris, as before taught. But this lelarne, that a corrosive must not be remove before it fall off by itself. Also there is a great error among unskilful chirurgeons in the oft removing or dresing their ulcers and wounds, which letteth convenient curing, and that by this reason.  
For Natural heat which is principal author of curing, expiring or breathing out by oft opening of a wound or ulcer, hindereth digestion of humours flowing to the part, wherefore there cannot be made generation of matter. And the super●…uous humours flowing to the place, and gathered together, are thereby holden back. Which is the only cause of swelling, pain, inflammation, etc. Whereby the wound or ulcer is made hard anf owl, and casteth forth matter thin, watery, and undigested. And oftentimes of little hurt, is made uncurable diseases. Also another cause is by oft opening, it taketh air, and air changeth the body, and consequently the wound. And that may be praved by experience. For the breath of a menstrius woman hurteth wounds, or the Surgeon himself if he hath live with any such woman, or if he have eaten Garlic or Onions.  
But let this be holden for a general rule of all Chirurgious (that will use the medicines contained in this book) to renew or dress their patients once every day. For when you see a wound, or an ulcer, to cast foorh floor of matter well digested, the swelling, pa●…e and inflammation to cease, and the member to come unto a good habitude and colour, and that the patient be in good ease, and take well his rest, then judge health to be at hand. For if he can sleep quietly, it is good. For in sleep nature works the better, about digestion, of every matter both in body and members. But oftentimes sleep and rest in hindered because of pain, therefore before all things labour to cease pain. For that not only pressth boon virtues of the body, but also of the medicines. Which may be done in hot causes, with oil of Roses, and in cold with oil of C●…mmuill. Also a plaster of honey, and bran, and a little vinegar fried together mitigateth all manner of pains.  
In my cures I was not wont to remove my medicines but from three days, to three days, and namely in the shine and hurts of the legs. And I sped well and cured many hard things, that were forsaken of divers men, with this pulvis sine Parie, & other emplasters. And I saw never in all my time this powder to ●aile me, except in the legs of a great man, in which it could have no strength of working as it had in others.  
Wherefore I was long astonished, but nevertheless in the end I cured him with green Licium put thereto as it is said above. The Lord being my mean.   

Of the making of Sanguis Veneris, and the working of it. Cap. 20.  
REc. The powder of Alkanet. ℥ i And put it in a quart of common oil, and the oil willbe coloured as red as blood, whether it be boiled or no, for it may be made both ways, & let it be kept in a pweter pot. And this is your Sang. Venetis. For Alkenit is cold & dry in the first or second degree, it consumeth humidity in wounds and ulcers. For it is subtle, and resolveth without biting. It is incarnative, apertive, and exsiccative, with stipticknes, wherefore it is good in hot Apostumes, with little matter in the beginning, and it helpeth wounds in the sinews and joints, and ulcers of the mouth, in drying them, & mingled with vinegar, and anointed, halpeth the aching of the head, it helpeth, purgeth, and defendeth from peril, and deep wounds mads with Arrow or Knife. And all hollow ulcers, if it be put into them, and Emplaistrum Narbon laid above, with many other things profitable.  
But this know, that it may be made another way.  
Take the blood of a maid of 19 or 20. years old, which must be drawn the Moon being at the full, the sign in Virgo, and he Sun in Pistes. And or it be cold add unto it of the powders of Aloe Cicatrine, myrrhaen, Sang. Dra. an. ℥ i or more, according to the quantity of the blood, & of the powder of Allcane, as much as of all the rest, mingle the powders with the blond, to the form of a past, and then dry it in the sun and keep it to your use. And when you will use thereof, take a part thereof and bring it to powder, and boil it in green oil olive, for everse ounce of the confection, you must take two pound of oil. And boil them together until the oil appear red. Then take it of the fire, stirring it until it be cold, or else the substance will fall to the bottom, then keep it unto your use.   

Of the making of Salus Populi, and the working thereof. Cap. 21.  
REc. Celidonium, M.ij Hederae terrestris. M.j. Bruise them together, then take Dear suet or wether's suet, or both, as much as sufficeth to the quantity of the herbs, of oil olife, as much as half the tallow, & boil all together until the herbs go to the bottom, and become black, afterward let it cool and keep it to thy use.  
This prevaileth about wounds or ulcers where the skin is chafed with heat, or where there is pustles or small whelks: first foment the place with a spoonge and hot water, and after the well drying thereof, anoint it with this unguent warm. This drieth and siccatrizeth. It is good in chaps of the lips, hands, feet, or any other place coming either by wind, or fire. It is very good against the Hem●roydes.   

Emplaistrum Nerbon. Cap. 22.  
REt. Lithargi. A●, Cerutae. Plumb. Al. et Ru. ana. lib. ss. Oleun. Ros. libi iiij. Cerae. lib.j. Aced Fortiss. lib.j. Let them be finely powdered, then take it of the fire, putting in your Vinegar by little and little, then stir it until it be cold. And if you will have it very black, seeth it much. If thou will have it less black, seeth it less. And when you have done, make it in rolls. This is a right good plaster, although it be black, for any sore leg, and especially if it be inflamed with heat, which I have well proved.   

Of the properties of Wallworte, and the making thereof. Cap. 23.  
EBulus. i. Wallworte is an herb commonly known with us, whose roots, rinds, branches, flowers and leaves, be profitable in medicines. It hath virtue to dissolve and consume. Viscous phlegm. It availeth against the gout of joints, and contraction of sinews of hands or feet, and it availeth against swellings, and for bruises, the place being fomented with the decoction thereof.  
It strengtheneth the sinews and joints, it availeth against swelling of the belly in cold Dropsies. If the joys be drunk with honey and cumin, thou mayest prepare it as Licium, to have in readiness, for restraining of blood, or otherwise.   

The making of Valence of Scabiose, or Matfellon. Cap. 24.  
VAlence of jacea. Albai. Stabiofe, is thus made. Take the juice of Seabiose, and strain it throughs cloth, then take swine's grease cleansed from the skins, and beat it in a mortar reasonably, then put in your juice, and albour them together until the grease become green, then cover it and let it stand ix. days, then take and labour it as you did before, putting forth the thin water, and so let stand for five days, then take new juice and labour it again as aforesaid, which done, let it stand for a fortnight, then take and labour it again, pouring forth the thin water, and this shall you do until it hath purchased a very green colour: then keep it to your use. This profiteh against Anthrax, it suageth and breaketh it.  
This may you keep many years, but it is better to renew it yearly. This note, that jasea Alba, is Scabiose, but jacea Nigra, is Matfellon.   

The making of Valence of wormwood. Cap. 25.  
TAke the juice of wormwood, Smallage, and Plantain, and with swines grease, work them as is said before, which keep to your use. This availeth to all bruises of the legs and shin bones, and to wounds made in the Muscles of the arms & legs with Arrow or knife, and to other wounds, for it keepeth them open, and mitigateth all pain, and when you will use thereof in wounds, put into the wound first two or three drops of oil of Roses or Violets, and anoint all about the wound with the same oils, then lay upon the same, Valence upon Stuphs or Lyntes, and bind it competently, letting it lie so, for a natural day. This repelleth swelling and aching, and holdeth the wound open, and engendereth matter, and draweth forth venum of the wounds, delayeth inflamatious, with many other good virtues.  
This medicine I loved much, and did wish it many good cures, which for brevity, I leave to rehearse, which the practitioner in proof shall find.   

Pills or powder of Antioch.  
REc. Consolida, Ma. et Mi. bugloss, red Coleworts, Strawberry leaves, Sanicle, Tanfie, herb, Robert, Auens, Rubi. Tinctorum, of the greater sumitery, of Summer hemp. ana. M.j. of Orpin, red Bréere crops, red Nettles. ana. p.j. of Sengreene. Let these be bruised and made in bales, and dried in the shadow, & when thou wilt use it, make it in powder and give it in Ale, or with wine. It casteth forth all filth. When you will make the drink of Antioch, take all the foresaid herbs, and seeth them in a gallon of Gascoine wine white, until half be consumed, then let them be strained with a strong expression, adding thereto as much honey as is of the decoction, then let them seeth gently, until the skomme be all cleansed, then take it from the fire and keep it to your use. When you will use it, give three spoonfuls of it in the morning, and so at night, with five spoonfuls of lukewarm water, or water of fumitory.  
Bales of Antioch is thus made. Take Mouse ear, avence, agrimony, Daysles, Vervain, fumitory, Hemp, red Coleworts, Bréere crops, of each like quantity, stamp them very small, then make them as great as an egg, and dry them in the Sun, and give the sick to drink thereof. ʒ. j. in the morning, and so much in the evening, with wine or clear Ale, and put upon the wound or sore, a red colewort leaf, or a bréere leaf, and this do until the pa●… be thoroughly whole.   

To draw out Iron or scales of bones, thorns and such like.  
REc. Magentis, Galbani, Serapini, Hammoaci, Ana. ʒ. j. Misce, Item. Rec. Magnetis, Propoleos, Terebin. Ana. Misce. Item Succi apij. li.j. Melis li. ss. Seeth them together to the thickness of an 〈◊〉, putting thereto of wheat or lie flower, and powder of saw dust, li. ss. this mundifieth old wounds and new, and draweth forth broken bones or scales, and it is good for womes breasts, being conveyed unto the bottom of the wound, except they be very horrible, & stinking. Then take white wine a quart, powder of saw dust. ℥ iii cropes' of Madder ℥, i of roche alum. ℥. ss. Seeth them and wash the wound therewith, then dry it with a soft cloth, laying thereon the mundificative, and upon that this plaster. Rec. wax. ℥. ss. Tailowe, per Rosin, ana. ℥ i oil of Camomile as much as sufficeth, make an emplaster, this is one of my secrets. Item, sour dough and temper it with honey, and put thereto mistletoe of the One, 6 parts Hammoniaci. 8. parts desolued in water of Femcriicke and a little seces of oil, this emplaster draweth forth Scales, and small pieces out of a wound, as thorns or such like. Item the roots of fern, cleansed from their rinds and stalk, and ●oden in white wine, and Elder leaves, and the herb Persicana sudden in water, and beaten with the fern roots and the grease of an Hare, lay to the wound, and the same night the pain shall cease, and in the morning you shall find the iron or wood wrawen up into the wound, or else come clean forth.  
If a bone within the wound be corrupt, that sealt shall● taken away with the cantery or hot iron, but in no wise raspe the bone when it is canterised, but put upon it oil of Roses hot, after this lay upon it Speciale or Agrippa and such like, but if you go about to scrape the bone, it will nevertheless of his own accord cast of a scale afterward. Wherefore you do but increase your labour, and bring the patient to an inconvenience. The healh of a wound is hindered in two causes, the first is want of blood in the body, or by corruption of the same blood, for then there may no good flesh be engendered, and the cause may be in the grossness, or subtelnesse, hotness, or coldness. Also if there be hard or dead flesh growing between the lips of the wound. Or ●… the bone be 〈◊〉, or if there be over much putrefaction in the ●…und, with many other causes.   

Of Molifiing medicines.  
REc. The f●ces of oil of Lilies, the feces of oil of Linséed, Bdellij. Ana. ℥ two Storax, Galbanum, Oppoponaxe, Hhammoniaci, Ana. ℥ i the grease of Hens, or Malardes, 4. ℥. dissolve your gums in wine not over much, the me●le altogether in a Mortar, until they be in corporated into one, this mollifieth hardness well after the fomentation, with the decoction of March meadows, Fenicricke, linseed, and common Mallows. Another very good, for the contraction of ●…nnowes, and to moliste hardness. Take old ole olive, joys of Rosemary ana. parts equales, boil them together unto the consuming of the joys, then reserve it to your use.  
Another of the same virtue. Rec. Wax. ℥ ii oil of Been. li.j. mastic, Storax, ana. ℥ i  
Of this make an Unguent. Another for hardness of members. Rec. Rosin li. ss. wax ℥ two oil of Camomile, li.ii. the flower of linsed and Fenicrick, ana. ℥ two Mastix, Olibani, ana. ℥ i Swine's grease, Hens, and Ducks grease, ana. ℥ two melt the wax and Rosen, and when they be melted ad there unto all other things, and seeth them until they be incorporated, then reserve it to your use. Another. Rec. Swine's grease, Hens, Goose, and Ducks grease, ana. ounce three, wax ounce i. common oil, ounce iiii. powder of Finitrick and lint féeds, ana. ℥ i Bdellij, Oppoponax, Mastic, incense, ana, ounce ss. put the gums in wine and after melt them that they may be well incorporated, then cool it and keep it to thy use. This is a more molli●…yng and softening, and more comforting of sinews than any going before. Another. Rec. Axungie Porcine. li. ss. wax, ounce two. Goose, Ducks, and Hen's grease, and ounce two. melt them at the fire, and incorporate them together. And this mollifieth all hardness, and the shrinking of sinews.   

unguentum de Palma, with other Unguent and powders Consolidative and Sigillative.  
REc. calves suet cleave mundified from the skins. li.j. melt it in a pan over the fire, and put thereto old oil olife, and lygarge in fine powder, ana. li.j. et ss. Roman Vitriol in powder, ounce two. Seeth all these together stirring it together, with a stick of green Palm. or cut pieces of green Pame, and cast into the kettle among your 〈…〉 ●ar d●y, take them away and put in flesh, and so seeth it to the form of an unguent. Another which cooleth and conglutinateth.  
Rec. Oil of Roses 〈◊〉 iiij. Ceruse ounce. i. wax ounce ss. Dissolve the w●…e with the oil at the ●yer, which being desolued, while it is host, put in your Seruse, continually stirring it, then add thereto the whist of too eggs beaten well together, and stir it until it, be cold. And this i● unguentum Coruse. A powder consolidating old wounds and sores.  
Rec. Aloes usti. ●…owers of Pome 〈◊〉 dried. My 〈◊〉, Galls, ana ounce ss. And make 〈◊〉 a powder. This dry●… and ficcatrizeth old wounds. Another consolidating 〈◊〉 wounds and sores.  

Rec. Sanguis Draconi●.  
Mastic.  
Gum Arabic.  
Dragagantum. ana. ℥. ss. fiat pulvis.   
Alia. Take Langdebefe and dry it, ounce iiij.  

Dragagantum.  
Mastic.  
Sa●guis Draconis, ana. ℥ two   
Powder and searce them, this powder consolidateth old sores, and bringeth together new wounds lightly.  
Another consolidating powder. Rec. The rinds of pomegranates, Balaustie, the powder of a post. ana. ℥. ss. Miss●. This powder consolideth all manner of old sores in wa●rie places.   

Emplasters for Marmolles and Ulcers.  
REc. Lytarge, Ceru●e, ana. lib. ss. Boliarmoni aci, Lapis Calaminaris, Masticis, Olibani, Mumie, Aspatri, ana. ℥ i Olei Communis. lib.ij. et ss. First boil your oil with your Lytarge and Ceruse, almost to a full decoction, then put to your Lapis Ca soon after your Bowl Ar. after that your Aspatum, when this is all in, & almost sod, take it of the fire & put in your Mastic, Oliba, Mumie, always stirring it. Another of mine own, and it corrodeth mightily, and ciccatrizeth, and mundifieth old ulcers and Marmolls.  

Rec. Ceruse. ℥ four  
Sal. gem. ℥ three  
Lapid. Magnetis. ℥ i et ss.  
Lapid. Calaminaris. ℥. ss.  
Oua Mund. iij. Cere. ℥ ten   
Make powder of them that willbe powdered, then melt the wax and put in your powders, and when it is nigh cold, put in your eggs, and make it up in rolls. My master Mi●…el did add thereto of Turpentine ℥ i of wax more ℥ two For it was so short it would not abide together, and he said, if the eggs had been put in first to the wax, when it was sodde, and then put in the powders, it would incorporate the better. Another emplaster.  

Rec. Salis Gem.  
Salis vitri ana. ℥ i  
Lapid. Magnetis.  
Lapid. Lazuli. ana. ℥. ss.  
Vitrioli. Rom. ℥ i et ss.  
Litargi Auti. ℥ i et ss.  
Argenti vivi. ℥. ss.  
Cere, lib.j. et ss. fiat empl.   
First melt thy ware over a little ●…er of two or thr●e coals, that your wax be warm, then put in all your powders, except your Litarge, Auri, and Argen●i, then mortify the Argetum, and incorporate it very well with the Litarge, and when your other stuff is almost cold, put into your Litarge with the Argent, and work it ●est together, but beware it ●ouch neither oil nor water, and therefore the best making of this is in a hot mortar.   

unguentum Arabicum.  

Rec. Vnguenti Albi. ana. q. S.  
Boli Armoniaci. ana. q. S.  
Sanguinis Draconis. ana. q. S.  
Olei Rosarum. ana. q. S.   
Aqua Rosarum, in quo dissolve Gummi Arabici. Miss●antur et fiet unguentum.   

Flos Vnguentorum.  
TAke deer's suet, ounce liij. rosin, Perrosine ana. lib. ss. White wax, Frankensens, ana ounce iiij. Mastic, ounce i. First melt the Dear suet and the wax together, then powder the Gums, and put thereto, and when they be relented, strain them thorough a piece of Canvas into another vessel, and put thereto a pottle of white wine, and set it over the fire again, and boil them to the consuming of the wine, always stirring it, then take it from the fire, and when it is almost cold, put thereto of Turpentine well washed with white wine ounce iiij. And of Camphor well powdered ʒ. ij. Then make it up in Rolls, and lap them in Parchment. This plaster is good for wounds both new and old, for bruised sores, and for aches, and it doth mundify ulcers or old sores without pain, it will comfort the member that it lieth on, and is good both for Fistulaes' and Cancers that be ulcerated.   

THE true methood of the Fistulae practised and used of one Hall of Norfolk, to whom the people doth flock as unto an Oracle, which thing came to my hands by chance, (by a Gentleman a patiented of mine) and for that I would not have such a secret hidden, (although of some it was bought full dear and doth closely keep the same,) but minding the benefit of my Country, (bearing not the mind of those who say it is pity that any such thing should be made common, or be set forth in Englsh, although themselves have neither Latin to serve their turn, nor good words to others that mean well.) Will not keep it in huther muther, as some blind asses would have it. Who thinks all too little for themselves, making pity of doing good, but would all things encroach, and nothing impart. And therefore I thought good to deliver the same as I received it, neither adding, nor diminishing any thing too, nor from the same. The composition whereof I will distribute unto all men, catch it who best can.  
The powder is white Vitriol Crude, Mixed with Bolearmoniacke. The strong powder is Mercuri Sublimate, mixed with Bolearmoniacke. And sometimes they use to make a tent of the powder of Vitriol Crude and Bolearmoniacke, mixed with unguentum Populion, and made in the form of a past.  
The unguent is made of Auxungie Porcini, and Poplar buds bruised, and boiled together. The Cataplasm or Pultas is made of Milk, groundsel, sheeps suet, and great Otemeale bruised. Another, 〈…〉, o● e●h a like 〈…〉 the 〈…〉 l●…ned bread, boiling it together to the form of a Catoplasme, Sometimes they do make as it were a past of the said powder tempering it with the soresaide unguent together to the thickness or body of 〈◊〉, applying it 〈…〉 in the form of a tent, or 〈◊〉, where they may lay it upon a corrupt borne, or evil 〈◊〉.   

Certain Balls which are used to cure vicers in Ano.  
Muscle shells lays 〈◊〉 the embers, the out sides next the 〈◊〉, lot them lie so long till the black● go from the white, 〈◊〉 your fingers, then take the white which is the inside of the shells and beat it do powder, and of ra●…e Ba●on, and between two hot iron● melt it and make Balls of the powder and great.  
The second 〈◊〉 Balls are 〈◊〉 of Vitriol and the Populion, etc.   
FINIS.   

The description of an Emplaster called Dia Chalciteos, translated out of Galen his first book of the composition of medicines, The 4. Chapter.  
ACcording to the same reason and industry that I have compounded this emplaster called Chalciteos, which of the Palm tree I call Phemeenon, a very commodius medicine for the conglutinating, and cicatrizing of ulcers, and for the curing of inflammations, being brought to the form of a Cerote.  
Wishing you also to exercise your minds, leaving the fond practices of Thessalus and his Scholars, with their ignorance, who neither know (nor will follow) the best medicines by learned Physicians invented, nor yet consider that they do consist of contrary faculties. Exercise therefore I say your wits, that using with me the same methods, ye may also compound medicines. Persuading you that our elders composed all in deed by reason. For that order of the empirics called in Greek Periptosis, is a very trifling Toy. I must therefore show the reason of compounding the above said meditine. For that the old oil, and the Adeps, have digesting or dividing properties. But Chalciteos, & Succus Palm do repel and bind. Of these did I compound this medicine, which very many have already used, for that by use and experience they have proved it to be better than any other of that kind. For reason inventeth the composition, but experience discerneth the virtue of the same. Even as the artificial workmanship also among the unskifull, win credit. I have moreover tempered with the former medicines Spuma Argenti, which giveth no great efficacy, whether it be to the simples that repercusse the inflowing humours, or them that digest that which is already fixed in the inflamed parts. For it drieth, but not strongly.  
Wherefore I did put it as an apt medicine, into the composition of the plaster. For it is boiled with the rest above said, until it come to such a body, as will not cleave to thy fingers. The Adeps must be fresh, and as old as may be possible, & the oil must likewise be old, whose virtue as you have learned, is most nigh and like to hogs grease, saving that grease doth somewhat more heat and mollify. And you have heard that by age, they be come more subill, and do more aptly digest. And therefore unto inflammations that bring great pain to the part affected, the newer they are the milder and gentler they be.  
But to all other inflammations, the oldest are better, and look how much older and more stubborn the inflammation is, so much the more profitable are the oldest, yea, they are of themselves of force enough to cure it. so that they inflow no more into the inflamed part.  
But if any thing do yet inflow, then must the medicine also have a mixed virtue, even such as hath this medicine by me composed.  
And therefore did I mix with digestives Chalciteos et Palma. Knowing full well how few old inflammations there be to whom nothing infloweth. For by reason of the humours to them flowing, they are wont to be protracted, and so become old. Moreover in the beginning & augementation of inflammations the virtues of astringent and cooling medicines should chiefly excel. And therefore is this emplaster being liquified unto the form of a Cerot very profitable unto many, adding thereunto now and then wine, or vinegar, or water.  
And sometime liquifie it with unripe oil (of the greeks) called Omotribis. Or with some other astringent oil, which is called Hispanicum, et Histricum or else with some sweet oil, not astringent, or with old oil, and fathermore I have liquified this emplaster with Oleum Mi●…, et Millini, when the case required so strong adstriction.  
Whose composition is a followeth.  
Let there be prepared of Adeps, which the Apothecaries call Axungia, li.ij. Olei Veteris, li. iij. Spuma Argenti, Tantundem. Chalcitidis. ℥ four and thus must ye compound it.  
Let the skins of the grease be all taken away, and the rest bruised that it may be the better molten, which being melted at the fire, let it run through a strainer, that it may be cleave without skins, and there must be of it two pound as is aforesaid. After that, mix with the Axungia of Chalcidis made in fine powder, the third part of a pound, (that is after the old writers ℥ four) and a quart of oil, putting thereto Argenti Spuma. lib.iij. (as before is said) and when they are all brought to one body by strong labouring in a mortar, put them altogether into a Cauldron and stir them with a Spatulae of Palm tree, whereunto one bog bough will suffice, that you may use the massy part of the wood in the manner of a Spatulae, for so men call the instrument wherewith they stir confections, and we likewise for the more plainness will use the same term.  
Now that which is next to the massy and woody parts of the bough must be cut off, and the small and tender branches on each part proeéeding forth, must be plucked off, and the rinds or bark being first peeled away, that the scraps or small chips put in, way with their juice strain and colour the medicine.  
You must therefore use your Spatulae even forth with at the beginning.  
But the tender fragments of the Palm, must be cast in, when the medicine is come to the form of a Cerote, for if you put them in at the first, the joys of them (which we would have to remain) will in the boiling be consumed.  
Moreover that part of your spatulae where with you stir the medicine which is strained, after it waxeth so dry, that it hath no more moisture, must be cut off and cast away, and the rest which hath yet joys therein must serve your turn. So long as it retaineth any joys therein, and this may suffice for your understanding, to consider that your spatulae must be green, and full of sap. For if it be dry, it availeth nothing.  
Let it be therefore in winter cut from the tree, the day before, but in Summer, the same day you boil your medicine.  
Now when your medicine is boiled, and come to that perfection, that it will not stick to your hands, then use this emplaster to ulcers that are hard to Cicatrize called in Latin Vlcera Cruenta, and also to bloody wounds, being liquified with oil, it helpeth very well inflammations, gouts of the feet, and pains of the joints, inflammations of the shares, and Thima, burnings, kibes, fractures of bonnes, contusions, and finially all affects that are called Rheumatic. And many that now adays do cut Harniaes' strait after their handy work do use the said emplaster. (Being first prepared with fomentations, and cataplasms) and yet if you will put therein of Chalciteos. ℥ uj (which after the old order is half a pound) the medicine will thereby be made the more apt for the conglutination of great wounds. And of more effect to such as are hard to be Cicatrized.  
There are also in this book other medicines of the same virtue.  
And yet unto this medicine being liquified with oil is more credit to be given in Rheumatic affects, then to them all. It is very good as I said at all times, for them that have the gout, and griefs of the joints, when their pains are not great, then do they require fomentation, and liquefiing Cataplasms, in the beginning therefore of these griefs, and while they are yet in their augmentation, when you have liquified this medicine, let it cool, then scraping it with a Scise, power it into a mortar, & power wine thereon, and that it may the better drink in the same, work it well with your hands against the mortar.  
The wine must be somewhat tart, and of mean age, and of substance not thick, but as clear as may be. For such wine by reason that it is of a subtle quality, pierceth the deeper into the body. And so long must you power in your wine to the melted medicine, and work it with your hands until it be taken in and tempered with the same, and that none of the liquor be left unmixed with the mollified medicine. Also if you will mix your liquors with the medicine while it is yet warm and molten, it will be the better.  
Wherefore in the beginning of inslamations, the repercussive virtue must be the stronger. But in the augmentation, the same must be diminished, and the virtue digestive must be increased. And moreover when the inflamed tumour cometh to his proper state and vigour, the faculties both repercussive, and digestive, must be of equal proportion, unless some vehement pain, shall require a linetive medicine.  
But when the inflammation once declineth, you shall augment the virtue digestive, but then shall you mix no wine with your medicine.  
Furthermore while it melteth, if you will have it more astrictive, you must add thereunto Spanish Oil, or Oleum Omphacinum, which we call Crude or unripe oil.  
But when you desire to have both the faculties equal, you may liquifie it with sweet oil, which must neither be too new nor to old.  
But if you desire to have it digest, you may very well take old oil. And when you melt this emplaster, this rule is to be observed, that ye take more plenty of the oil then of the medicine. So that if you take of the oil li. i. (that is ℥ xii) it will suffice to put thereunto of the medicines ℥ ten  
So that ye may plainly perceive, that how much the more of the medicine this plaster hath, so much the more effectuous it is made thereby. And look how much more liquid it is made, by melting it with oil of Roses, so much the more milder and lenitive it is.  
But it is brought to the form of a Cerote, when unto li. i. of the medicine, ye add of oil li. ss. and after this sort it is profitable unto inflammations declining. And also helpeth better the inflamed tumours of the fundament and strait gut that spring of themselves, than any other remedy.  
But then must it be liquified with store of oil. That it may be conveyed in, in the form of a clyster. Furthermore we often in such cases liquified the same in oil of Roses, putting first under the vessel wherein it melteth, a kettle with hot water therein, which must stand over burning cools, or a clear flame without smoke. And being so melted after the same manner of temperature before mentioned, so that it have form of a soft Cerote, it thoroughly healeth not only the ulcers of the privy parts, and the fundament, but also all others, even to the ulcerated kibes and burnings.  
For it delivereth them forthwith from inflammations, and maketh them pure, and filleht them with firm flesh, and espcially when there is in the medicine good store of Chalciteos. But note that wine must be also mixed with the medicine that shall work the effect. And if you mix therewith vinegar, it is good for burning, both at the first, and also at any time afterward laid thereunto. Whether it be then blistered or not. And it is of the like effect to those that are scalded with hot water. Moreover if you lay on this medicine before the inflammation begin, it letteth much, and restraineth not a little the generation thereof. And therefore as I have said, many that cut Hernies, use the same by and by, not once molesting the wound before, and besides all this, to use it upon contusions, to fractures, and to all sorts of wounds, if it be laid to them liquid, it is a present remedy, so it be applied artificially with convenient rolling, or ligature, such as commonly are used in ruptures, moreover it helpeth all oedematus tumours and inflammations, when the body aboundeth with evil juice, or else it is of much sense, laying the same as soon as may be to the beaten and contused parts, and you shall put thereto of fresh Henbane, which if by reasan either of the time of the year, or of the place it be not to be had, then shall ye use that which hath been gathered and preserved in the Summer.  
And also the juice of Mandnragora mixed with the medicine, maketh it the more milder and pleasant. And of this liquor or juice, it shall suffice to temper or mix ℥ i thereof, with a pound of the emplaster being liquified with oil, putting in sometime more, and sometime less as need requireth.  
It is also requisite that in such bodies, the medicine should be melted with oil of Roses. But unto such parts as are hurt by a fall, or bruised with a staff, club, or stone, although there happen a congelation, yet may this medicine, even the beginning commodiously be applied thereunto, being mixed with wine, as we have before taught. Which wine must be left out the third day, or at the farthest, the fourth day, if the part be void of inflammation, and then must you liquifie the emplaster with old Oil. For if the humour be much con●ealed, and the parts constrained, they may hardly afterward be digested into vapours.  
Moreover I do use this medicine against Herisipelas, and chiefly unto those that be conjoined with inflammations, Laying it on at the first, melted with oil of roses, which is made ex Olio Omphasini, which is green or unripe oil, and without salt, for such oil unto Herisipelas is most commodious, and when it is therewith liquified, the juice of nightshade or Solatrum, is most diligently to be mixed therewith, thoroughly, and well wrought in a Mortar.  
If that be not to be had, ye shall use the juice of Psyllium or if it be in summer, the juice of Grapes, with the juice of Purcelane, or of fingréene or house leek, for the liquor of sour grapes by itself, bindeth, or restraineth more than is requisite. For Herisipelas requireth not so great astri●…ion, but hurteth, for by hardening the skin, it encloseth the heat, and hindreh evaporation. Moreover the joys of porcelain of itself cannot so conveniently be used, because of the toughness, and thickness of the same, and therefore the best way is that you take the joys of the sour grapes, and commix it with your joys of Purcelane, and so bring them into one body or form, and then to strain it out. And in like sort shall ye strain out the joys of Singreéene, for alone no man can strain forth any store of juice, nor of Peneworte.  
But the new fresh joys of green Mandrake Appls put thereto, maketh this medicine the more convenient. For the which if the time of the year serve not, thou shalt not doubt to use that which is brought from Candy, or some other place. Also we have used to temper therewith the joys of Henbane, and sometime Meconium, which is the joys of Poppy, and it will do well together with the same, to put some Glaucium much weaker than these.  
And yet is the oil of Le●tuce easier to be had, I mean as well the wild, as the garden Lett●ce. But less effertuous in iooling then these, are too ioyces of Poligonum Aurcul● Muris, and such like.  
And yet they do also cool. But more evidently doth the kind of Lenticula cool, that groweth in fenny places. But for want of all these, you shall mix therewith vinegar & water.  
And this medicine must artificially be brought to a cooking quality. That is, by setting them on vessels of exceeding cold water, or on ●…e. And let your Phenichinum be in like manner cooled, and then lay to Herisipelas, until the vehement heat or burning do ease. But it is evident that those medicines that by an outward cold quality do help the affects of Herisipelas, must be changed, and that chief when it is an exact Herisipelas, without inflammation. And after that the same sharp inflammation is cessed, or else if that it were not from the beginnining a perfect Herisipelas.  
But either an Herisipelas joined with Flegmon, or a Flegmon joined with Herisipelas, then must be apply thereunto no extreme cold thing.  
But abstain therefrom, 〈◊〉 with the liquid medicine such things as de● 〈◊〉 cool. And in this case we use the musselage of linseeds, and the joys of Camomile. And then afterward we use only the melted medicine, putting thereto no other thing.  
Now if the Herisipelas, shall at time by the force of co●ing modicine wax blue, then is the same no longer to be 〈◊〉.  
And you must abstain from the mixture, not only of the wine, but also of oil of Roses and all astringent oils. For Ph●nichinum only liquified with old oil, is of sufficient force to discuss the matter into vapours which is waxed blow.  
But then the affected parts, must be fomented with warm water, and scarified.  
But if it shall seem 〈…〉 this to do than it is convenient to 〈…〉 forth with the moist medicine of Phinichini melted, whereunto you must add wine, and the next day you must leave away the wine.  
And if an Herisipelas shall happen unto us to be cured which hath been made cold by unskilful, Surgeons immoderately cooling the same, in so ●…ch that it waxeth black, then must we use both 〈◊〉 and scarification. Which if we do not, we p●… into the melted medici●… Cal● Viva.  
But if the patient be of a tender and delicate constitution, we use to wash the same. Also the joys of Co●iander mo●…teth much being ●axed with the Cerote made of Oil of Roses.  
And therefore to these and such like affects, there shall a number of other 〈◊〉 be showed in this treatise following.  
Some of like virtue, and divers of more effect than Phinichinium. More over against the gri●fe● where there is conflixion, or flowing of hum●…s, this may well ●e 〈◊〉 of all 〈…〉.  
And that which hath 〈…〉 then, was h●…ed for.  
For it happened on a time, a 〈◊〉 thigh was nigh the share impostumed, by reason of a raw inf●…ation all 〈…〉 the ori●…ce that the 〈…〉 to the sh●…e, and so forth, of the pl●… and the flux that was settled in the thigh, was e●ac●…ted in continuance of time.  
But there followed a 〈◊〉 disp●siti●… of a Fi●…u●… under the skin of the whole thigh. In so much that we de●ifed to open the 〈◊〉 nigh to 〈◊〉.  
Whereby the matter might the better be expelled, 〈◊〉 and the 〈◊〉 medicine that we put in; ●…ght have the easier way to penetrate.  
But when we loosed the thigh the day foolowing, and had determined to cut it, we found all fallen dry, & void of moisture.  
Therefore all men may know, that it stood with good reason to use the medicine both the next day, and likewise, the days following.  
For so much as the part waxed every day better coloured, and every where founder then before. After that I had in this case cured this young man, I cured with this medicine, many romaticke affects, even such as had but one orifice, and the same inwarly, and in the manner of a Fistulae, and that could not be conglutinated. And I do will all men not to leave off this use of the medicine, although for many days it seem to yield no evident help. For that, that it may afterward sometime, even in some one day, at once show some universal and most notable commodity.  
Wherefore ye may boldly use always this medicine in rheumatic affects, and in tenter bodies, as in Children, or in women, mixed after the manner aforesaid, namely putting in of the Chalciteos ℥ iiij.  
But in a strong and hard body, put in more according to the measure of their excess, either ounce i. or two, that their may be of the Chalciteos, v. or vi. ounce. And of each of the other two li.iii. to wit of old oil, & Argenti Spuma. And of old grease li.ii. which the Apothecary's call Auxungia.  
But in the diseases that come of rheums, let it be melted with sweet oil, neither too new, nor too old.  
And use of the wine that is tart, & of a mean age. This medicine reproveth the vain trifling of Thessalus, yielding most effectuous help, & it is compounded of things that are endued with contrary qualities.  
From the which if ye take away one sort, none of the effects aforesaid shall follow.  
For by relaxative simples only without astrictives, it bringeth to rheumatic affects, little comedy. Nor yet to beginning, or increasing inflammations, neither can it have the virtue, to assuage pain, or to discuss. Relaxatives without astriction whose office is to mollify things hard, and it will moreover perfectly supple, and moderately mollify, if the oil and grease that is put therein be not too old.  
The medicine therefore that Mnasseus made hath both oil, Spuma Argenti, and Adeps, together of equal quantity. But it is most contrary to beginning and increasing inflammations, howbeit this our medicine hath all that Mnasseu medicine hath to wit, Spuma Argenti, Adpes, and Oleum. But if it have therein no astrictives, it weakeneth the parts, and dissolveth their strength, by reason whereof they are made to the flowing of humours.  
For you may know that the parts, of the body do not alway by reason of immoderate heat suffer fluxes, but that the same chanceth rarely.  
But that their weakness doth breed such griefs, which for the most part proceedeth of a cold intemperature.  
Therefore if any man will moisten and heat those parts with relaxative medicines, they shallbe utterly dissolved thereby and made weak.  
And again if any man will vehemently constrain tumours in rheumatic griefs, he shall not at the first seem to profit, but the remains he shall make rebellious and Scirrhous, for such affects admit not in deed the applcation of things that be too astringent.  
For that they are by them molested with pain & extension. But all pains doth vex and molest the inflamed parts. And giveth occasion of fluxes, although the patient be not affected with any rheumatic intemperature. But it is no marvel at all though Thessalus (who is unexpert in the works of the art of medicine, and knoweth not by reason how to find out diseases) be ignorant in the cures of inflammations. But you, who have often seen in many griefs, most manifest helps, as well of Phenichini, as also of other medicines that consist of contrary virtues, must endeavour (where you have no compound medicines in remedies,) to confect medicines by the same method of such simples as the Country yieldeth. Namely to use when you suspect the coming of an inflammation. Or when it is already begun, to use medicines more astringent. But in the state and declination, such as do mollify and digest. And yet must you always mix together both the faculties repercussive, and discussive.  
Unless it be when the flux is thoroughly stayed, and that the dody is empty. For than may you safely have recourse to the digestives virtue. Even as in the beginning, you may aptplie repercussives. etc.  
FINIS.   

john Read Chirurgeon, to the friendly Reader.  
AMongst other, there be two several causes (good Reader) which moved me to enterprise, and publish the translation hereof. Partly, because of mine own exercise and commodity. But chiefly and especially, for the commodity, utility, and profit of thy ●atiue Country, the advanncement and benefit whereof, every man is bound both by nature and conscience to study for, by all means possible to the uttermost of his power: and for that purpose, to distribute according to the greatness or smallness of the talon ministered and lent unto him: to the end that the same (be it never so little) if it may in any wise profit, do not remain in him as dead and frustrate: but rather that it be bestowed forth to increase and fructify: Considering in deed that as Plato saith.  
Non solum nobis nati sumus, or●usque nostri patrem patria vendicat, partem parents, partem ●mici.  
And therefore Gentle Reader, I have over and besides the Books of A●ques, and the book of john Ardern of the Fistulae, set forth unto thy use, the perfect cure of the Gar●ncle, with Hall of Norfolk, his cure of the Fistulae, which both were given me of a gentleman being my patient of a certain grief, who being cured, in recompense of my good will, gave it me, & having read, & considered the same to be both learned, and method all, not knowing whether it were a translation out of any author, or a collection of some learned and skilful man.  
But knowing that none as yet hath written of the ●…me in the English tongue, and considering how nece●…arie a thing it is, I thought it convenient to impart the same unto my Country. And besides I have thereunto added the composition of the Emplaster Chalciteos. For although I have red his composition and divers authors, yet of none, so at large as of Galen himself.  
For it appeareth he was not only studious for the inventing and compounding the same, but also very careful and painful to alter the same into divers forms and bodies, to serve very necessary unto divers griefs & Infirmities.  
But calling to mind that most excellent Physician, that feared, that in writing a compendious doctrine for the curing of sickness, he should but lose his labour, for as much as no man almost did endeavour himself to the finding of truth, but that all men did so esteem riches, possessions, authority, and pleasures, that they supposed them which were studious in any part of wisdom, to be mad or distract of their wits. For as much as they deemed the chief sapience, (which is knowledge of things belonging as well to God, as to man) to have no being.  
Since this noble writer found that lack in his time, when there flourished in sundry Countries, a great multitude of men, excellent in all kinds of learning, as it doth appear by some of their works, why should I think myself injured, if I should taste of he same cup, as my predecessors, and other good men of my Country have come. Of whom I will repeat a few, who, in my time have abidden the hot and fiery assaults of Mo●…s sect.  
As namely M. Thomas Gale. M. john Hall, M. john Bannister, Master William Clowes, with others which in our time both written. For being on a time in company, by chance it was told me unto my face, that there were too many books set forth in the English tongue, and that our books did more harm then good, and that the Art thereby is made common. For that quoth he, every Gentleman is as well able to reason therein, as ourselves. A thing truly to be lamented, for if heretofore, Emperors, kings, princes, duke's Earls, Lords, Barons, Knights, besides divers Gentlemen, hath not only red and practised the same, but also greatly augemented the knowledge thereof. And I could well wish in these days it were better looked into, both of Nobles, Gentles, justices, and also of good Captains, for then the common weal should not only be furnished of good and learned Surgeons, but also her Majesty the better served in the wars, as well by Sea as by Land.  
And besides, those that are Surgeons, would better follow their books and practice, if it were but for shame, that these Gentlemen should not discover their blind practice, and foolish ignorance. And so bring this ancient and famous, art into great credit, which now (by means of greedy gripes, and devouring Caterpillars, who only contemn learning) is brought to great infamy, and scandal.  
But there be that can say what need we care for books, as long as we can when need is, call unto us vj. viij. or ten of our friends to assist us, who are & shallbe our best books.  
But I demand of these, what if God send a plague, and take away these books who are mortal. Or if these books should be priest into her majesties ships and so be dissevered? or what if one of these should happen into the country, where no such helps are, where were then their knowledge. Might not a man well think their patients to be (as Hypocrates termeth them) the Children of fortune? and that they are cured by chance? but not by art. And therefore it was not without cause that Master john Hall in his verses set after the third treatise of anatomy, useth these words, 

WHerefore of truth I can not cease,  
to marvel much at Momus sect:  
Sith nothing can their wits release,  
with ignorance, so much infect.   

For what a mome was he that said,  
these bookmen can but talk and prate:  
And we are they that with our aid,  
do all the cures in each estate.   

An other saith I can not talk,  
but I will work even with the best,  
Thus stubburnelie these buserds' walk,  
upon their blind customs that rest.   

For if their talk any truth had,  
a blind man might colours decern,  
And every fool and peevish lad,  
might doctors be and never learn.   

Then 'tis no time to sleep,  
where grows such noisome weeds:  
As doth bewray themselves,  
by fowl and filthy deeds,   

Such hideous hags with tongues that stings  
declares a poisoned mind:  
And who so doth them rightly mark,  
these sayings true shall find.   

For like as serpent's subtellie,  
lies lurking in their enne,  
Devising mischiefs privily,  
so doth these kind of men.   

Pursue virtue full eagerly,  
even with a judas kiss,  
Saying forsooth their foolies doth,  
deserve the golden fleece.   

But there's no beast in wilderness,  
in mallis can excel:  
Such secret foes, which mischief sows,  
the fire brands of hell.   

Whose flattering speech, and sewgered words,  
with smiling in the face:  
Be tokeneth such are Tigers whellps,  
and of some dogged race.    
THose kind of serpents which do nothing else but pick quarrels with authors, I would advise either to speak themselves, or if their ignorance will not let them, to lay their finger on their mouths till other men tell their tale, and not to make their harvest of other men's offences unwillingly committed, while they themselves rest unable to do any whit of good. And thus good reader I will end, expecting thy favourable acceptation of these my labours, which expectation of mine (if it be not frustrate) I shallbe further encouraged to impart the rest of my studies to thy commodity. Beseeching the almighty God to bless both thee and me, with increase of knowledge, and give us all grace to serve him.  
john read.   

The oath of Hippocratus which he gave unto his desiples and scholars, which professing Physic and chirurgery, is very worthy to be observed and kept faithfully, of every true and honest Artests, although he himself were but a heathen man, and without the true knowledge of the living God, yet for his noble and excellent skill in Physic and chirurgery, he ought not to be forgotten of us his posterity, but to be had in an honourable remembrance for ever.  
I Swear by Apollo the Physician, by Aesculapuis, by Higea, and Panacea: yea and I take to witness all the Gods and Goddesses: that to my power I will uprightly observe this my oath: I will account my Master which taught me this art, my father: in his case he shall command my life, and whatsoever he needeth I will give it him. As for his Children I will hold his sons as my brethren, and if they desire the knowledge of this art, I will teach it them without stipent or covenant. I will instruct my sons, & my masters sons, yea & such as by hand wrighting are my scholars & sworn and addicted to Physic, the precepts, rules, and whatsoever else belongeth to the knowledge of the said profession, or touching the cure of diseases. I will appoint them a diet, to my power: and in my judgement commodius. And I will defend them from hurt and injury, neither shall the requests and petitions of any man, be they never so earnest, so much prevail with me to give poison to ane person to drink, neither will I give my counsel or consent thereto: in like manner I will refuse the mi●…stration of any suppository, to the hurting or corrupting of the child, in the time of my life. And in my profession, I will show myself pure, chaste, and holy. I will never cut any person that hath the stone, but will give place to stone-cutters, in the cure thereof, what house soever I come into, it shall be to the patiented his profit. I will offer no injury voluntarelie to any man. I will eschew all wickedness to my power, especially the vice of Venery, whether it be my chance to deal with men or women, freeman or bondseruaut, whatsoever in any cure I shall either see, hear, or know, or in any other matter, yea though I be not called to the cure myself. I will keep it secret and unrevealed, so that silence therein be expedient. God grant that as I truly observe & keep this my oath, I may have prosperous success in my Art and living. And according to the performance hereof, each man may sound my perpetual praise. But if I transgress and break the same, I wish to God that in all my cures and other affairs I may have evil success, and that every one may discommend me to the worlds end.   

The Table  

OF the wounds in the head which happen as well by incision, as by contrision, which nevertheless have not pierced beyond Pericranium, or Almocrati. fol. 1.  
Of contusion, with fracture of the bone, without any apparent wound. fol. 5.  
Of the fracture of the skull. fol. 6.  
Of the use of the Trepan, or Percer. fol. 9  
Of wounds made in the head by incision. fol. 13.  
Of contusions in the heads of infants and children. fo. 17.  
Of curing wounds in the face. fol. 21.  
Of wounds in the breast. fol. 23.  
Of curing Fistulaes' which were wont to be always left in the wounds of the breast ill healed, whereof it cometh to pass, that the patients do fall into a wasting of the lungs, and the fever Hectica, or consumption. fol. 29.  
A decoction or apozime for the wounds of the breast and lungs, and for those that are in a consumption. fol. 31.  
Of curing of the Cancer happening in women's breasts. fol. 32  
Of wounds in the belly, & the parts thereof, with penetration and without. fol. 38  
Of wounds simple and compound. fol. 42.  
Of ulcers, and of the cure of the same. fol. 47.  
Of hollow ulcers, and their cure. fol. 52.  
of the use of the hollow tent. fol. 53  
of ulcers in the head which grow either of a schirrous hard sweeling, like kernels, or by reason of the french Pox, with the corruption of the bone. fol. 55.  
Of curing the french pox. fol. 58.  
The order of curing the french pox, by fumigation or perfume. fol. 61.  
Of the curing the french pox, with the decoction of Guaicum. fol. 62.  
Of curing the french pox with the decoction of Rubia Pacilla. fol. 64.  
Of curing of a distort foot of a child form his nativity. fol. 66  
An example of wounds in the head, to the curing. fol. 68  
An example of Barriga. fol. 69.  
An example of a certain familiar friend of Lodowick zapata. fol. 70.  
A general rule for physicians and Surgeons. fol. 71.  
A treatise of the Caruncle or carnosity, growing in the yard or neck of the bladder. fol. 72.  
The signs and tokens of the Caruncle. ibidem.  
To know the Caruncle from the stone. fol. 73.  
The way of curing the Caruncle. ibidem.  
A treatise of the Fistulae. fol. 81.  
Of apostumes in ano, causing fistulae, and of the cure of them. fol. 82.  
Of the definition of a fistuale, & the place that it is bred in, and whether it be curable or not. fol. 85.  
Of the cure of the Fistulae in ano. ibidem.  
another manner of working in the same Fistulae, and the cure, with diverse examples. fol. 87.  
Of Bubo within the fundament, and the cause why it is uncurable. fol. 90  
Of the fistulae in the fingers, and the hardness of the same cure. fol. 92.  
Of the fistulae in the lower joints of the fingers, and in the legs, knees, feet, and ankles, with corruption of the bones, and hardness of the cures. fol. 93.  
Of the manner of the cure of one that had the fistulae in the inner part of his legs above the ankle. fol. 94.  
A treatise of apostumes in the bowing of the knee, disposed to fistulae. fol. 94  
Of the manner of a full hard cure, in sweeling of a man's arm. fol. 95.  
Of a man that had his leg swollen, the which I cured in this wise. fol. 96.  
Of the curing of a man that was smitten on the shin. ibidem.  
Of the 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉, and the cure of them. fol. 99  
Of the properties of Vitri●… Attramentum. fol. 98.  
Of the properties of Alumen. fol. 99  
Of the properties of Verdigrece. fol. ibid.  
Of the properties of Arsenic & Auripigmentum. fo. 99  
Of the properties of Lici●…. 100  
Of the making of Pul●… fine pari. fol. 101.  
Of the making of Sanguis Veneris, and the working of it. fol. 103.  
Of the making of 〈◊〉 Populi, and the ●…king of it. fol. 103.  
Emplast●… Nerbon. fo. ibi  
Of the prope●… of Walwort, and the making thereof, fol. 103.  
The making of Valence of 〈…〉. fo. ●…  
The making of Valence of wormwood. fol. 104.  
Pills or powder of Antioch ibidem.  
To draw out Iron or scales of bones, thorn, and such like. fol. 105.  
Of mollifying medicines. ibidem.  
unguentum de Palma, with other unguents and powders consolidative, and sigillative. fol. 106.  
Emplasters for Marmolls and ulcers. ibidem  
unguentum Arabicum. fol. 107.  
〈◊〉 Vnguentorum. ibi.  
The true methood of the 〈◊〉 practised and ●…ed of one Hall of Norfolk. fo. 108  
Certain bales which are used to cure ulcers in Ano. ibidem.  
The description of the Emplaster called Dia Chalcite●…, 〈…〉 & virtues. fo. 109   
FINIS.  
john Read, of London Chirurgeon.